R.I.P. James Blood Ulmer (February 8, 1940 – June 3, 2026): A Profile for Jazziz in 2007, an interview with Blood from May 16, 2007, and an interview with Vernon Reid from May 18, 2007 about producing “Bad Blood In The City”

Jun 08, 2026

JAZZ JAMBOREE 2022 - DZIEŃ 4 w Klub Stodoła (Warszawa)
‎America - Do You Remember The Love? by James Blood Ulmer on Apple Music

Lydia Liebman has sent a mass email with the information that the singular guitarist James “Blood” Ulmer transitioned on June 3. Lydia attached an obituary from the Ulmer family, which I’ve pasted below. It’s followed by a profile that I wrote about Mr. Ulmer in 2007, framed around the release of Bad Blood In The City.

*********

James Blood Ulmer

February 8, 1940 – June 3, 2026

With deep sorrow and profound love, we announce the passing of James Blood Ulmer, a boldly innovative guitarist, singer, composer, and beloved family member. James died peacefully on Wednesday, June 3, 2026, at the age of 86.

Born on February 8, 1940, the eldest of eight children, Blood grew up in rural, deeply segregated St. Matthews, South Carolina. His father, a Baptist preacher, gave him his first guitar when he was four years old. Raised on church music, James’s first professional gig was singing gospel with his father’s vocal quartet, the Southern Sons. When his voice changed, he turned to the guitar and found inspiration in Chuck Berry and the blues — music his god-fearing parents condemned as “devil’s music.”

After graduating from high school, James left home at eighteen and migrated north to Pittsburgh, where he married, had two children, Greg and Donna, and found work accompanying doo-wop groups like the Del Vikings on guitar. He soon began touring throughout the United States and performing in Europe.

Following his time in Pittsburgh, James moved to Columbus, Ohio — a surprisingly strong jazz town that boasts local heroes Art Tatum and Rahsaan Roland Kirk. He later relocated to Detroit, where his third child, Michael, was born. For the next five years, James stayed off the road and taught music while playing local clubs with drummer Doug Hammond in Focus Novii. After receiving the cold shoulder from his hero, Wes Montgomery, Blood began developing his own musical language, determined to sound like no one else.

In 1971, James moved once again, this time to New York, where his guitar caught the ear of legendary avant-garde jazz saxophonist Ornette Coleman. He soon joined Coleman’s harmolodic funk band, Prime Time.

Among Blood’s discography of over 25 genre-bending albums are his milestone records: 1980’s Are You Glad to Be in America? (which featured Blood’s classic song which asked his listeners the quintessential question) Free Lancing (1981), Black Rock (1982), and Odyssey (1983). More recently James returned to singing roots music with Memphis Blood in 2001 and Bad Blood in the City, which was nominated for a Grammy in 2007.

The late music critic Greg Tate once described James as “the missing link between Jimi Hendrix and [his favorite guitarist] Wes Montgomery on one hand, and P-Funk and Mississippi Fred McDowell on the other.”

Following Blood’s final concert at the Detroit Jazz Festival on September 1, 2024, his health began to decline, and he entered a quieter season away from the road and the stage.

Beyond his lifelong dedication to music, Blood was a father to six children: Greg, Donna, Michael, Gia, Damu and Nisa. He was also the proud grandfather of twelve grandchildren and thirteen great-grandchildren.

To the world, James Blood Ulmer was a legend, a visionary, and a musical force whose sound was distinctive and unique. To his family, he was their teacher, their storyteller, and a source of strength. To Eva, his wife and partner, James was her rock, her hero, and her beloved companion of sixteen years. His music was fearless, and so was his spirit.

A private funeral will be held on Monday June 8, 2026, There will be a public celebration of James’s life in the near future, so stay tuned. Please respect our privacy at this time and play Blood’s music LOUD!

The Family of James Blood Ulmer

*****************

Directly below is the text of the profile that I wrote about James “Blood” Ulmer.

There follows the transcript of my full 90-minute interview with Mr. Ulmer.

[June 10th] I’ve added the transcript of my full phone interview with Vernon Reid, who produced Bad Blood In The City and the three blues albums that Blood Ulmer made after 2001.

“Blood’s Blues” – Jazziz, 2007

‎Bad Blood In The City: The Piety Street Sessions - Album by James ...

On Bad Blood In the City, a searing evocation of post-Katrina New Orleans, James “Blood” Ulmer sings five original blues responses to the catastrophe and covers a half-dozen additional blues songs that, as the native South Carolinian says, “sound like New Orleans already.” But considering the calamities that Ulmer experienced while cutting this music over 48 hours last December at New Orleans’ Piety Street Studios, it’s a touch surprising that he and producer Vernon Reid, the guitarist of Living Colour fame who has shaped Ulmer’s four blues-as-such albums for Hyena since 2001, didn’t opt to include the Screamin’ Jay Hawkins cult classic “I Put a Spell on You.”

“I don’t really know what happened when I went down there,” Ulmer said at his SoHo loft in May. “I never had that happen before — go to do a job, then you lose your voice, and your instrument breaks, and there ain’t nothin’ else you can do. I had to wait till I got back to New York to overdub, and it took me a long time to get over the hoarseness. It wasn’t bad or good — it dealt with the true essence of making a blues record in New Orleans. We couldn’t go and say, ‘Oh, yeah, we made a record and everything went fine.’ No. The place wasn’t fine. There had to be obstacles to bring across the true nature of what blues is, to describe something that actually exists.”

Open except for a raised sleeping area in the northeast corner, Ulmer’s loft, which once housed a battery-acid factory, looks like lofts in Soho looked when artists lived and worked in them. It was twilight, mild, and drizzly, and the windows, which looked like remnants from 1975, when Ulmer moved in, were closed. Wearing a white undershirt, dark leather pants, and boots, Ulmer sat at a long wooden table, on which rested, among other things, a transliterated Koran, an enormous Webster’s dictionary, and a thick printout of his collected lyrics. Across the room, two luxe recliners, several guitars, a drum set, and a stationary bicycle sat near a monitor and an assortment of audio/video gear.

As Ulmer spoke, he spun imaginary lines with spidery, ropish fingers, striking the table to emphasize his phrases. (He’s 67, but you wouldn’t want to receive one of those blows.) Periodically, he glanced at the news stream from CNN, as he had on the day after the storm.

“I didn’t have no nightmare about it,” he said, recalling how he came to conjure “Survivors of the Hurricane,” “Katrina,” and “Old Slave Master,” all highlights of the new album. “None of these were my thoughts at all. I didn’t wake up with this music.Soledad O’Brien was in the lower Ninth Ward, and while the water was still rising, she was broadcasting how terrible it was that the levee had broke and all that water was coming in. And that water was a mess down there. But then after a little while had gone by, everyone was saying, ‘Katrina did it.’ Yeah, Katrina did something, but Katrina didn’t do everything. The levee broke. That’s what I was trying to bring out.

“The record is totally Vernon’s conception,” he added. “He chose the songs and the band, and made all of it sound like it was about New Orleans. It wasn’t just those songs that I wrote. I just did my job!”

“Blood has always been adamant that I take responsibility for what these records are,” says Reid, long an admirer of Ulmer’s singular “harmolodic” guitar approach that he developed on collaborations with Ornette Coleman during the first half of the ’70s then codified on some 20 recordings beginning with 1978’s Tales of Captain Black. Reid is equally enamored of the mumbly, raspy moan with which Ulmer, on many of those records, delivered anthemic tunes more connected to rock and funk conventions than to hard-core blues.

“I ran into Blood and said, ‘To me, you’re a blues singer; you should make a blues album.’ He was kind of gruff, never negative,” recalls Reid. “It became clear to me that he had an undiscovered blues voice, a raw voice that harks back to another era of blues.”

Having piqued Ulmer’s interest in exploring the blues side of his nature, Reid followed through with a pair of site-specific recordings on which Ulmer sang songs from the blues canon. Part 1 was 2001’s Memphis Blood: The Sun Sessions, a paean to Southern roots recorded at Sun Studio in Memphis. Part 2 was 2003’s No Escape From the Blues: The Electric Lady Sessions, a psychedelia-tinged session realized at Electric Lady Studios in Manhattan. The process seemed to ignite sparks of existential inquiry in Ulmer, and in 2005 he released Birthright, a solo recital built around a suite of autobiographical songs that depict Ulmer’s origins as the gospel-singing son of a preacher during segregation times in St. Matthews, South Carolina, a hamlet some 40 miles west of Charleston. In St. Matthews, Ulmer recalls, “we didn’t have a movie house, didn’t have a bus station, the train didn’t stop, and the white folks had no houses for you to rent.” His parents imposed severe consequences if he was caught listening too closely to local guitarist-raconteurs Johnny Wilson and Alton Smith.

“They used to do what people call blues — sing about exactly what is happening with them right now and play the guitar as they sing the story,” said Ulmer. “But my family was into gospel, and that was our life. We didn’t worry about the blues. You can’t serve God and the Devil at the same time. If you’re going to try to go God, you go God. If you don’t care, you don’t care.”

“One night in Memphis,” Reid recalls, “we played ‘Little Red Rooster’ and were listening back to it. Blood became very somber. He said, ‘That’s the blues. That’s the music my mama never wanted me to play.’ It was a stunning revelation. Part of the reason why these records have a certain something is that they are born out of observations about something in his life. People don’t understand that Blood struggles with this. I wanted to record ‘Back Door Man’ for the first record, and he was absolutely adamant that he wasn’t going to do it. He said to me, ‘I have been that person.’”

Ulmer’s blues life began in 1959, when he moved north to Pittsburgh — the home of his grandfather, immortalized in the song “Geechee Joe” on Birthright — and quickly realized that he could earn more money working two or three gigs a week than working a regular job. “My Daddy didn’t send me to no school, and I didn’t apply for no student loan,” he said. “The steel mills was for men who had a lot of children and wives. I didn’t want to take no man’s job.” He laughs sardonically. “So I never even tried to go in the steel mills. My Daddy told me that he hoped I didn’t have to work as hard as he did. He said that to me very slowly. He said, ‘I hope … when you … get away and be on your own … that you do not … have to work … as hard as I do.’ And I told him, ‘Daddy, don’t worry about it. I won’t.’”

However conflicted Ulmer may have felt about singing the blues, his readings of “Back Door Man” and other blues songs have made him a force on the national roots-music circuit, as evidenced by a June booking at the Bonnaroo Music & Arts Festival. His version of “Sitting on Top of the World” (Mississippi Sheiks, circa 1930) with Alison Krauss is a highlight of the Martin Scorsese-produced 2005 DVD Lightning In a Bottle — billed as a “one-night history of the blues” — which features such luminaries as B.B. King, Buddy Guy, Hubert Sumlin, Dave “Honeyboy” Edwards, and Bonnie Raitt. But Ulmer warns that his four-record “reinvention” as a blues musician since his 60th birthday “don’t mean I’m a changed man.”

“If they give me about four or five billion dollars, I might change my concept,” he spat out with a wheezy laugh. “I’ve made 40 records, but people only want to talk about those four. I have been produced behind the record to sing — not to play the guitar. You know, even though they had slavery in America, everybody wasn’t no slave. I can’t change … simply because I don’t want to change.

“I like the movement of me going to the blues,” he continued. “It was like trying to say, ‘OK, I did my thing all my life without nobody messing with me and telling me what to do.’ Then somebody asked me to do something that had been done over and over again. I wanted to prove to myself that maybe I could do something that someone else had been doing.”

Ulmer lowered his fist, and raised it. “I went to school, I did the gospel, the rhythm-and-blues, the progressive jazz, the blues jazz, and avant-garde. And they said, ‘OK, you finished graduating; now here’s your test.’” The fist torqued down like a jackhammer. “‘Sing these motherfuckin’ 12 blues songs by Muddy Waters.’ And I said, ‘OK, I’ll try that.’ So, did I pass? I think I’m passing. I don’t know whether I like the records or not. But I want this thing to be as successful as it can be, so I can move on to the next step, whether it’s forwards or backwards.”

Although Ulmer wouldn’t specify that next step, his remarks indicated a general direction. “I came onto the scene in New York as a guitar player, and I somehow feel that I have lost my belt to some of my other opponents,” he said, shaking his head and laughing again. “Now I want my guitar belt back!” He slammed the table in a triplet crescendo.

“When you play a solo on a song, you’re exposing your intellect. That level of concentration is more sophisticated than concentrating on a thing that don’t have much music to it. I swear, I cannot sing and play music at the same time. Singing is an art of its own. You don’t really need no music for blues. It’s a concept that exists, and to use that concept to tell stories in the blues is what the solo record was about. I really like playing blues solo, so I can get right to the point.”

Wherever the next step takes Ulmer, it will likely hew to the musical principles that Ornette Coleman described 30 years ago as harmolodic. The term remains in the lexicon, yet its definition remains murky. Ulmer offers as precise an encapsulation as anyone has done.

“I’m a follower,” he says. “I don’t make stands. I followed my Daddy, and I follow the prophets. The prophets are my idols, from Moses on down to Mohammed. I followed Ornette Coleman’s harmolodic theory, and I still follow it. I followed it so hard until I figured out that to actually follow the harmolodic system the best, I have to become a harmolodic person. We’ve got to keep each concept of music that was brought from Africa to this country alive, and never let no discrimination be on one or the other. All of them are equal. All of them have to exist. That’s harmolodic.”

***************

Interview with James Blood Ulmer (May 16, 2007):

TP: [AFTER HE SAID HE MAY NOT WANT TO DO HIS NEXT RECORD WITH HYENA] I suppose that label has framed you in a certain context, or elaborated something that had been part of what you did before…

ULMER: Do you think that’s good?

I don’t know. What do you think?

That’s the problem. I don’t know. I don’t have any… It’s hard to say what’s good and what’s bad. I know the main thing is… I think the most important thing is to promote the artist instead of a record. That’s my thought. I think it would be more profitable down the line to promote the artist. No matter how slow you might want to go, I think it might still be the best way in the end.

This article is for an issue about guitar players, so I’d like to ask you about playing guitar, and the blues and guitar, and the other musics that you blend into your concept… So let me jump on what you said and ask if, on these idiomatic blues records, you think differently about what you’re saying on the guitar vis-a-vis rehearsing with this band.

Different than the blues, you mean?

In terms of playing the guitar on these records for Hyena, are you thinking about it differently? Do you not play things that you would play in an instrumental situation?

Well, you can’t play and sing… I mean, you can accompany yourself while you’re singing with the instrument. You only can accompany yourself, because the words can become stronger than what you’re playing about. I mean, the music is going to have to accompany your voice if you’re singing, if you want your singing to be believed.

Does the guitar take an equal role to your voice on these records?

I don’t know how you can quite do that. Because I have been produced behind the record to sing. Not to play the guitar. [gi-tar]

On your records for the previous 20 years, you’d often sing 3 songs, play 4-5 instrumentals…

Yeah, I was more of a gi-tar player. I came onto the scene in New York as a guitar player, and somehow feel that I have lost my belt to some of my other opponents. [LAUGHS] Now, I want my gi-tar belt back! [SLAMS TABLE 3 TIMES] That’s about it. That’s all I can say. What can I say? I want my belt back.

Which category would it be?

Any category. I separate playing the music and singing. Because I swear, I cannot sing and play music at the same time. I think singing is an art of its own, and you have to leave it alone, or you can disturb it by trying to overpower it with something. You know, when somebody’s singing, you make a loud noise so you want to hear what they’re singing? You can do that with music, too.

Birthright, your solo guitar record, has a lot of originals. The two records before that were mostly covers. If I recollect correctly, you’d written most of the songs for Birthright within striking distance of making the record.

Yes, they were songs I wrote after I made the first blues record.

Before you made the first blues record, had you written many songs?

[TAKES OUT 200-PAGE BOOK] This book I just wrote. I have a book of all of the words that I have written for a song. And believe me, this much words I have written.

A couple of hundred pages…

Well, not really. But that’s every one.

Are You Glad to Be In America is song #1.

Yes.

When did you write that song? Directly before that record in 1981?

I don’t have the date and time…

Well, you recorded it in 1981.

I wrote that song in England maybe. You’re going way back.

Let’s talk about the guitar belts.

[LAUGHS] I said something you liked, the “guitar belt.” When I first started playing and made Glad to Be In America, I made a record for Columbia and stuff like that… It seemed like they kind of labeled me behind Ornette Coleman, harmolodic free-concept playing on the guitar. I don’t know. Maybe it was. Maybe I was free. So anyway, what I was talking about, that level of concentration of music is more sophisticated than concentrating on a thing that don’t have much music to it. Blues. You don’t really need no music for blues, really. You can put music on blues. But you don’t have to have music to get the blues. So blues is just like that, and that’s what I found out. Blues is a concept that exists, and anyone can put anything to the concept that they want. They can talk about themself, they can talk about a camera, they can talk about anything, but still remain in the concept. What’s so disheartening about the concept is that whoever created the blues concept didn’t get paid! And that’s a shame. [LAUGHS] They should have gotten paid for the concept. To use that concept to tell stories in the blues, that’s what the solo record was about. I really like playing blues solo, so I can get right to the point. You don’t need music for the blues, but you can put music to it.

How arranged is the new record?

The record is totally Vernon Reid’s conception. He choose the song, he choose the band. He’s what you call the producer, man, and they are really-really needed, and very-very necessary. He’s good. He created a concept from the music to make the record seem a certain kind of way, and evidently it’s working, because he produced it—and you are talking to me about the blues. Now, I wrote a song called “Let’s Talk about Jesus,” I wrote a song called “Katrina,” “Survivors of the Hurricane,” “Old Slave Master,” and “There’s Power in The Blues.”

The way you described it in the press material that accompanied the record is that the music came you in a rush…

I was watching TV, CNN. None of these were my thoughts at all. I mean, I didn’t have no nightmare or nothin’ about it, and woke up with this music. I was just watching this on the television, seemed like to me. “Survivors Of the Hurricane” wasn’t my song. It was from a story…

You were listening to people tell stories about it…

No-no-no. I was looking at it when it happened. Say, for instance, when Soledad was covering the news on CNN, she was in the Lower Ninth Ward after the storm, and while the water was actually still rising and stuff, she was broadcasting how terrible it was that the levee had broke and all that water was coming in, and that water was a mess down there. But then after a little while had gone by, everyone was saying “Katrina did it.” Katrina did it now! Just things like that was what I was trying to bring out. Yeah, Katrina did something, but Katrina didn’t do everything. You can’t blame the whole thing on Katrina.

I know Vernon picked the covers. But were they songs you knew before? Did you have a point of view on them before you went in the studio?

No. I have to like the story so I can… If I like the story, then I can make the song like I want to make it. I never have to hear who’s singing it. All I need to know is the story. I never listened to none of these brothers play these songs. I didn’t get a chance to really listen to who was singing the song before I sung it. Say, like, “Don’t You Mind People Grinning In Your Face.” Now, I don’t have to listen to nobody sing that! [LAUGHS] I don’t. I really don’t. I just don’t. In fact, if I listened to somebody singing it, it would mess me up.

Why is that?

Because I might have to follow them, because I’m a follower.

There’s a story you tell in this material about Wes Montgomery. In the ‘60s, I guess when you were in Columbus, playing with Hank Marr, you idolized Wes Montgomery. You said, “I imagined how he thought, how he felt…” Then you wound up in Indianapolis and Wes was there, and you were trying to impress him, then you went to the bar and he totally ignored you, and you said that you took that as a signal that you shouldn’t be imitating anybody…

Yeah, yeah. I took that very serious. It’s very serious. I didn’t want to invade his territory at all. I wanted to go somewhere totally different than he was. I didn’t even want to challenge it at all. Yeah, that’s true.

But when you say that you’re a follower, are you the type of follower who knows he’s a follower so you do everything you can in order to avoid being put into that situation?

Well, I say I’m a follower, because I know God created everything, and made everything. I’m not doin’ nothin’. I’m a follower. I follow the prophets. They are my idols. The prophets are my idols, from Moses on down to Mohammed. They are my idols, all of them. That’s who I follow. That’s why I say I’m a follower.

You said before you’d avoid listening to these singers because it might mess you up.

Well, I might try to find out how they’re singing it. So they might be singing it different. I don’t know. It happened to me… I was singing a song of Johnny Copeland, called “Ghetto Child.” And I listened to Johnny Copeland sing “Ghetto Child.” That brother can really sing! You know Johnny Copeland? Now, Johnny Copeland wasn’t no blues singer. He was a SINGER. He could sing. Now, when I heard that song he was singing, it’s so beautiful, I could never sing it like that, because I ain’t never… I didn’t look at singing that way. So I said, “I want to try to sing it like it’s a blues,” and that’s the only way I could have made it through that song. But I’d never listened to him singing it, I would have had to make a decision. I could have just gone ahead and maybe… I don’t know what I would have done.

Do you remember when you first sang the blues? I know as a kid you sang in a gospel quartet.

You’re confusing me. When you say did I sing a blues…

You said Johnny Copeland’s not a blues singer, he’s a SINGER…

Well, I’ll take that back, because I don’t really know much about that concept. But when I heard him… I was trying to give me an example how it affected me when I heard that record. He was so smooth. It was like riding on a carpet. To me, he was somebody that I could honestly… If I have a song, I’d say I’ll stay with his record for three-four more years, and I might not make it, because I know you have to spend a million hours in before you can call yourself a pro, and I’m not gonna spend no million hours singing “Ghetto Child.” [LAUGHS]

But you’ve been singing for a long time, since you were little.

Yeah. Singing is no strange thing.

And you’ve been playing guitar for a long time, too.

Mmm-hmm.

Your father put a guitar in your hand when you were 4.

Mmm-hmm. Yup.

You also said that listening to blues was forbidden when you were a kid.

I was brought up in segregated times in America, and you just didn’t have outlets for all of this bullshit. I mean, it wasn’t an outlet for me to go listen to no blues! Where? The only things in our town was church and school. There wasn’t no nightclub!

So if you’d lived in Chicago or Detroit, you might have heard some blues.

That might have been different. But I wasn’t from Chicago or one of them big old towns. The town I was born in, we didn’t have a movie house, we didn’t have no bus station, the train didn’t stop, or none of that. No taxicab or nothin’. And whitefolks, they had no houses for you to rent! [LAUGHS] That’s how it was. Total segregation.

Where did you hear the blues, then? People around you…

No-no, no-no, no-no. You have to understand, you don’t hear no blues. The only blues we heard was, there were two guitar players in my town—Johnny Wilson and Mr. Alton Smith. Now, they used to do what people CALL blues, is sing about exactly what is happening with them right now and playing the guitar as they sing the story. See, it’s a concept. So that’s what it was. But at that time, they didn’t have it on the radio. They had Chuck Berry on the radio. I remember Chuck Berry singing “Up in the morning and out to school” when I was a young fella going to school down South. That was segregated times. But I didn’t think they had much… We used to have to hear hillbilly music all the time. That’s what we used to call it—hillbilly music. It was very popular on the radio. All the Country and Western music they had in the world, that was being shoved down our throat! [LAUGHS] That’s what we listened to, hillbilly music and church music. Every now and then, Chuck Berry might come and sing “Up In The Morning and Out to School” or something like that. But I never concentrated on listening to radio and listening to music. We was into gospel, and that was our life. Gospel. The whole thing was gospel. We didn’t worry about the blues. You can’t serve God and the devil at the same time, or one or the other. If you’re going to try to go God, you go God. If you don’t care, you don’t care.

Where do you stand?

I was following my Daddy. I ain’t stand nowhere. I didn’t even think. I tell you, I’m a follower! I’m a follower. I don’t make stands. I follow. I followed Ornette Coleman’s harmolodic theory, and I still follow it, and I followed it so hard until I figured out for me to actually really follow it the best, I have to become a harmolodic person, to be able to follow the harmolodic system. So that’s why I’m talking about blues and jazz and boom-boom, and Third Rail and all this—because I am a harmolodic person.

Is a “harmolodic person” a concept you can parse as elegantly as you can the blues?

See, blues is a concept. You have to fight hard to keep all our concepts alive. Every one equal to each other. We never should let our concept get lost, especially in America. We’ve got to keep each concept of music that was brought from Africa to this country alive, and never let no discrimination be on one or the other. All of them is equal. All of them have to stay alive and exist, and then eventually, hopefully, we can start getting paid for our concept.

So a harmolodic person is one who keeps all of those concepts equal?

Mmm-hmm. You try to work on organizing musicians and trying to get them to play, not to start abandoning our concept, and still keep them alive by still playing them and participating in them.

When you got to Pittsburgh more than 45 years ago, which guitar players did you like then? When you got on the scene and started playing gigs… You were playing organ trios and those sorts of functions, and eventually you grew to idolize Wes Montgomery. But were there other guitar players? Did you study T-Bone Walker or Charlie Christian? I’m just curious.

I heard Charlie Christian and Django Reinhardt. But my problem was, guitar players ain’t who I would listen to. I would only listen to horn players. I never listened to no guitar players. Because the guitar players, they didn’t ever let them play nothing. On the record, they’d only play one or two choruses, and that was it. But the horn players, they could play out, and that’s what I wanted to do. I wanted to break through that barrier, where the guitar player can play!

Who were the horn players you liked then?

The regular people. John Coltrane, Miles Davis, Dizzy Gillespie. All the old brothers. They’re all ministers. You got to like them. They’re all of them the same. Yeah, you got to like them.

Well, there was a community of talented guitar players in Pittsburgh. George Benson was there, Jimmy Ponder was there…

I only knew one guitar player that was in Pittsburgh that I met, and it was George Benson. And the best guitar player, who taught us all in Pittsburgh, his name was Chuck Edwards. I ain’t never heard of him no more since I left Pittsburgh. But he was a helluva guitar player. He could be the best guitar player not on television.

Did you start working pretty much right away when you got to Pittsburgh?

Working.

Gigs. I think I read you had to choose between music and a straight job.

Oh, I wasn’t working. We would play a couple of gigs… The jobs that were in them times were so low, that you could play one-two-three gigs a week and make more money than you could make working a job. They weren’t offering… My Daddy didn’t send me to no school and I didn’t apply for no student loan. So try to imagine somebody looking for a job in the ‘50s. What kind of job you gon’ have?

Steel mills, I guess.

Oh, my God.

But those were hard to get, I guess, in the ‘50s.

That job was for men who had a lot of children and kids and wives and stuff. I didn’t want to take no man’s job. [LAUGHS] So I never even tried. I never tried to go in the steel mills. I didn’t even know they had the steel mills. I was from down South. Where I’m from, they didn’t have no steel mills. My Daddy told me that he hoped I didn’t have to work as hard as he did. He said that to me very slowly. He said, “I hope – when you – get away and be on your own — that you do NOT – have to WORK – as hard as I do.” And I told him, “Daddy, don’t worry about it. I won’t.” That’s all I remember. So working never was something I thought I was supposed to do. I thought playing music would give you a chance to do something that wasn’t called work. And it’s true. It’s a job, but it’s not a work. Heh-heh. People be trying to WORK. “Yeah, I’m working tonight.” But that’s only in integrated music. Once you start listening to integrated music, then you really come into a lot of contact with who is working tonight, and where you’re at, and where you’re going.

What do you mean by “integrated music”?

[LAUGHS] I said the word…

Do you mean black and white musicians playing together, or mainstream…

No-no, no-no. You have a white guy, you have a black guy, you have a Chinese or Japanese or Indian, and all you-all playing the same song without any offense to the other. I mean, I’ve noticed this in blues. I think integrated music is just music that everybody has the same feelings about. But I don’t know why I say “integrated music.” Because it’s not segregated music. I’m a country boy! See, I don’t know too much…

You’re a country boy. But how long have you had this loft? Around 30 years?

Whoa. I don’t…

I grew up at Bleecker and Thompson, I’m 52, I know this neighborhood pretty well. And Rashied Ali and you are the two musicians I know who have Soho lofts. Have you been here since the ‘70s?

Mmm-hmm. Yeah. [BATTERY ACID FACTORY, 1975] I’ve been here a long time.

It’s a nice feeling being in this loft. It reminds of back in the day what lofts were supposed to be like.

Mmm-hmm. It’s changed. They started making rooms and levels. It used to be space. It was about space. But they changed that up.

Well, this is certainly about space. It’s a workingman’s loft. There’s a story here that the way you came to New York was you had a regular gig at the Bluebird in Detroit, and as you told it, the proprietor said after six months, “Yeah, you can play; when you go to New York, tell Miles Davis I said you should look for him,” but instead you found Ornette. Is that more or less true.

Now that I’m thinking about it, that’s when the thing happened. I got out of Detroit, and the guy who gave me the money to leave town told me, “Go and find Miles Davis and tell him I sent you,” but I never found Miles. I ran into Coleman, but I didn’t never find Miles Davis until a little later.

The guy who gave you the money was the guy who ran the Bluebird.

Yeah. Clarence Edwards, his name was.

So you were playing a lot of straight-ahead, functional music before you came to New York.

Yeah, I did. I did straight music for a while after I got to Detroit. That’s when I came off the road with a group I had called the Blood Brothers. I was playing with Hank Marr, and I had a group called Blood and the Blood Brothers. Then I was in Ohio, and then I left Ohio and then I went to Detroit, and that’s when I really tried to figure out… When I said I didn’t want to sound like Wes any more. That’s when I started changing.

Were you playing during that time what you’d call jazz, or were you doing other gigs as well? Were you playing the blues then…

You didn’t have guitar players play jazz. You got any records with any guitar players on it playing jazz?

Yes, quite a number, I would think.

Yeah?

Yes.

Who?

Which guitar players?

Yes.

Grant Green.

Grant Green wasn’t no jazz player!

How so?

When I’m talking about jazz players, man, I’m talking about Eric Dolphy and John Coltrane playing like that…

Oh, those type of records.

Oh, that’s what I call jazz. And they didn’t have no guitar players on that…

I’m thinking of maybe Pat Martino…

ULMER: No, Pat Martino…

Sonny Greenwich?

No-no. Them brothers ain’t made no jazz scene. I remember them guys. I used to play at the Rock Haven in Montreal, and Sonny Greenwich used to play around the corner in a little club in the hole. But he was playing, though, free music. He was playing real free.

Jim Hall was playing with Sonny Rollins, I guess.

I don’t know… Who was playing… Well, Jim Hall, I’m sure he was a jazz guitar player, because he was always number-one in the guitar book. For all I remember, Jim Hall is the best guitar player in the book for years and years and years.

I take your point. In terms of what the cats in the early ‘60s were doing, guitar was pretty scarce in that scene.

No, there wasn’t no guitar then at all! Nobody played… Wes tried to play with somebody. But I’m talking about inside that jazz MUSIC. That music. Understand? Inside that music. Inside the concept. They call everything “jazz” now. They say Stevie Wonder plays jazz. No, I’m talking about… Man, when I used to listen… Well, we started listening to music in the ‘50s and shit. That shit was played in the ‘40s or something. It wasn’t like new records.

I don’t want to argue this point, but Grant Green did do records with Larry Young, Sam Rivers, people like that…

Yeah, but I don’t look at the organ as being jazz. The organ era, what they call that whole era, they called them organ players progressive jazz players. They made the blues sound like jazz. Now, Larry played differently. I played with Larry myself. He really was trying to play something else on the organ. Yeah, he was. He was different. But most of them, the organ players was a blues type of jazz… They’re turning blues back into jazz, in a certain kind of way. Jimmy Smith was good at that. They called that jazz, but that ain’t the jazz I’m talking about. I remember before they started playing the organ music. I was playing rhythm-and-blues then, but the organ thing hadn’t happened yet. Jimmy Smith hadn’t came out yet; he had a big hit back then on the organ.

When you were off-hours, not working, were you practicing on trying to bring those concepts into your guitar sound…

When I wasn’t working?

In your rehearsal time…

No, I was doing that shit ALL the time! In the night and in the day. I don’t care where I’m doing it. I had to work on it.

When you got to New York, was it Billy Higgins who took you to meet Coleman?

Yes.

How’d you meet Billy Higgins?

He came to the… You got all this information written down there. I had a studio in Brooklyn, and he came over there and played with me, and I played with him, and he said, “Well, I’m going to take you to see Coleman.” That’s what he did.

There’s a video on Youtube of you and Coleman and Higgins in 1974 in Rome.

You like that?

It’s hard to tell. It’s only 5 minutes, the sound isn’t so great.

I’ve seen it once or twice. I remember that day, though. I remember that night in that cave in Rome.

That was in a cave?

Yeah. In Rome.

Let’s jump back to now, then. We don’t have to delve back…

No, it’s cool.

I want to be a bit more clear on how you think of… Well, I guess I do understand what you mean when you say that the guys playing with the organ players were putting jazz onto the blues, which is how I think you put it…

They turned the blues into jazz. That’s what it is. In other words, the guys before that, they were coming from the other side. They were taking freedom into jazz. They were breaking it down to freedom to jazz. Seemed like they all was free players, and then they found out they had to create changes or something. I don’t know if there was any sound.

Did you think of yourself as a free player?

I never played free music after I came to New York. Damn, I was older than Jesus when they said he was crucified by then! [LAUGHS]

So after 1975…

When I came to New York, I was ready to do business.

If the dates are correct, you’re a little younger than Jesus was when you came to New York.

I said almost. They say Jesus died when, 33?

32 or 33.

I came in ‘71.

You were 29 or 28?

No, I was 31.

Oh, you were born in 1940.

Yeah, I was born in 1940. They always say I was born in ‘42. I’ll have to correct that at one point.

So when you came to New York, you felt you’d done everything you could do outside of New York?

No-no, I wanted to start! I wanted to play my music then. I’d been playing with people all before. I always was in a band. In them days, you had to stay in a band to keep playing. I was in a band with George Adams for three years. I was in a band with Rudolph Johnson. Who else… A few other people, piano players. Sonny. Playing in Coleman’s band. You had to be in somebody’s band! I was in a couple of organ bands. In the Hank Marr band. So I said, “I ain’t gonna be in no more bands, I’m going to play my own band now,” when I came to New York. When I got to New York, I got a gig at Minton’s Playhouse for six months, six nights a week with a trio. I went up there and asked them for a gig. First I went up there playing with a few organ players, and then I made a pitch for my own band.

Who was your trio?

It was Doug Hammond and John Dana (bass).

A lot of people must have gotten to know about you during those 6 months.

Well, in Harlem, yeah; there’s a lot of people who were hanging out in that club. I don’t know how much popularity you got from them! But we were entertaining them for six months. That’s all I know.

When did you start doing gigs with Coleman?

Start doing gigs with him?

Performing with him, apart from rehearsing and living…

That’s the reason I went with him, was because he was playing gigs.

The way it goes here, you were living at his loft, you’d play for him, and he’d drill you, and you related having a dream about your guitar tuning while you were living there. I thought that preceded your gigging experience with him.

I don’t know…

Let’s get back to the new record. You wrote the songs when Katrina was happening, from watching the reporting in real time, and you recorded it last December.

Yes, but that ain’t the first I recorded the songs. I recorded the songs before. I got some of them songs on the Internet now. [first recordings]

Sounds like you had a bad week in New Orleans. You lost your voice, your guitar got broken… Can you describe the circumstances of making the record? Being in the studio, putting the record together…

I didn’t have to do that. Vernon did that. All I had to do was play and sing the song.

But in the publicity, you said you lost your voice, or it got hoarse. Your guitar broke. A friend died. It was a bad, bad week…

But the way you’re asking me that is already… It’s hard for me to talk about something you’ve already about. You’ve already heard about it, so I can’t get into that like I’m telling you a story that you never heard before. The way you asked me, I’m going to have to memorize what you said, and I’d rather try to make it up for you. I can’t sound real professional thinking like that.

May I rephrase the question?

You can rephrase.

Tell me what it was like being in New Orleans the week you did the record.

Mmm. I went down there for one reason—to make the record. I wanted to go make the record. That’s what I wanted to do. But I don’t know what happened down there. I don’t really know what happened in New Orleans when I went down there, because I ain’t never had that happen before—when you go to do a job, then you lose your voice and your instrument goes out, and there ain’t nothin’ else you can do. So I had to wait til I go back to New York so I could try to retaliate, which it took me a long time to get over the hoarseness. But I don’t think either that was good or bad. That had something to do with the true essence of what we went there to do—to make a blues record in New Orleans. The instant that that happened was that there’s one place that needed repairing. I mean, a lot of blues exists down there. It still exists. It exists so deeply, because we couldn’t go down there and make a record and say, “Oh, yeah, we made a record and everything went fine.” No. It wasn’t a fine place. The place wasn’t fine. So there had to be obstacles to bring across the true nature of what blues is, to describe something that actually exists. That’s why I said Vernon did a good job, because he made that whole record sound like it was about New Orleans. It wasn’t just those songs that I wrote. Like “This Land,” “Backwater Blues,” “Commit A Crime.” All that shit sounded like New Orleans already. He hooked that shit up real good. I had nothing to do with it. I’m sorry.

You just sang it.

I just did my job! Yeah.

Had you spent much time in New Orleans before?

Had I spent much time? I’ve been there before. I’ve never stayed there over three days in a row, as I recall.

You did a project about 12 years ago that Bill Laswell produced with Zigaboo Modalise, and Amina and Bernie Worrell. That seems to be the only other New Orleans-influenced recording or project you’ve done.

I never went down to New Orleans with Third Rail. That was recorded in Bill Laswell’s studio over in New Jersey.

I mentioned New Orleans because Zigaboo Modaliste was the drummer on it.

I didn’t know he was from New Orleans.

Is today’s rehearsal is for a forthcoming instrumental record?

No, I’m rehearsing.

Have you got new songs for this band? New tunes?

I rehearse concept. I don’t worry about tunes. That’s why everything is so messed up now. Somebody will convince you to play a tune. I work on music concepts. You can put any song in a concept. Any song, if it’s a real song. And if it’s not a real song, you will know it, because it will be something without substance and without meaning and without a direction and without any soul, and it can’t be put in a concept because it ain’t nothin’.

Since Katrina, have you written more songs?

I told you, I work on concepts.

But you wrote songs for… “Katrina” is a song.

“Katrina,” okay, you said I wrote that song. I don’t look at it like I wrote that song. I had nothing to do with that song. They called the thing Katrina. They stood and made happen what happened, not me. I just told the story. It’s like someone reading a book, and then you say, “what did you read? You don’t have to tell me word-for-word, but tell me what you read.” So you tell them what you read. But when you look out into a television, your eyes do the same thing as your mind do when you read a book. You read the book and then you tell the story from what you’re seeing. So I don’t know why people call that writing, they’re doing something. What’s important is the concept.

Shit, I’m looking at you. I’m thinking of a story that I got from you. But it’s your story. It ain’t mine. I ain’t writin’ nothing. You writin’ it. [LAUGHS] You! With the bald head and the wide-rimmed glasses. I can write a story about that, and put it in a blues concept. And you want to say I wrote it!

Well, yeah, you’d be the one who wrote it.

I don’t want to get credit for that any more. I want credit for the concept. I don’t want to take looking on CNN as a story… But I do want to get the publishing. I’m not talking about publishing. I love publishing.

You can’t have it both ways.

I love publishing!

If you love publishing, then you’ve got to acknowledge that you wrote it.

Well, I’m going to accept publishing until the stuff turn around.

Is playing a solo on the guitar similar in any way to telling a story with your voice?

Well, playing a solo on a song is, like I said… Closest I can come to it is when you’re exposing your intellect. Now, if you want to do that, that’s good, if that’s something you want to expose or if you think that what is coming across your mind is…you have a message that you want to deliver—well, so you deliver a message. I think that what players do is, they send out a message. Whether somebody gets the message or not, it’s out there.

Let me ask you one last question, about your attitude towards technique. Anything you want to say about it.

What do you mean by that? Playing the instrument?

Playing the instrument so that you can execute any idea that you think of, communicate the message in as many ways as possible. Did you develop a technique around the ideas you had? Did the ideas you had follow from your technique?

Well, the only thing I know is if you’re talking about the difference between playing an instrument and playing music, which is two different things. Music was before instruments, so if you think you need a technique on an instrument to play music, then you might be making yourself handicapped. Because to have a technique will hinder you from playing music. It’s according to what instrument you’re trying to have technique on. So the technique for an instrument, you have made an A; but you will never be as good as the instrument-maker, because he created the reason why you’re doing what you’re doing. So that’s not good. So you can take an instrument and try to find music on it, but you’re going to have to develop your own kind of technique to get the music out of the instrument. So you might give up a little bit. You ain’t gonna give up too much.

Do you want to do more blues records?

Well…

People keep talking about you “reinventing” yourself, that your turn to the blues is another reinvention.

What is that?

I’m not sure what they mean by that.

Another reinvention. Of what?

I’m not sure. I guess the line of progression goes, you played gospel, you played organ trio music, you reinvented yourself into an “avant-garde” harmolodic musician, then you got some cachet with “Do You Want To Be In America” and influenced Rock people, and then the line of descent goes that you’ve become a full-fledged blues artist in recent years.

But the people who are writing about it, they are not writing about me. They are writing about a record. See, the difference between what you’re talking about is whether a writer is telling you about a person or he’s telling you about a record. Now, if you’re talking about a record, you have to talk about me as blues because you’re talking about only a few blues… Now, I’ve made 40 records! But you forget about ALL of those 40 records…

I have 20 of them.

I’m just saying, if you are talking about these 2, or these 3…

Four.

Four. And those four couldn’t outweigh these…

But it’s only that they’re the most recent records. In the last four years, you’ve done four blues records.

Yeah. But that don’t mean I’m a changed man.

I didn’t think you were.

You’re trying to convince me I done changed because I… You know, even though they had slavery in America, everybody wasn’t no slave. They didn’t get everybody. Because you change on a record, you don’t get everybody… I can’t change…simply because I don’t want to change. Maybe if they give me some money… [LAUGH SNORT]

You’re playing Bonnaroo this summer, right? I see four-five of these big gigs with this band.

Yeah. If they give me about four or five trillion dollars I might change my concept! But no, man. No. I tell you, I like the movement to me going to the blues, because to me, it was like me just trying to say: Okay, I have been doing my thing all my life without nobody messing with me and telling me what to do. Now here’s somebody who wants me to do something that had been done over and over and over again. So I wanted to do it just to prove to myself that maybe I could do something that someone else had been doing. It’s like an examination. You’re at this music school, then it’s time for you to take your test, and they gave me a test and they finally came and said, “Do the blues” [SLAMS TABLE] That was my examination. [SLAMS TABLE] That-[SLAM]-was my examination. [SLAM] I went to school, I did classical…I mean, the gospel, the rhythm-and-blues, the progressive jazz, the blues jazz, and avant-garde, and BOOM, they said, “Okay, you finished graduating; now here’s your test.” [BIG SLAM] Sing these motherfuckin’ 12 blues songs by Muddy Waters. And boom, I said, “Okay, I’ll try that.” So… [SOFT SLAM] Did I pass?

What do you think?

I think I’m passing.

Do you like the records?

Well, I don’t know whether I like the records or not. But I really want to make sure I make an A. I mean, I want this thing to be as successful as it can be, so I can move on. That way I can move on to the next part, to another part. Because you just have to maintain… Always our responsibility is to maintain. You don’t have to stop and don’t move. Like, a lot of artists, man, they stop at blues. They don’t go no farther. That’s all they know. And they call them the greatest in the world. There’s a thousand of them like that. They couldn’t play but one kind of music if they tried. But that’s why all of these concepts should survive, so they stay alive.

Can you visualize what the next phase is going to be?

What phase?

Well, you didn’t say “phase.” So you can move on to the next part, you said.

Yeah, but I’m saying that the move on to the next step…it don’t mean it’s gonna be no phase, whether you’re going to step forwards or backwards.

[END OF CONVERSATION]

**********************

Vernon Reid on James “Blood{“ Ulmer (May 18, 2007):

TP: On each of these records you’ve done with him (this is the fourth one), he’s extremely declarative on your role in the record as producer. His comment a couple of times is, “I’m just doing my job; Vernon really makes the record.” I want to talk to you first about your thought process in putting together the record, and then perhaps we address, either separately or within the same answer, where this document fits, both aesthetically and topically, with the other records you’ve done.

Vernon Reid: This whole process of exploring the blues side of his nature. This whole journey has been one of my most satisfying aesthetically. It really started with an observation, and the observation was that Blood has inhabited many different worlds of guitar, from the organ trio thing to the free jazz thing and the harmolodic thing (which is kind of related, but not quite the same), and even taking the harmolodic thing and incorporating rock elements.

Even before that, he was playing blues jazz for ten years.

Exactly. Like the organ trio thing. So it just was an observation that… It really focused on him vocally. I thought about “Are You Glad to Be In America,” the earliest version of it on the Rough Trade recording. And I just said, you know, he’s a blues singer. Vocally, he’s only been a blues singer.

I ran into Blood in Soho, where he lives, and I said to him, “To me, you’re a blues singer. It’s so obvious.” I would run into him, and I would add to it. I said, “Man, you should make a blues album.” Then I said, “You know, I’d love to hear Blood sing songs in the blues canon.”

Hold the thought a moment. How did he respond when you told him that the first time?

He was kind of gruff. Sort of like, “Oh, so you noticed.” He never was negative, but he was like, “Oh, interesting.” This idea began to really… I began to…obsess is too strong a word, but it became so clear to me that he had an undiscovered original blues voice, that he was on par… I’m really sticking my neck out here, and I stick my neck out a lot. Look, the sound of his voice is on par with John Lee Hooker’s or Muddy Waters’ or Lightnin’ Hopkins’. Literally, the voice that he has is this raw… It really hearkens back to another era of blues. It hearkens back to a whole other thing. It’s just there in plain sight.

Basically, what happened, he mentioned my ravings to an associate of his, who immediately got infected with the idea—“Yeah, you really should do that.” And it started to take on a life of its own to the point where Kevin Calabro, who has been a real partner in helping to create this situation, a young guy, working for the music label Hyena at the time, and he’s a Blood fan and he loved the idea. The way the project evolved is that I had this idea then to look at songs in the canon, and then I started to think about site-specific recordings. I didn’t want to just kind of do blues covers here in any studio. So I thought, we need to go to the South, and we should go to Memphis, to Sun Studio. I kind of was thinking about this place, because I had vowed to return… I was on tour years ago, with Living Color, and we came through Memphis, and I took the tour. I don’t believe in ghosts, but I really do believe that places have something—and this place struck me like a ton of bricks. This is where… Howlin’ Wolf was here. Elvis was here. Johnny Cash was here. B.B. King was here. And I vowed years ago that I’m going to find a way to come back here and do something, and this first record was the opportunity. That was it. I got in touch with the studio, and it functions as a rehearsal place in the day and it functions as an actual studio at night. It just was a thing that took on a rhythm of its own.

Assembling the band… I knew Mark Peterson, and his brother Anthony is a pretty amazing guitarist, who actually is a Shannon alumnus after me… I was introduced to the harp player, David Barnes, while playing around in New York with Michael Hill… Michael Hill to me is a very contemporary version of what Blood… He’s from the Bronx; his people are from the South. He’s a phenomenal guitarist, and he’s got this incredible blues feel, but he’s got chops like Eric Johnson. I sat in with him at B.B. King’s, ironically, and David Barnes was playing with him, and I just was knocked out by the guy. Charlie Burnham had been an old Blood alumnus, from the Odyssey band and so on, and he had a total blues feeling to his playing. I was thinking how the violin is this funny instrument in blues and bluegrass and what have you, and I have fond memories of Papa John Creach and so on. I thought, “Man, this is kind of like a mini-blues orchestra.” That’s how we went down there. We hooked up with Rick Steff, who plays with Cap Power, a wonderful local player who I was introduced to by the studio manager. I said, “I really need a keyboard, and do you have somebody locally.” Rick Steff came in and he totally got it. It was amazing. He totally got IT.

What’s IT?

The IT of it is that Blood’s guitar playing is very much a fusion of the blues and the harmolodic, and you could say even the American primitivist thing. It was not your standard, like we’re playing a B.B. King shuffle thing. It’s not that. It’s never been that. And Rick, coming in, completely got it. He completely got this quirky in-between place. There was no having to explain it, no having to justify it at all to him. He instantly got it. He got the authenticity of it.

That’s when I learned… Blood this whole time kind of agreed to do it. He said, “I’ll do this, but it’s on you.” It was so funny that he was very adamant about that. I was going to take responsibility for what these records are. It was a huge thing. Because on the one hand, here’s the manifestation of an observation. He was saying to me, “You have brought this into my life.” And when we got there, it was clearly more dramatic. I mean, it started to rain. We were in the studio for two days. On this one night, it was like a rainy night in Memphis, and we played “Little Red Rooster,” and we had got it in this one take, and we were listening back to it, and Blood became very, very somber. He said, “THAT’S the blues. That’s the music my mama never wanted me to play.” He just came out with it. I had no idea that he was in a struggle with a conversation about his wife and his family and… It was a stunning revelation. Part of the reason why these records have a certain something is that this is diving into material in his life that in many ways is uncomfortable.

It’s a real existential struggle. His father’s a preacher, he sang gospel for six-seven years, and his mother whupped him for listening to dirty drawers type of lyrics.

Yeah. It really is that. That’s an aspect of it that I think certain people… In making a blues record, it seems as if it’s some kind of move commercially. It’s not. It really borne out of an observation about something in his life. I remember, like, “Back Door Man,” he was so adamant. I wanted to record “Back Door Man” for the first record. He was absolutely adamant that he wasn’t going to do it. And he wasn’t going to do it because… He said to me, “I have been that person.” It was so kind of self-exposing for me that he literally put his foot down. No.

I think there’s a kind of contempt bred of familiarity. We’ve heard the I-IV-V form of it, the 12 bars of it, and we know it so well, it’s so basic and essential to American music that we actually have stopped hearing how essentially avant-garde it is. We literally stopped hearing how… Like, Howlin’ Wolf is. It’s incredible.

Well, for Blood and Coleman, the blues has a certain connotation that probably strikes a little too close to home, and it’s probably what they were trying to get away from all along.

And here I come, just kind of blithely… I felt like such a total bumpkin.

For you, it’s roots; for them, it’s too much roots.

For me, it was so clearly there. One of the things about… I’ve been fortunate. I haven’t done a whole lot of records, but the records I’ve worked on, The Mexican Band Resort, Salif Keita, they’ve been fantastic experiences. It’s something I want to pursue further. But one of the hard things, because I am also an artist… I am in the fray. I am in the struggle of what it is. It’s so much like being a midwife. It’s so holding the hand of the artist, being sympathetic to what the struggle… But it’s also, like, how does this thing, which has a life of its own and an expression of its own…how do I get out of the way and how do I help the artist get out of the way of it? It’s been so powerful to make these records. There have been moments just in the studio where Blood will sing something or play something that’s so unvarnished, and whenever I’ve heard it (it’s happened on every one of these sessions)… I have this obsession with listening to records that I love, and that is: “What must it have been like to be in the studio when Marvin Gaye sang “What’s Going On” or when Coltrane played “My Favorite Things?” You can’t even imagine what it was like. The moments like when Blood takes a solo on “Little Red Rooster,” when he does the chicken clucking on the guitar… There are just these moments on each album, like “Geechee Joe” on the solo album, “Trouble In Mind” on “No Escape From the Blues…” There are other moments on these records as well, but as an example, these are moments that are beyond… To be a witness is something great.

What’s interesting about the solo album is that all of a sudden we get a profusion of original songs, and this songwriting thing starts to take… Well, does it take a different direction? How do you see these songs he’s been writing the last few years vis-a-vis the songs we know him for from the previous 20 years?

Some of them are rereadings of older pieces of his. Like, his rereading of “Where Did All The Girls Come From” for me is revelatory. Because here’s a guy who’s been a lothario, who’s been the back door man.

Seven kids.

Yeah. And lots of attempts. Here’s a guy who has tasted the fruits of the female gender, and here’s a man who has lived also with the regrets—the tears, the broken hearts, all of those things. And his reading of “Where Did All The Girls Come From, I Only Have Enough Money For One,” it’s a heart-rending thing. It’s the other side of “Just a Gigolo”. It’s a very backward-looking…

He was very proud that all 7 of his kids came for his birthday. I sort of thought that’s what it was about…

But he loves his kids. The children are very precious to him. He’s just an incredible mass of contradictions. I never want to get hit with one of them hands! But he’s capable of such tenderness. Such self-reflection. I remember we were doing the session at Electric Lady for No Escape From the Blues, and there was a moment where he had this complete… I forget what song we were doing. The session became completely frozen. He said, “Man, I’ve record forty years, I never had to…” DAHT-DA-DAH… He just ran the whole thing down, and we were frozen. I was sort of, “O-kay, so, now…” Then he just… Like, all his complaints that this was uncomfortable, “I don’t understand what the song’s saying,” he was going through the whole thing… It was one of those things that the control room stopped; we were cutting live, and everyone stopped. Then he said, “But I’ll try it.” I think we were cutting “Trouble In Mind” with the tamboura. Right after he said that, we gave an extraordinary performance. We used the actual vocal from the live thing. So that willingness to…“you know, I’ll go with it.” To get him to record an acoustic guitar instrumental on “High Yellow,” I believe… The studio just happened to have this wonderful Martin, and he was sitting with it, “This guitar is nice; I like this guitar.” I said, “Why don’t you cut something?” Then we GOT it! I’m happy when… I’m aware all the time that he’s giving me permission to have this role. For me, one of the iconic, great…a giant of the music…

At the beginning of our conversation, he said he felt he’d lost his belt as a guitarist, and he’s wanting to get it back. He’d been rehearsing…

I do want to say one thing about his writing. I think his writing is truly autobiographical. I think he’s looking now at the life he’s lived. Because Blood is the blues. That’s the other part of what this thing is. I mean, he is that thing. He is the blues itself. It’s the life. With all the harmolodic this and all the that, and the Music Revelation Ensembles… But he himself, aside from whatever music he’s been playing, he is Leadbelly. He is that guy. He is not, “I came up listening and wanting to be…” No-no. He is that thing itself. That is being revealed through these lyrics. One other thing, too, he hearkens back to a much older time of…his playing is incredibly raw. Another thing, too, is that he, unlike most blues people…it goes right to what has happened in race relations. He has made very pointed… Like “White Man’s Jail”. It’s not “de boss man.” You know what I mean? Of course, this is not the ’50s. The times have given him a latitude that previous generations did not have. That is a difference. But he talks about Geechee Joe… On the new record, “Old Slave Master”. The thing about it, it’s a boogie. What’s so brilliant about “Old Slave Master” is it’s not… It’s very subversive, because it’s kind of like this happy blues, but what he’s saying at the end, “Now, slavery is a whole lot of fun…”

Is it a boogie because of you or because of him?

Oh, no-no, no-no-no.

He wrote it as a boogie?

Oh, yeah. Oh, there was none of, “Let’s make this a boogie.” No-no, no-no-no. He wanted it to have a bounce and be breezy, and then the lyrics are like… In a way, it was a perfect feel for what Bad Blood In The City is. Because the city still will Mardi Gras. The city will still Mardi Gras with all of what the government has not done. That’s a real tribute to it.

In getting this record together, did he come to you with these songs he’d written… He said he was watching CNN when Katrina was happening, and the songs came to him…like reporting almost.

Exactly.

Tell me what happened. Did he come to you with the songs?

I came and had a private session with him… Well, not a session. Private, just listening. He said, “I wrote these songs, and I just saw this thing happening, man, and I just started writing.” Because it was so specific to the event, I was just wondering, well… Then when I heard the first couple of songs, I was relieved. Then also, I was struck by… You know, Katrina happened to all of us as American citizens. Referring to Katrina people as refugees is like… That’s why it’s so outrageous. One thing I was saying to Kevin Calabro is, like, it’s shameful how topical this record is. This record should be dated and old hat. We had a choice of either going…we had to find a place in New Orleans we were going to go to Mississippi. But I wanted to record it in the Gulf region. And Piety Street basically just escaped…

What part of New Orleans is it in?

It’s right on the edge…because of all the parishes… We stayed in Marion Bywater. I’m sure that’s…

Is it on slightly higher land?

Slightly higher land. But you could see where the water went. So we went down there, man, and after hearing Blood’s songs and securing a place to record, finding a spot… Mark Bingham is an ex New Yorker who moved down there, and a lot of great records have been recorded there. We were like, “Okay, this is it,” and we wound up having this incredible experience, an experience akin to when we went to Memphis. The record revealed itself because of the site-specific nature of the recording. It literally would have had a totally different feeling if we hadn’t gone there. It wouldn’t be the same. That record could have been recorded in New York, and it would not have been the same.

Blood said there were a few things, just apart from being in New Orleans… His guitar broke. A friend died. He lost his voice.

Mmm…yeah.

Almost like there was a little voodoo on top of it.

Well, things were going on. A lot of little things were going on. His trademark Berland(?) is not working, and his voice… We basically used what we could. “Sad Days, Lonely Nights,” the Junior Kimbrough tune, that was recorded as it was, and it’s about as raw as it can be. It was like we were up for a battle, and it was getting worse, and it was kind of like okay, we’re just going to have to deal with it. We used the vocal of “Sad Days, Lonely Nights”… There might be one other vocal that’s from down there, but we had to re-record the vocals.

Your role is probably extremely important here as far as picking the songs and pacing the arc of the album. Talk about how you chose the covers? You’ve obviously delved very deeply into the blues literature, on a variety of levels.

The thing about is, I’m kind of a populist. I like a good melody. I’m not an obscurant. The classic songs, like, many scholars are tired of them or what have you… I love “Spoonful”. This record is a real departure from the previous ones in that there aren’t any kind of blues singles. With No Escape From The Blues, part of it was crafting a narrative, “I’m going to New York”… It was crafting a narrative about the migration of the blues from the south to the north. Whereas the first record was very much about being steeped in that steamy Southern thing. That second record was really about the journey of going to New York, the hustle was on. Crafting a narrative. That’s the one aspect of it, is the idea of narrative. That narrative really was shaped literally by the sequencing, because it’s all Blood’s music, for the most part, and him sort of covering himself from the past and what have you.

With Bad Blood In The City it was meditating on the nature of the event, and wanting to create a full spectrum of what the event is. Part of what that full spectrum is has got to be a measure of… I was struck by people going to the studio and coming to the 9th Ward… A live demonstration. I was struck by people sweeping their porches and putting in flowerboxes. I was struck by the people who had cleaned up their houses and tried to return back to life. That to me spoke about a kind of resiliency. So as well as talking about the governmental neglect and the power of Nature that we will never able to anticipate or completely control, then this whole aspect of recovery and hope. I wanted to handle that gingerly, because I certainly am not… I am not totally a “keep hope alive” kind of guy. I don’t know about the bromide approach sometimes.

There are two ways of looking at the blues, I guess. One is the “You can’t play the blues unless you’ve lived the blues” thing, but then there’s the Albert Murray-Ralph Ellison thing of the blues as an affirmation and triumph over death type of thing also.

The thing about the blues is that if you will return to the true abstract… You walk away from the… Because these are downhome people, there’s a kind of overlay onto African-Americans from the South that they don’t have heavy intellectual thoughts, it’s all very kind of roots, and so on. That’s like another cage. The existential nature of it, and the essential avant-garde nature of it is oftentimes just overlooked, because the way we look at the people is kind of unlettered, uneducated, fill in the blank. But there’s a deep sophistication about human nature. Maybe not linguistically perhaps. But there is a deep knowledge about the nature of what people are capable of.

Mother-wit plus.

Absolutely. That’s the thing. Blood really, really is that thing. As I said, he IS the blues. He really is that essentially…

Anyone who’s memorized the Bible is going to have the fundamentals of Western literature at their fingertips, whether they’ve read it or not. I noticed that Blood has a transliterated Koran and a huge Webster’s dictionary on his table… This is a guy who is very specific with words. So that mumble and accent and manner is all a level of indirection.

There’s a fierce, flinty intelligence. Do not be misled. Picking the songs, the other songs, it became… What I do is, I assemble a lot of material, and I listen to it, and I just think about it. One thing was just listening to Blood’s things, thinking of Blood’s music, the tunes, and then thinking about the actual event… You know, Backwater Blues. That was a suggestion, I must admit. Kevin suggested it, and I listened to it and was knocked out. Because this whole notion… You think about what happened in the ‘20s, you think about what happened in Galveston…

That 1927 New Orleans flood was on-purpose. That’s why people thought they had done it on purpose this time.

You know what I mean? With all the high talk about “we’re going to do this and we’re going to do that,” and so on… It’s like the electrical grid. It’s like the highway system. There are these things that are sagging. Literally, these things are sagging. And we’ve got to talk about what we have to do, and then all of a sudden it quiets down, and you’ll see construction, and then nothing happens, nothing changes. That’s what that was about. Whereas when I found “This Land,” I was stunned. It’s one of John Lee Hooker’s greatest lyrics. It speaks to Vietnam, it speak to the Middle East… This whole idea of “the land they walk on…” It’s Shakespearean. “The land they walk on is their burial ground.” This is like every civil conflict on earth. And to relate that to New Orleans, the land itself is such a powerful signifier in that part of the country. We are engaged in conflicts. Katrina is also the simultaneity of being involved in conflicts overseas. So the whole notion of this land, whether that land is about uniting people who have become insurgents because of American action, and to essentially “get the fuck out of my country,” and what’s happened in the Gulf region, where they’ve allowed these incredible resources, the wetlands and so on, to be eroded and destroyed. So it was an attempt to look towards what that is. And how it Africanized was really funny. It was like we got in there, I saw a balafon. I said, “There’s a balafon here?” I said to the assistant, “I want everything you got!” Aubrey Dayle did a phenomenal job. He’s a classically trained percussionist, so he brought his… He’s an African-Caribbean-Canadian who brought a huge skill set to… I’m going to have to single out Aubrey Dayle in the band. He did a fantastic job on this record. This record in many ways was Aubrey’s record, because he played great and he did so many different things percussively on the record that, in fact, right before… On “Sad Days, Lonely Nights,” that’s Aubrey’s voice that goes, “Let’s go.”

Let me ask you two more aesthetic questions. The way Blood spoke about his attitude to the covers is that he hadn’t really listened to any of the versions that made the songs famous, that he doesn’t want to listen to them because then he won’t be able to…

To reinterpret.

To reinterpret. He made a comment on “Ghetto Child”… [ETC.] Then I also want to talk about how you approach pitting off the two guitar styles. Your response to him, and how Blood plays… He said he can’t PLAY when he sings.

On the question of his interpretations… Ultimately what happens is, I assemble the covers, like Willie Mitchell’s [sic: Dixon] “Dead Presidents”… Did I say Willie Mitchell? I had a brain fart. What?!!

I assemble the pieces that I think fit in, that tell a narrative. I also assembled many, many more songs. There are always songs that are left off. Ultimately, I make a stab, and it really does come out to be a fusion of the narrative… Ultimately, Blood makes the decisions of what songs he wants to sing, what songs he can feel, and then that becomes the narrative. When he heard “Commit A Crime,” he immediately went, “Oh yeah!” “I will LEAVE you, woman.” He basically finds his own way into it. If he can “understand” what the lyric is, then he will find a way to interpret. Then he can interpret. If he doesn’t get it…

Then it’s not going to work.

And I never, ever, ever, EVER say… I don’t go into a justification session with him. I don’t do it. Because it just doesn’t work at the end of the day. Convincing? I would hope that if he finds it himself, upon reflection… Because he can be an extraordinarily reflective person. If he finds it upon reflection, then fine. He’s found his own pathway to it. But if he’s like, “Nope,” it is out of there. Because it just doesn’t work. I don’t give orders and I don’t kind of passively-aggressively give orders by “suggesting.”

The guitar styles intermeshing…

Or not-intermeshing.

Or not-intermeshing, yeah, right. I’m getting with someone who has influenced me a great deal. But it’s funny. When I’m influenced by people, I don’t really imitate what they do. The influence is subtler than that. And he’s been a tremendous influence on me—him and Sonny Sharrock, and Fripp and everyone else. Part of it is to stay out of his way, and a lot of times a sort of irrational exuberance takes over on my part! I’ll go back and go, “Oh…well, shucks.” But I get so… In the sessions where we’re playing together, he oftentimes will… Especially when we’re playing live in the studio, he’ll kind of indicate who wants to solo. We basically set up the conditions. We go… Sometimes we talk ahead of time. Oh, Charlie will take a solo here or David will take a solo there. On this record it was funny, because it was sort of six of one, half a dozen of the other… The solos that I take, soloing-wise, we were kind of jamming, kind of cooking it up, and then he’d nod at me, and then I’d go, and it was sort of a very cathartic… Like, Wow! Other than that, though, I try to stay out of his way. I definitely try to stay out of the way.

Does he play harmolodically on this?

I think he does. On “Commit A Crime,” there’s a distorted guitar solo, the first one… That’s Blood. I love it when he does that. I dig all of his guitar stylings, but I dig it when he… It’s a whole other trip when he does distorted guitar. Like, it’s so cool! I remember just kind of coaxing him to do it when we were recording No Escape From The Blues. Someone had built him a Germanium kind of buzz box, and he brought it to the session. I said, “Step on the silver box right here,” and everything kind of explodes, and I love that.

Thank you for being positive. It’s strange. This is off the record. But to me, the New York Times kind of doesn’t get it, and they don’t get it for kind of obvious reasons. A blues thing… People don’t know that Blood struggles with it. It’s so natural to hear it…it’s so obvious.

I think it would be hard for most white guys writing about it to attribute doubt to Blood, with his persona. That’s why I’m glad I went to his house to talk to him.

There is a certain… It’s almost like Alan Lomax, this whole story about Leadbelly wanted to play this concert, and Alan Lomax insisted he wear kind of work clothes, and he wanted to wear his Sunday-go-to-meeting clothes. There’s a certain sort of… Alan was a giant of the music and he was a very positive person, but he kind of… [END OF SIDE A] …this is a real thing. So aside from his great artistry, I just have a huge amount… I mean, I love the dude, and I have a huge amount of respect for him stepping into something he’s really uncomfortable with. He loves it, though. That’s the thing, too. It’s the case of an older artist finding and coming into something really powerful and new… It’s a tremendous…

He had a great quote about it. He said: “I have been doing my thing all my life without nobody messing with me and telling me what to do. Now here’s somebody who wants me to do something that had been done over and over and over again. So I wanted to do it just to prove to myself that maybe I could do something that someone else had been doing. It’s like an examination. You’re at this music school, then it’s time for you to take your test, and they gave me a test and they finally came and said, ‘Do the blues’ [SLAMS TABLE] That was my examination. [SLAMS TABLE] That-[SLAM]-was my examination. [SLAM] I went to school, I did classical…I mean, the gospel, the rhythm-and-blues, the progressive jazz, the blues jazz, and avant-garde, and BOOM, they said, ‘Okay, you finished graduating; now here’s your test.’ [BIG SLAM] Sing these motherfuckin’ 12 blues songs by Muddy Waters. And boom, I said, “Okay, I’ll try that.” So… [SOFT SLAM] Did I pass?”

I totally feel… How does a mountain describe itself? Can a mountain describe itself? It’s a weird thing. But one thing is, we got used to do that Martin Scorsese thing. That’s on the strength of him doing basically one record. People who really listen to this stuff, who hear it, they know what it is.

It seems he’s become part of the national roots music circuit through these records. Like the thing with Alison Kraus at Radio City, or being booked at Bonnaroo this summer. I know he’s been part of a certain aspect of pop consciousness for 25 years, but this seems to be bringing him into an interesting space.

Into an interesting space, yes. Honestly, the other thing, I wasn’t really paying attention to it, but the whole… With the Junior Kimbrough thing, when he was getting into it, I thought, “Man, this cat is phenomenal.” The Junior Kimbrough and the R.L. Burnside thing, there’s a certain aspect that is part of it, but it’s so funny, because I’ve listened to these things sort of after the fact, so it’s sort of related to it, but it’s not modeled on any of those things. It’s like the conversation we had about “Let’s Talk About Jesus.” Wow!

It’s a wonderful journey, and I feel like because it’s kind of evolved… I had a plan at one point. My original thought was: make one record in the South, one record in the industrialized north, and then make a record in London. That was my original plan. And events developed to shift what that is. I’m just happy that I didn’t become… You know how it is when a kid doesn’t get to do what he wants to do? They stamp their foot and lay on your back on the ground… Now, happily, Blood turned and said, “I want to do a record by myself.” I didn’t hem and haw. I was like, “Okay.” It literally has taken on a life of its own. If we are to go to London, it will reveal itself.

One other thought I’ve had about a furtherance of the project is possibly go to Africa. That just occurred to me two days ago, to go to Bamako, or… Or Chicago. But whatever it is, it will reveal itself. It’s not going to be… It sort of becomes high concept after the fact. Like, once it’s revealed, then we started to work on realizing it.

You don’t know how Blood is going to treat these. You just have the sense that these are generally suited to his tonal personality, then he does what he does.

He does what he does. We’ve just been very, very fortunate. The other thing is, the band is just phenomenal. Each one of them…

[END OF CONVERSATION

Leave a comment

Filed under James Blood Ulmer, Jazziz, Vernon Reid

Buddy de Franco (February 17, 1923 – December 24, 2014) – Two biographical 1999 interviews and a 1999 feature article for Downbeat

This brief but informative oral history of Buddy DeFranco, who brought the language of bebop to clarinet expression during the 1940s, and made a series of excellent combo albums with during the first half of the 1950s with Kenny Drew and Art Blakey and Sonny Clark and Bobby White, gestated from a 1999 assignment to write an album bio for You Must Believe in Swing, a duo recital by DeFranco, then 76, and the sui generis pianist Dave McKenna, ten years his junior. (https://tedpanken.wordpress.com/2011/05/30/interview-with-dave-mckenna-may-30-1932-dec-2008/)

For me, it was an occasion to get fresh first-person accounts from these grandmasters of their personal biographies and the milieu in which their careers transpired.

Buddy DeFranco and Dave McKenna ...
Concord - Label ...

Buddy DeFranco (Downbeat Oral History Article – 1999):

Named for a pope, a king and the supreme artist-scientist of the Renaissance, the clarinetist Boniface Ferdinand Leonardo “Buddy” DeFranco came to maturity during the golden age of jazz. Now 76, he’s the supreme jazz virtuoso of his instrument, an innovator who defies category — and time.

“I had about six careers during the last 60 years,” the 20-time Downbeat Poll winner reflects. “Periodically I’ll envelop a new concept on the clarinet, stay with that for a while, almost discarding what I was doing before, though not quite. I gradually wound up with a sensible mixture combining whatever new thing I was doing with my earlier way of playing; that is, the idea of swing and a fundamental approach, especially in stating a melody.”

Nurtured on the driving arpeggiations of Benny Goodman and the sophisticated line of Artie Shaw, DeFranco viewed them through a lens cut and polished by Charlie Parker’s liquid phrasing and harmonic extensions, forging a unique sound and approach. Known as the first bebop clarinet player, he’s no ideologue about vocabulary. “I had a wide range of experience in all facets of music,” DeFranco remarks, “and my playing reflects the gamut. We brain-pick as many people as we can, and make our own voice from what we’ve heard and studied.”

DeFranco draws on resources garnered through six decades on the road in inspired dialogue with piano wizard Dave McKenna and guitarist Joe Cohn on Do Nothing Til You Hear From Us (Concord), a follow-up to the Grammy-nominated 1997 DeFranco-McKenna duo You Must Believe in Swing. On both recordings he takes chances, playing crisply executed lines with impeccable intonation, unfettered imagination and a fiery edge, never losing the arc of conversation. In short, he conjures the kind of “unedited” improvisations that have been his goal from the very beginning.

Raised in south Philadelphia, DeFranco began playing clarinet at 8, after several years of ear instruction on mandolin from his father, a blind man who played guitar and earned his living as a piano tuner. “Then I wanted to play saxophone,” he continues. “My Dad knew many good musicians, who suggested I start clarinet first, and he took the advice and bought me one for $25, which was a lot of money — our family was very poor. I attended Mastbaum School of Music, a vocational school with a great music course, where I got my basic training and developed my clarinet skills. I once heard Eddie Lang and Joe Venuti play at a music store in my neighborhood, and I was overwhelmed by records like Django Reinhardt’s ‘Nuages’ and Art Tatum’s ‘Elegie’ and ‘Yesterdays.’ My Dad and uncle loved the big bands, and they bought every record they could by Jimmie Lunceford, Duke Ellington, Count Basie and Chick Webb, and took us to hear them. That’s how I started getting interested in the idea of jazz.

“I decided to play jazz clarinet after listening to Johnny Mince with Tommy Dorsey. My brother, Leonard, had a good ear, and he and a friend took big band arrangements from the records, like Tommy Dorsey’s ‘Marie’ and ‘Don’t Be That Way,’ and Artie Shaw’s ‘Begin the Beguine.’ When I was 13 we organized a big swing band, which played in a South Philadelphia ballroom every Sunday night. We also had a kiddie band on a Sunday morning children’s hour. South Philadelphia had an Italian section, a Jewish section and a Black section — we were all friends. It was very common for kids of all the races to go to somebody’s basement and jam. There were two jam clubs, one owned by Billy Kretchmer, a terrific jazz clarinet player, and the Downbeat, owned by Nat Segal. As teenagers, we’d sneak into either club and hear Charlie Christian and Art Tatum and Coleman Hawkins, or guys from Benny Goodman’s band coming from the Earle Theater to sit in. Once in a while on slow nights Billy Kretchmer allowed us to play with the rhythm section he had there.

“Hearing Benny Goodman capped the whole idea of jazz playing — the feeling, the swing idea on clarinet, plus his great technique. Then I heard Artie Shaw, who was way ahead of his time harmonically, and had the technique and ability to express what he wanted without editing, which is what I expect from someone who handles the clarinet. His fluency was like a fine violinist; he could navigate all the chord progressions and make them flow. I liked Buster Bailey, who could have been a great symphony clarinetist, except that he was black, so he couldn’t get a break. I listened to him because of the purity of his tone and his execution, whereas many other noted clarinetists then were slightly too primitive in their approach to suit me. I had the so-called “legitimate” background, which is the only way you can play the clarinet correctly. There’s still a prevalent notion that the player who is too proficient doesn’t play good jazz. I disagree with that.”

After graduating from Mastbaum in 1939, DeFranco embarked on a field work apprenticeship in elite dance bands, playing challenging music day-in and day-out for a decade. While touring with Charlie Barnet’s crackerjack unit around 1943, he heard Charlie Parker’s seminal recordings with Jay McShann. Only 20 years old, he’d already spent four years with trumpeter Johnny “Scat” Davis (“Hooray For Hollywood”) and Gene Krupa. With Krupa he met Roy Eldridge, then Krupa’s featured soloist, who DeFranco regards as “at the time probably head and shoulders over any other trumpet player. He was a musician’s musician, a creative player with feeling and emotion. He was a good influence, and I gleaned a lot from him.

“I have enough ego to consider that I was gravitating harmonically towards a different way of playing at the same time Dizzy Gillespie was. I was led by Artie Shaw, while Dizzy was moving to a more modern approach — it wasn’t bebop — out of the Roy Eldridge style, as you can tell from his records then. It wasn’t until Bird came along that both Dizzy and I said, ‘He wrote the new study book; this is it.’ No horn player at that time used as many alternate chords or that kind of articulation. I decided to play the clarinet like Bird articulated on the sax. It wasn’t so easy to imitate Artie Shaw, and even more difficult to copy Bird, because the clarinet is such a hard instrument to play. Bird was the first almost completely unedited modern jazz player; he had a great embouchure and perfect fingers. I align Art Tatum with Bird in that regard. People used to think that he was contrived, but he wasn’t. If you hear all his different versions of the same song, you realize that Art Tatum had the most flexibility and was more unedited than anyone of his time. He and Charlie Parker were the best, on a genius level. From that point on, we talk about all the other guys who are really good.”

DeFranco’s solo on “Opus One” during the first of three tumultuous stints with Tommy Dorsey led to a Downbeat award in 1945. “Dorsey was a strict disciplinarian, but one of the greatest musicians ever, possibly the best trombonist I’ve heard,” DeFranco says. “He was unequaled at playing even a simple melody and making it meaningful, which almost every musician will tell you is the most difficult thing to do. Technique is something else. Practice enough and you’ll get a technique. I learned the feeling of playing a melody and playing long phrases from Tommy Dorsey.”

In 1947 he played with Boyd Raeburn’s adventurous orchestra. “It was one of the first outside bands I ever heard,” DeFranco recalls. “It was intellectually unbelievable, like going to a conservatory. You could play exactly the way you wanted and the writers could write any way they wanted. We played off-the-wall, space charts by George Handy and Johnny Richards, and a couple by Bob Graettinger; a very difficult, technically challenging library which took great skill to play. We could empty a room in two minutes. Announcers used to say, ‘From the Planet Mars, here’s Boyd Raeburn.’”

DeFranco settled in New York in 1948, and joined the 52nd Street mix. “I played in sessions at the Royal Roost and the Clique Club before it was Birdland. Once I worked at the Clique with the George Shearing Trio, where Sarah Vaughan was the headliner, opposite the Oscar Pettiford All-Stars, which included Miles Davis, Fats Navarro, Kai Winding, J.J. Johnson, Dexter Gordon, Lucky Thompson, Max Roach and Bud Powell. George Shearing got me a New York union card and a police card, which you needed in those days. So I got a chance to hear and work with these guys in the very beginning. In fact, I had Bud Powell and Max Roach in my group for a while. When Bud was straight and really playing well, nobody could touch him. It was dazzling. But when he was strung out or something, he’d get evil. You’d suffer for a whole set. Sometimes he’d play the bridge twice so he could throw you off. You’d shift with Bud’s emotions.

“By then I was fairly well-known. I’d started winning polls, and was picked to do Metronome All-Star dates, which is when I really got to know Bird, and we became friends. We hung out together quite a bit. He was very gregarious and always gracious; he’d talk about philosophies and attitudes toward life. He seemed to read people quite well, and he was knowledgeable about a lot of different things. I remember once he told me how many muscles in your face it takes to smile, how many it takes to frown — things out of the blue. Charlie Parker invented the modern concept of playing; I was there when it happened. There’s something of his influence in all jazz music today, which cannot be said of any other jazz player. All the guys that got well-known afterward branched off from Bird, but we all live in Bird’s shadow.”

DeFranco’s career was taking off. After several modernist sides with big band and sextet for Capitol in 1949, he joined the Count Basie Octet in 1950-51. “Working with them was an education in the idea of swing,” DeFranco emphasizes. “I’d never realized how much Bill Basie influenced the sound of the band from the piano. I became more relaxed, more cognizant of a time feeling.” DeFranco had met Norman Granz by this time, and went out periodically on Jazz at the Philharmonic. In 1951, a nadir for big bands, he formed his own, following the path of idols Goodman and Shaw — it dissolved in under a year. During the rest of the ‘50s he recorded prolifically for Granz, including numerous dates with Oscar Peterson and documents of a touring quartet between 1952 and 1955 comprising pianists Kenny Drew and Sonny Clark, bassists Gene Wright, and drummers Art Blakey and Bobby White.

“I learned more about the idea of rhythm and swing with Art Blakey than any other drummer in my career,” DeFranco states. “Sometimes when I was really tired and whipped (we were on the road a lot; the band was pretty hot at that time), I’d say, ‘Oh, I don’t think I can play tonight.’ And Art would say, ‘I’ll make you play.’ He meant that. He had so much energy and steam and feeling, that we would burn, as the saying goes. Sometimes we’d get static from the ‘civilians’ about having a mixed group; I was the only white guy with three black guys. Other than that, we had a great time together; we had a terrific relationship.

“The only thing I can say about Black and White is that during those days the black bands had a swing feeling that gripped you, you felt it in your hips, in the depth of your emotions. The white bands were maybe a little more polished; they’d try to simulate that swing, but never really got it. Not to belittle the white bands; it’s a simple fact of life. Tommy Dorsey was aware of that, and once in a while he’d say, ‘We don’t have a swing band; if you want one, go listen to Count Basie and absorb what he does — that’s a swing band.’ I had an affinity with the black bands, because within the depth of my organism, I knew that was the beat. That’s the feeling I liked, and that’s the feeling I’ve always tried to impart when I play.”

DeFranco’s interaction with Parker, Basie and Blakey helped him come into his mature sound, a process enhanced by rigorous self-examination. “I’m from humble circumstances,” DeFranco says, “I was riddled with insecurities; my only security was my playing. When that was satisfactory, I felt more secure. When it came time for me to get on stage and perform and emcee on the microphone, it was painful. I learned of Dr. Wilhelm Reich through Jack Eagle, a trumpet player, and decided that when I was in New York City for any length of time, I would look up a Reichian therapist, which I did. Frankly, both therapies — Reich and Blakey — brought out in me something that was lacking in my playing and demeanor.”

As DeFranco blossomed, the bebop business withered, and he moved to California in search of work. He led a succession of cream-of-the-crop combos and worked in studio orchestras led by Nelson Riddle. In 1956, Norman Granz offered DeFranco the ultimate improvisational challenge, pairing him with Art Tatum for a recording. “Tatum made me feel at ease, even though it was very difficult to work with him because he had a chord progression every two beats,” DeFranco laughs. “Keys didn’t matter to him. He played through everything; even when you soloed, you accompanied Art Tatum. It was my task to try to keep up with him, and occasionally, when I did, I was gratified. It was fun to him. Even the highly technical things were kind of a game, and he’d show off. Now, showing off is part of playing jazz. If you play all the jazz in the world in your room and nobody hears it, what does it mean? On the stage you show what you can do. A lot of people scoff at that. They said, ‘Well, Art Tatum is just trying to show everybody his technique.’ Well, of course he was! It was his inner voice.”

Accessing his own inner voice is the quest that’s sustained DeFranco through good times and bad. A quixotic project with Polytones, a quartet with accordionist Tommy Gumina that “focused on polychordal music which we learned from the old masters — Prokofiev, Shostakovich and the movie writers, like David Raksin,” was a creative peak and a financial disaster. DeFranco led the Glenn Miller Orchestra from 1966 to 1974, and even stopped playing by around 1970. He resumed his jazz career in 1975, and he’s maintained a dual track of working steadily with small units and presenting numerous clinics, many in conjunction with Yamaha, his clarinet-maker. He recently published “Hand In Hand With Hanon,” an acclaimed study book for woodwind players.

Our third conversation finds DeFranco off the road from a 10-day Swedish tour with clarinetist Putte Wickman, followed by four days at Hilton Head, S.C. with vibraphonist Terry Gibbs, a frequent partner of the last two decades. “Over the years people have accused me (and it’s true) that I take my music — or myself — too seriously,” DeFranco confesses. “With your own group, there’s a certain tension because everyone has a critical eye on what you’re doing. Terry is funny and clever, and the attitude — not the music — is lighter. The sound alone brings up the Benny Goodman-Lionel Hampton connotation, and we manage to play pretty much what we want when we solo.

“All the players who contributed to the idea of jazz are analogous to the artists of the past few centuries. The same kind of passion for what they were doing, the same desire to do something different, however minimal, so that you become an original, so that people will say, when they hear your record, ‘That’s who it is.’ That’s Bird. That’s Art Tatum. That’s Oscar Peterson. That’s Buddy.”

[-30-]

Buddy DeFranco (Ted Panken) – (1-29-99) – for bio Do Nothing Til You Hear From Us:

TP: I gather that your father was a piano tuner in Philadelphia.

DeFRANCO: Yes, he was a piano tuner. He was a blind man, and he studied piano tuning at Overbrook School for the Blind. He also played guitar. He was not a good guitarist, he was self-taught and amateur, but he managed to play guitar and sing for my brother and myself when we were very young almost every night, in the evening. Of course, my family generally liked symphonic music, and so did we. So we listened to all the standard works in the symphony field. My brother and I got interested in the Modernists — Stravinsky, Prokofiev, Shostakovich — and also the movie writers.

TP: So this was after you’d started playing instruments, in the 1930’s?

DeFRANCO: No. My father taught my brother…at least he taught him how to start on guitar. And we had a mandolin in the family, so I played mandolin.

TP: How old were you?

DeFRANCO: Oh, I guess 6 or 7 years old.

TP: Was it a by-ear thing? Were you just playing music, or was he teaching you how to read…

DeFRANCO: Just by ear. And then I wanted to play saxophone, and my Dad knew quite a few very good musicians in South Philadelphia, which is where we lived at the time, and these musicians suggested that if I wanted to play saxophone, I should start clarinet first. I was about 8 years old.

TP: So this is 1931 or so.

DeFRANCO: Yeah. So he took the advice and got a clarinet for me, and I liked it. It seemed to be natural.

TP: Is this about when you started listening to jazz?

DeFRANCO: Well, at the same time. I bypassed high school, although we did play in grammar school… I bypassed high school and went up to a vocational school that had a great music course, called Mastbaum, up in north Philadelphia. Two great, dedicated teachers. I got my basic training there; harmony, theory. I played in a band, an orchestra. Finally, after a year I got to play the first clarinet. Then I joined the Symphony Club, which is a youth club, a symphony in South Philadelphia, and became a member of the Junior Symphony. Then my Dad brought records of Django Reinhardt and Art Tatum, and we were overwhelmed by these jazz records of Django Reinhardt and Art Tatum.

TP: Was this the mid-late ‘30s now?

DeFRANCO: About the mid-’30s.

TP: So you’re 13 years old or so.

DeFRANCO: Well, I was 10, I guess.

TP: So ‘33-’34.

DeFRANCO: Around in there. Among other things that kind of changed the idea of playing…of what my profession would be… There was a music store in South Philadelphia called DeLucia Music Store. [ETC.] There was a sax player in the big band days who I worked with from Pittsburgh, Nick De Luca, and his relatives live in Philadelphia.

Anyway, this is De Lucia Music Store, and one time when I was just a kid, 6 or 7 maybe, my Dad wanted to have some work done on a guitar, and he walked into the music store, and there was Joe Venuti and Eddie Lang playing in the store, trying out these instruments. That was really impressive. Then the big bands started to come to the fore, and there were two theaters, the Earle Theater…

TP: That was the Black theater, wasn’t it?

DeFRANCO: No. The Earle Theater was the general theater and the Black theater was called the Lincoln. So my brother and I would go to the Earle Theater and watch all the big bands, and my uncle would take us to the Lincoln and listen to the Black bands — Duke Ellington and Chick Webb, all the bands. That’s how I started getting interested in the idea of jazz.

TP: So you heard the big bands from a very early age, and right about the time you started to get serious about playing.

DeFRANCO: Right. I heard the big bands practically when they started, when they emerged?

TP: Were you very influenced by the clarinet players in those big bands?

DeFRANCO: Yes. The clarinetist who influenced me greatly… In fact, where I made the decision to play jazz clarinet was Johnny Mintz with Tommy Dorsey’s band. We used to go and watch the Dorsey band at the Earle Theater, and stay there on a Saturday for five or six shows, and he’d feature Johnny Mintz a lot. That gave me the idea that I would like to play jazz on the clarinet. So I just jumped in and started.

TP: Did you do it just functionally through playing in situations, or were you listening to the records and taking solos down and absorbing styles?

DeFRANCO: All of the above. What we did was, I listened to as many records… Of course, records weren’t that readily available in those days. You had to wait 6-7 months, maybe a year before a record would come out with some of the big names. But we’d take what we could from the recordings. My brother had a good ear, and he used to take the big band arrangements from the records…he and a friend of his. So we organized a big swing band, and we played… When I say “we,” I was 13 and my brother was 14. We played in a ballroom in South Philadelphia every Sunday night. We also had a kiddies band on a children’s hour on Sunday morning.

TP: So you were making some money playing music, which I’m sure was an incentive also in the Depression.

DeFRANCO: No, we didn’t make too much money. Well, we made a few dollars. It was a lot for us, because our family was very poor.

TP: In the Depression in South Philly, I’m sure.

DeFRANCO: Very poor. As a result, we got fairly good early experience playing under those circumstances, playing in the band in the section… I played alto saxophone and clarinet. Then I heard Benny Goodman, and that kind of put the cap on the whole idea of jazz playing.

TP: Tell me what it was about Benny Goodman that impressed you so much, in your words.

DeFRANCO: Well, I guess the feeling, the swing idea on clarinet, and also his great technique. He had such a great technical ability on the instrument. Then I heard Artie Shaw and I was crazy about Artie. In fact, Artie wound up being my favorite, I guess, although it’s apples and oranges, the way they played. But Artie was way ahead of his time, I felt.

TP: That’s what a lot of people say.

DeFRANCO: Yes. I listen to his old broadcasts from way back in the ‘40s, and he sure played great.

TP: And he did some records contemporaneous to when you were really at your popular height, with the second Gramercy Five in the mid-’50s that came out recently.

DeFRANCO: Yeah, but I didn’t like Artie playing Bebop. It didn’t turn out right. Well, of course, both Benny and Artie at the time, when Bebop got so popular, and… When I first heard Charlie Parker, I made it my business to play as many times with Bird…and got to know him very well. He and Diz…I played with them whenever I could, and I brainpicked Bird as much as possible. It was then I decided to play the clarinet like Bird articulated on the sax.

TP: Let me hold that and get you from hearing Benny Goodman to being in that position, if we could. One other thing. Were you also listening to, say, Benny Goodman’s influences, like Jimmie Noone or (not that he was an influence on Benny Goodman) Johnny Dodds or the Blues type thing…

DeFRANCO: No, not at all. I really didn’t like too much the way they played. The clarinetist that I liked of that genre was Buster Bailey. Buster Bailey was, technically speaking, one of the best clarinetists. In fact, he could have been one of the great symphony clarinetists, except that he was Black, so he couldn’t get a break in that — he couldn’t get through. He was a marvelous player. He’s a guy that I listened to because he had that purity of tone and his execution, whereas some of the others, they were just slightly too primitive in their approach to playing clarinet to suit me. Because I had the fundamental so-called legitimate background, and when someone handled the clarinet I would expect them to really function in terms of polish and…not so much symphonic approach to playing, but to have the technique and ability to express what they want to express without editing when they played. That’s what I loved about Artie Shaw and I loved about Bird especially. Bird was the first almost completely unedited jazz player, and he had a great embouchure and perfect fingers. Where he got it, I don’t know, because I think he was self-taught.

TP: I think he was taught in the Kansas City public schools and took lessons from this legitimate guy in Kansas City, Tommy Douglas, who imparted that initial technique.

DeFRANCO: He had a marvelous technique and he had a marvelous flow. I love all the sax players since then. But I recently acquired the Bird set, the complete set for Savoy. I was always convinced in my mind that he was unequaled, and yesterday I listened to this stuff again and I’m convinced Bird was unequaled. It’s just incredible what he did. So as soon as I heard him, I decided “I must learn how to articulate the clarinet.”

TP: But when you heard him, this was after several years already of playing in swing bands and being a professional musician.

DeFRANCO: Yeah. I think I was in Charlie Barnet’s band when I heard him.

TP: When was that, around ‘44?

DeFRANCO: Oh, no. ‘41.

TP: So you heard “Hootie Blues” or McShann’s band.

DeFRANCO: Oh, yeah, of course. We were very familiar with McShann’s band. Then we ran into Charlie Shavers… When I say “we,” Dodo Marmarosa, a fine pianist… We ran into Charlie Shavers, and Charlie Shavers said, “There’s a guy uptown I heard playing alto, and he’s playing strange music, but it’s unbelievable; you’ve got to hear this guy.”

TP: What was the first traveling band you went out with?

DeFRANCO: Johnny “Scat” Davis. No, that’s not accurate. A traveling band (what they called territory bands) out of Philadelphia, the first band…he had a name like a suit, like a garment factory… I’ll think of it. But there were two territory bands out of Philadelphia, and I traveled with them — but only on weekends or two days at a time. Then in 1939, I went with Johnny “Scat” Davis, who by the way, sang “Hurray For Hollywood” in a movie, playing the part of Benny Goodman’s trumpet player, and he made the number-one hit in the United States. I stayed with Scat Davis… In fact, he had to sign papers to become my guardian, because I was 15. I stayed with him for a little over a year or so.

TP: Stocks mostly?

DeFRANCO: No, he had arrangers, pretty decent arrangers. Gene Krupa heard me on a broadcast, sent a telegram to me, and I joined Gene after that. And so on and so on…

TP: Then you heard Bird in ‘41, and started trying to adapt that style to the clarinet.

DeFRANCO: I tried to get as much material on Bird as I could, and listen to him whenever he was in town, in New York, and whenever I was in New York — or wherever we were. I remember going to hear Bird in Chicago once…

TP: What were the complexities of adapting that style to the clarinet?

DeFRANCO: Well, if you talk to the major clarinet players, the clarinet is a strange instrument. It’s precarious. It very often plays tricks on you. You think you have it under control, and then play somewhere, and the temperature is wrong, the sound is different, and the clarinet is acting up, and all of a sudden it doesn’t feel like you feel comfortable and normal on the thing. Because it’s comprised of 6 tone-holes and 27 keys, and those tone holes you must cover exactly. A fraction of an inch off, and it will squeak or the note won’t come out. As opposed to a saxophone. When you push the key on a saxophone, it pushes a pad that shuts the key on the tone-hole. So there’s very little at stake. That’s why sax is relatively simple.

TP: so it’s harder to take chances on the clarinet.

DeFRANCO: So it’s hard. And it’s built in twelfths, instead of octaves, like most instruments. In other words, if you play a low F and you depress what they call the register key in the back, it sounds the C above it — that’s a twelfth above. And you have three separate fingering techniques on the instrument for three registers, and four if you go up to the extreme high register. So you’re dealing with changing your fingering technique as you go up and down. Plus the fact of the combination of the reed and the mouthpiece is so sensitive that if you have a cold or if you have a stomach problem, or even if your lips are a little bit swollen or uneven or whatever, it doesn’t come out right. Whereas… I’m not saying the sax is that simple, because to play the sax you really have to put almost as much time. But the clarinet is that precarious. Precarious is really the term.

So to get over that, I always… I play the clarinet with what they call a legitimate technique. I hate to use the term. That’s a symphonic technique. Years ago, we used to say the guy is a legit player or he is a jazz player. So I observed Benny Goodman and Artie Shaw, and they bridged the gap. They had the fundamental background of playing and legitimate technique, but they bent the clarinet just to go… You have to know how far to go too far with the clarinet. It doesn’t have that flexibility as other instruments. So you’d have to make it flexible. So I wound up not only observing Bird and his technique, but also playing the clarinet…legitimately fingering the clarinet, but thinking saxophone. The concept in my brain was saxophone, but the actual playing of the instrument was the legitimate fundamental technique — which is the only way you can play the clarinet correctly.

TP: So it sounds like you spent a good ten years from the age of 15 to 24-25 playing in these dance bands primarily.

DeFRANCO: Oh yes.

TP: In the Encyclopedia of Jazz it stays Charlie Barnet, ‘43-’44; Dorsey, ‘44-’46, then Boyd Raeburn… So you were playing in the section, playing all the time, playing rather challenging music in some of those bands as well.

DeFRANCO: Of course.

TP: So tell me a little bit about the impact of playing in all those dance bands on your sensibility as an improviser.

DeFRANCO: Well, each band had its qualities, certain benefits. Charlie Barnet had fine swing musicians in his bands, and wouldn’t tolerate a sloppy band. It had to be clean and swinging and a lot of room for expression when you played. He featured Dodo and myself quite a bit. And it was a happy time. Charlie was kind of not a regimented guy…

TP: I gather he was the opposite of that.

DeFRANCO: Yeah, he was the opposite. Everything was a picnic and it was fun, so I enjoyed that. Gene Krupa was marvelous. He also demanded a good band. He didn’t want to hear any sloppy playing or a bad attitude. But he was great because of his rhythmic ability, and to convey that to the band when he played. So that was good.

And Tommy Dorsey was the opposite. Tommy Dorsey was strict disciplinarian, but one of the greatest musicians ever, possibly the best trombonists I’ve heard. His breathing technique and the way he could play a melody and make it meaningful — just a simple melody. There again, almost every musician will tell you that that’s probably the most difficult thing to do, is to play a simple melody. Technique is something else. Technique is enough practice. Practice enough and you’ll get a technique.

TP: But that’s the spirit.

DeFRANCO: Yeah. But the feeling of playing a melody and playing long phrases, I learned from Tommy Dorsey. He was a master of it. There again, he was unequaled with that.

TP: I haven’t heard the records you made with him, but McKenna, for instance, mentioned first hearing you when you were with Tommy Dorsey, the solos you took with that band.

DeFRANCO: On “Opus One” I played two solos, and that was the first time that I was recognized in the business as a contender, so to speak! [LAUGHS]

TP: An up-and-comer. Well, you won the Downbeat Award in ‘45, I think.

DeFRANCO: yes.

TP: Then nine straight years. I guess you were more than a contender!

DeFRANCO: 20 times altogether.

TP: I also read an anecdote in Gitler’s book that the sax section would transcribe Bird’s solos, and then that concept of transcribing them and playing them in unison began in that band.

DeFRANCO: In harmony. Yes, Sid Cooper did that. He was the first alto player at that time. He’d write down Charlie Parker solos, and we’d go down to the basement of the theater in between the shows, so we wouldn’t bother anybody, and for our own amazement run down these things and try to play Bird solos in harmony. Now, Tommy Dorsey was such a disciplinarian and a stubborn guy, and if he said something, he never wanted to admit that it might be wrong. It was impossible. He was never wrong. And he just made the flat statement that he didn’t like Bebop.

Well, I could understand what he didn’t like about it. For instance, I don’t like Rock-and-Roll. I really don’t like it. That does not mean that there aren’t some pretty darn good musicians playing it. But people tend to make a blanket statement. In truth, I don’t like Rock-and-Roll at all, but I am always fascinated with the rhythm players –the drummer, the bass player, the way they play together and what they do. But the rest of it I discard.

So Tommy made a flat statement: “Bebop stinks.” Period. No good. And he didn’t like Charlie Parker. And Jimmy Dorsey loved Charlie Parker. Jimmy Dorsey at one time told his brother when we happened to be in town, “We’ve got to go up and hear this saxophone player; he’s the greatest jazz player in the world.” And Tommy and he went together. Tommy walked out. He didn’t understand Bird at all. But the end of the whole story is that we were playing the saxophone Bird solos transcribed in the basement, and Tommy heard it and ran down, and he just his stuck his head in the door and he said, “That’s fantastic! What is that?” Sid said, “That’s Charlie Parker’s solos.” And he was furious with himself. He slammed the door and walked away.

TP: For completion’s sake, talk about the Boyd Raeburn experience a little bit.

DeFRANCO: Oh, that was great. Because we played charts by George Handy and Johnny Richards basically, and I think a couple of Graettinger charts. They were very difficult, off-the-wall space charts, outside… Among the first outside bands that I ever worked with or heard. In fact, we had a couple of sayings about the band. We could empty a room in two minutes. Another one, announcers used to say, “From the Planet Mars, here’s Boyd Raeburn.”

TP: Like the Sun Ra of the dance bands or something.

DeFRANCO: Yes. But unlike Sun Ra, it was technically a good band. It was very hard music to play. But it was outside. There’s no question about it. It was a great experience. It was like going to a conservatory.

TP: What’s interesting with a lot of musicians from your period is that mostly there wasn’t conservatory training, but the bands served that function, and in some ways better than a conservatory could.

DeFRANCO: In many ways. We got our conservatory training in the beginning. In other words, at Mastbaum I graduated, and then I stayed on for almost another year post-grad, and then we used harmony and theory and counterpoint, and played in orchestras, and played all the classical works, played the so-called “legitimate” music, and got our fundamental training.

TP: What years were you at Mastbaum?

DeFRANCO: I graduated at the end of 1939.

TP: People had accelerated educations then.

DeFRANCO: They really did. A lot of guys that were well-known came out… I would boast about 40% of the musicians in that class, in that orchestra at Mastbaum, wound up in the major symphonies around the world. Guys like Walt Stewart and Red Rodney and Joe Wilder and the Heath Brothers, a lot of guys who went to Mastbaum… Don’t forget, in those days we also had a jazz band. They called them stage bands. However, the requirement was, you couldn’t get in the jazz band unless you played in the concert band or orchestra. If you proved yourself in that area, then you could get in the jazz band — which was on our own time.

TP: It sounds as though socially, the Philadelphia musicians were pretty integrated in the ‘30s. I’m not talking about the union, but just in the social relationships between the musicians.

DeFRANCO: Actually, in South Philadelphia, there was an Italian section, a Jewish section and a Black section. We were all friends. It was very common for us…for a mixture of races to go to somebody’s basement and jam. We had the opportunity when we were kids… There were two clubs, jam clubs. One was… Billy Kretchmer, who was a terrific jazz player, a clarinet player sat that time, he owned a club. And Nat Segal owned a club called the Downbeat in Philadelphia. So as kids, as teenagers, we used to sneak into a club and hear Charlie Christian and Art Tatum and Coleman Hawkins. Guys from Benny’s band would come from the Earle Theater and they’d sit in — Babe Russin, all those guys. A lot of guys from the different bands. Once in a while, when there was a slower night Billy Kretchmer all night would let us sit in with the rhythm section he had there.

TP: Were you also up on all the records as they were coming out in the later ‘30s.

DeFRANCO: Oh yeah. All of them

TP: So Ellington, Fletcher Henderson, Coleman Hawkins, the Basie band… You knew everything that was coming out.

DeFRANCO: Yes, indeed. In fact, I got the job with Johnny “Scat” Davis when I was jamming, sitting in at Nat Segal’s place. He came in and played cornet, sat in, heard me play. He said, “Want to join my band?” I said, “Yeah.” So I got the job from there. There were those kind of opportunities that you don’t see too much these days. In point of fact, if a guy let a 15-year-old or a 14-year-old sit in at a nightclub today, he’d probably get arrested.

TP: Also, I guess, because of the war, there were openings in these bands for young musicians.

DeFRANCO: Oh yes. So much so that you had to sign a contract with the bandleaders that if you wanted to leave, you had to give them eight weeks’ notice — and vice-versa. Because it was so difficult to get good players.

TP: Let me talk to you about the transition from the dance bands to becoming a leader of small groups. When did you first start taking a small group out on the road?

DeFRANCO: Gee whiz, that’s hard.

TP: Was it ‘49 or ‘50?

DeFRANCO: Yes. Because I left Tommy Dorsey’s band, I settled in New York, and I played in sessions, like the Royal Roost, or the Clique Club before it was Birdland. In fact, one of the jobs I had there was with the George Shearing Trio at the Click. Sarah Vaughan was the headliner. She had just gotten popular. And George Shearing hired me to play with his trio. In fact, he got a New York union card for me and a police card (you needed a police card in those days) for me. So I became a New York member of the union there. Then opposite Sarah and George’s group was the Oscar Pettiford All-Stars, which included Miles Davis, Fats Navarro, Kai Winding, J.J. Johnson, Dexter Gordon, Lucky Thompson, Max Roach, Bud Powell.

TP: Was this about ‘48 maybe, during the recording ban?

DeFRANCO: Yeah, ‘48 or ‘49. That was the Oscar Pettiford All Stars.

TP: The “all-stars” was no euphemism.

DeFRANCO: Right. So I got a chance to hear and work with these guys in the very beginning, Bud Powell and… In fact, I had Bud Powell in my group for a while.

TP: During that time?

DeFRANCO: Yeah, during that time.

TP: What was it like to have him as your sideman?

DeFRANCO: Painful. Except that he was just a great, great player.

TP: But he was already going through his difficulties.

DeFRANCO: Oh, he had been through… He just was not responsible at all. There was a dichotomy there, because you shifted with emotions. You could hate him because he’d come in an hour late or maybe out of it or something, or give you a bad time if he didn’t feel right, but then he’d play so great, you’d forgive him.

[END OF TAPE 1]

TP: Anyway, you started establishing yourself as a bandleader through being a New York musician on the scene, and I guess also being a clarinetist gave you a certain cache.

DeFRANCO: yes, and also winning the Downbeat poll. That helped. Then shortly after that I got the attention of Norman Granz, and I went out with Norman Granz periodically with Jazz at the Philharmonic. In fact, when I first signed up with Norman Granz, we came to terms, as far as the money and everything… He was great. He paid top dollar and your accommodations were always first class. Just wonderful.

TP: How did you find those musically?

DeFRANCO: It was great. It was great musically. The only thing that we had to do that might have been considered not-musical was the last tune, where everybody was to bash. This was the most popular song of the concert. But Norman knew that. But when I first signed with him, he gave me 20 minutes, a solo part. I said, “Do I have a backup group?” He said, “Yeah, you have a backup group. It’s Oscar Peterson, Ray Brown, Buddy Rich and Herb Ellis.” [LAUGHS] That was my backup group. But it was great. We had wonderful time.

TP: You sure did a lot of records with him, didn’t you. I had no idea until looking at the Encyclopedia of Jazz how many there actually were. I have the Mosaic set and the thing with Tatum and “Mr. Clarinet,” but that’s only the tip of the iceberg.

DeFRANCO: Yeah, I did many records for Norman, and also did quite a few albums with Oscar.

TP: And I recently got the Gershwin album from Verve.

DeFRANCO: That was from ‘54.

TP: But your working group eventually coalesced into a quartet format with pianists like Kenny Drew and Sonny Clark, and you had Art Blakey as your drummer for a couple of years. That’s close to heaven if you have a certain sensibility.

DeFRANCO: Kenny Drew and Art Blakey were playing at Birdland. They were ostensibly the house group at Birdland. Curley Russell I believe was on bass at the time, or Tommy Potter — I can’t remember which. I had two weeks as a soloist at Birdland, and it gelled so much that I nailed Art Blakey and Kenny and Curley Russell at the time to come out with me on tour — because I was beginning to book a tour for a small group. So they did. But Tommy left, and I got Eugene Wright. So that was the group for maybe two years.

TP: Not for the bio, but just a few words what it was like playing with Art Blakey, having him behind you?

DeFRANCO: Great. I can safely say that I probably learned more about the idea of rhythm and swing with Art Blakey than almost anyone, or as much as all the drummers in my career. He was just a marvelous player. And we got along great. We had a great relationship. We had a lot of fun playing and traveling together. Once in a while we’d get into situations where there was a problem about a mixed group. Because I had three Black guys in my group; I was the only White guy in the group. A couple of times along the way we’d get static from what we called the “civilians.” But other than that, we had a terrific relationship, we had a great time together.

In fact, there was an incident in Muncie, Indiana. We were booked in a club, and we went into the club to set-up right before we played, and the boss said, “The colored musicians will go downstairs, in the cellar. You’re free to move around the room if you want to, but the colored musicians, they go downstairs in the cellar.” So I said, “No, we’re all in this together.” The guy was really miffed. I said, “No, I’ll go downstairs with the guys. That’s it. If that’s the band room, that’s what…” So we went downstairs, and it was really worse than a cellar. So I came back up and I said, “This is impossible.” So he said, “Well, I’ll give the band a table in the back of the club.” I said, “Okay.” He said, “But you can’t mix with the…” I said, “Well, I don’t want to mix with the people. I’ll sit at the table with my band.”

So we played the first night, and the place was jammed, and they loved the group. It was a hot group at the time. Packed the place, and they loved the group; it was just absolutely successful. Then we came out of the club, went back to the motel where we were staying, and the manager of the motel met us, and he said, “I don’t know how to tell you this, but the colored guys have to move out.” This is 2 in the morning, 2:30 in the morning or whatever it is. He said, they have to go to the Black area. So I said, “That does it.” We went back to the club and collected our stuff, and just left and went to Chicago.

TP: When you played in Chicago, did you play on the North Side or the South Side?

DeFRANCO: All over.

TP: Tell me about also the couple of years with Count Basie’s Octet.

DeFRANCO: Oh, that was great. I learned a lot also from Count Basie. He was a terrific guy.

TP: So your assimilation of Charlie Parker didn’t mean that you were just exclusively Bebop. You were playing a full range of music. It’s almost as though that vocabulary was more a means for you to express your voice rather than being beholden to a style.

DeFRANCO: Oh yes. I was really determined, although I certainly was flattered at being called a bebop clarinetist, and I happened to be the first to approach that sort of attitude on the clarinet… I had a broad range of… Of course, at the very beginning, when I started playing jazz, I played Dixieland music mostly, and the bar-mitzvahs and Irish weddings and Italian block parties and all that. But I played Dixieland to start with. In fact, one of the first songs I played was “Music Goes Round and Around,” that was Mike Bradley and Eddie Farley — which at that time was kind of Dixie music.

Anyway, I had a wide range of experience in every kind of music, all facets, and my playing reflects that. I have in my playing the whole gamut. Well, that’s what we do the whole way. We brain-pick as many people as we can, and get enough from what we’ve heard and studied that we can make our own voice.

TP: One gets the sense that you’re not at all ideological, that you’re really a servant of the music.

DeFRANCO: Yes.

TP: Whatever that might be at a given moment.

DeFRANCO: Whatever that might be. That’s right. That’s true.

TP: I’m going to jump a long ways, and feel free to fill in whatever you want, but that brings me to the essence of what this collaboration with Dave McKenna is, in some ways.

DeFRANCO: Yes.

TP: I think you both embody that quality of serving the music and playing whatever is in your mind’s ear at a given moment. How is it different playing in a quintet, say, “Chip Off The Old Bop,” in terms of your conception of how you’re improvising, to doing the duo — or in this case the trio — with Dave McKenna. Is this a different process?

DeFRANCO: I explained this somehow in the liner notes. First, when you play with just one other person or two other people, you’re relatively naked, and there’s a little bit of trepidation. But once you get over that, there’s a certain flexibility, a freedom that you don’t get when you have more men playing with you. Because the more men you have playing with you, the more somewhat confined you’re going to be to a certain path. So this is a…oh, I wouldn’t say 100% freedom, but certainly almost total freedom of expression, with one or two people. It’s a good feeling, once you get over that walking on eggs.

TP: I guess having played in as many situations as you’ve played in will help you get over that feeling pretty quickly.

DeFRANCO: Oh yeah. I mean, of course.

TP: But I get the sense in this record that you’re taking chances all the way through, that you have no preconceptions in mind as to what path you’re going to take.

DeFRANCO: No. We deliberately decided that we weren’t going to do that. In fact, we did not rehearse, and I think we only had about half of the tunes selected at the time. We went in… And of course, knowing Dave McKenna and Joe Cohn both, that was no problem, because they’re so flexible and facile. They’re both great players. We had really very little trouble with any tune that we decided we wanted to play. I brought in some lead sheets.

TP: Dave said he’d never played “Flower Is A Lovesome Thing” before.

DeFRANCO: I hadn’t either. This is also in the liner notes,. My friend Pete Terry in Montana, a sax player, piano player, a lot of instruments… He was a studio guy in California for years — he and his wife, Ann. In fact, Ann was with the Clark Sisters when I was with Tommy Dorsey. They were called the Sentimentalists. My wife, Joyce and I were at Pete Terry’s house, and he said, “You’ve got to hear this tune that Ella did,” and it was “A Flower Is A Lovesome Thing.” Pete said to me, “You’ve got to play this tune.” I said, “Yeah, it sounds like a good idea.”

TP: I stopped you a couple of times when you were talking about Charlie Parker, though you did say quite a bit.

DeFRANCO: Well, there are three or four things that I find strange and somewhat disturbing after all these years. First of all, we all realize that Charlie Parker had a bad dope habit. That does not mean that he was strung out and doped his whole life. Because most of the times that I worked with Charlie Parker, he was awake, refreshed and played great — most of the time. He was a bright guy. He knew about a lot of things and he had a great intellect. Well-spoken. And the furthest thing from a doper that you would expect — unless he was strung out, which happens.

The other thing is that Charlie Parker changed the course of modern music from his point on. Period. Nobody else did that. In other words…

TP: Everybody played like him after he came. You had to acknowledge him.

DeFRANCO: After he came. Everybody tried, and everybody succeeded, and there were the guys who branched off — but we all live in Bird’s shadow. He started the whole thing. A split-second later, Dizzy Gillespie came in, and they collaborated. But Bird was the guy who invented the whole idea of the modern concept of playing. After all these years, there isn’t anybody who plays jazz, so to speak, even some of the Dixieland jazz I hear, or even some of the more commercial bands I hear, where Bird isn’t represented. There’s something of his influence in all jazz music today. Which cannot be said of any other jazz player.

TP: Including Coltrane.

DeFRANCO: Including Coltrane. Coltrane was an offshoot of Bird. But what disturbs me about the jazz world today is that almost everyone else who was considered somewhat an innovator seemed to be given the credit for modern jazz music over Bird — which I don’t understand. I was there when it happened. Bird’s the guy who started it. There’s no question about that. And all the guys that got well-known afterward followed Bird. You know what I mean? It’s a simple fact of life.

TP: And some guys who came before Charlie Parker also wound up following Bird.

DeFRANCO: Oh, yes, of course. But I mean, the playing of the stuff. And those two factors disturb me, because as much as I liked John Coltrane (I thought he was great, great), Sonny Stitt, Sonny Criss, Miles Davis…I thought that group he had with Coltrane was one of the best ever, and he played his best, and Thelonious Monk… You name the guys who are now given credit for creating Bebop or modern jazz above Bird… I see it time and time again in magazines. I don’t understand it. Anybody that was alive during that time knows. You could see where it came from.

TP: Were you affiliated with Dizzy Gillespie a fair amount, too?

DeFRANCO: Oh yeah. We worked a lot together, as well as Bird. Dizzy was great. He had a great sense of humor, a great attitude. The only thing is, he didn’t have a lot of patience with what we used to call shuckers and jivers, people that were really phony — especially if their playing came out kind of phony. He liked the genuine thing, the genuine player, the genuine person. Dizzy was great that way. He also deferred to Charlie Parker as the Man, the king. I mean, he knew very well that Bird… He got that whole concept. Although at the time he played like Roy Eldridge…

TP: Did you know Dizzy in Philly at all?

DeFRANCO: No. But Roy Eldridge kind of bridged the gap between the concept of Louis Armstrong and Diz. He was like a forerunner of modern trumpet playing. But Dizzy you could tell was gravitating towards something more modern and more developmental in his playing. Then when he met Bird, he realized that was the way to go.

The same thing in my playing. My early things that I played with Tommy Dorsey’s band, and even before that during the early ‘40s… I played jazz clarinet, and I played a lot like Benny Goodman or Artie Shaw, whoever I could brain-pick, but still I had something else in mind, and I was gravitating toward some other kind of way of playing but never nailed it until I heard Bird. That’s when I kind of said, “Well, this is the way to go.”

TP: Let me follow up on that question. Talk a bit about how your style has evolved since the ‘50s, since that small group thing kind of changed character, and you moved to California and did other things. How would you say that your style and approach to playing music has evolved?

DeFRANCO: Well, over the period of years I changed to envelop a new idea on the clarinet, and stayed with that for a while, almost discarding what I had done before, not quite — and then gradually accepting and playing a combination of whatever this new thing I had with my earlier way of playing. I did that periodically, and I had about six careers in the last 60 years. In terms of development, each time I might stray from my previous way of playing in order to embrace another new concept, which is evident in some of my 1970s and 1980s albums, which would include the one I did on bass clarinet. The one I did on bass clarinet does not really too much like me. It was one of the few, I’d say, outside albums I did.

TP: Was that for Choice records?

DeFRANCO: No, that was my album, and I had Art Blakey and Lee Morgan…

TP: Oh, on Vee-Jay.

DeFRANCO: On Vee-Jay. Then later on, Art Blakey got hot with the Messengers, so they changed it. They reissued it with Art Blakey featuring me. But the original album was mine. I played all bass clarinet. Also, another album, “Borincen,” which I did in Boston, there again the influence of “Borincen” was more free and avant-garde. But then each time I decided to keep a lot of that avant-garde attitude and still embrace the older DeFranco.

TP: How would you describe the avant-garde attitude? What do you mean by that precisely?

DeFRANCO: Well, for instance, the concept of playing jazz would include not only the polytonal devices. Even when I had a group called Polytones with Tommy Gumina, we played almost exclusively polytonal music — or polychordal music. I think we were one of the first groups that started that idea of polychordal devices in jazz, which we got from the old masters — Prokofiev, Shostakovich and the movie writers, David Raksin and people like that. So the idea of polychordal music… In fact, we even changed a lot of the writing of that music. I remember the very early years where Tommy Gumina and myself and Nelson Riddle gravitated to the idea of a polychordal writing as well as playing on those polychordal devices. And it also included tonal devices.

Then I used a lot of that, but I still adapted a lot of my earlier way of playing, because I realized that in my earlier years I liked the idea of the swing and I liked the idea of the fundamental approach to playing, especially when you state a melody. What disturbs me a lot about many modern jazz musicians is that when they play the melody, it’s pretty hard to distinguish what they’re playing, and when you get into the middle of their selections or arrangements, sometimes you forget completely what the melody was. You don’t even know what song they’re playing. So I tried to avoid that and tried to have a sensible mixture. That’s where I stand now. I embrace the idea of polychordal playing and some of the avant-garde way of playing, but I still gravitate toward the idea of a mixture of that and swing and melodic playing.

TP: So it’s basically the sum total of who you are, and try to present that in your performances.

DeFRANCO: That’s what it amounts to. Each year I incorporated a different attitude, a different way, but always included, in the final analysis, the early way I played.

TP: You’ve done a fair number of duos and trios in these type of settings over the last 25 years, yes?

DeFRANCO: Yes.

TP: Is it a way of playing that you like, apart from the trepidation?

DeFRANCO: Oh yeah. Because the flexibility is there, the freedom is there. If you have sensitive musicians like Dave and Joe, they go with you. If you have too many musicians, especially if it’s orchestrated, there’s only so far you’re going to stray or you’re going to go. It’s somewhat confining. Not totally, but somewhat confining. But this way it’s not. It’s the way I like to play.

TP: It certainly sounds like it.

DeFRANCO: You’ve got to include Joe Cohn, because to me he’s one of the best players I’ve worked with. A superb musician, I think. The most sensitive and one of the most adroit technical players I know. He has a certain spontaneity about his playing, even though he plays, obviously, bebop guitar. A certain spontaneity unlike a lot of other players that I’ve worked with. He’s one of the best.

[—30—]

Buddy De Franco (DB Oral History, 3-15-99):

TP: …if you’d talk about the things we spoke about, and then I’ll add the questions I want. I’m sure you have some definite ideas on how you’d like to be presented.

DEFRANCO: Well, most of this is history, and kind of ancient history…not ancient, but… I’d like to bring it up to date a little more.

TP: Now, they’re giving me 2000 words, which isn’t a lot. What I tried to do in the bio was relate your experiences to the way you function now. But this article is you reminiscing, your perspective, and your unique perspective on your experiences. I’m sure that’s going to be more interesting to them as far as this article. But why don’t you tell me what you want, and then I’ll see what I can do with it.

[ETC.]

DEFRANCO: Then the thing is this. I’ll just briefly tell you that my recent history in the past couple of years has been one of the most interesting of my careers…

TP: you said you had about six of them.

DEFRANCO: Yes. I’m starting another one.

TP: You’ll have to tell me exactly which six they are.

DEFRANCO: Oh, I can’t really tell. They go up and down. I guess that’s nothing unusual with people in the music business. Phil Woods gets discovered every three years.

TP: Oh, when you say you’ve had six careers, you mean you keep getting rediscovered.

DEFRANCO: Yeah, rediscovered. Fall down and go broke, and sometimes…and then back again. That’s happened quite a bit.

[PAUSE]

DEFRANCO: I’ve done a lot of music festivals and also music clinics, mostly for Yamaha. They make a great clarinet. I’ve played it for about 25 years.

TP: Downbeat has an equipment section. [ETC.]

DEFRANCO: Well, I have played the Yamaha clarinet for 25 years. The thing is, what I find appealing about the Yamaha is it suits my needs almost to a T, as they say. It’s a very classical instrument. It has a nice tone quality… Of course you have to produce that. But built in is a good tone quality, and a very exact scale, even scale. It also affords a flexibility that I need to play jazz.

TP: What are the dynamics of the instrument that do this? You went into some description of this in our interview.

DEFRANCO: I did. Yes, not too many clarinets are flexible enough to where you could play as close to what they used to call “legitimate”…I hate to use the term, but “legitimate,” symphonic music. Then you use the same instrument to feel the freedom of playing jazz, the flexibility. Yamaha does that for me.

Also, toward the mid-‘50s, when Rock-and-Roll got very big and jazz was really pushed out of the picture, almost totally… The only guys who were really popular were Miles Davis, the top guys, Stan Getz… They were still making money and doing very well. They were really the stars of the jazz world. Everybody else kind of fell apart. And I was bemoaning my fate to Stan Kenton one time, and Stan Kenton said, “Instead of crying, let’s get together. I’ve started a program with Dr. Gene Hall of North Texas State Teachers College in Denton, Texas.” He said, “Gene Hall is the first guy to let the students obtain credits for jazz in a college or university. He said, “We’re doing clinics, and we’re doing them all over the country; in fact, all over the world. We get the young people.” He said that the tie-in was the band directors who remember the big bands and jazz, who have a stage band (so-called; it’s really a swing band). He said that we go in and we impart as much knowledge as we can, and keep the idea of swing bands and jazz alive, and the band directors respond to this because they remember when. He said, “That way we get to the youngsters, because we cannot get to the youngsters through television or radio now” [at that time he was speaking] or recording.” So there were very few jazz recordings being made.

So he said, “Try that,” and I did. It was the best advice I think I’d had in many years, because I found out that the youngsters in the bands respond to what you’re doing, but the band directors are the ones who kept jazz alive, underground, all these years. Not too many people acknowledge that fact. It’s guys like Gene Hall and Matt Benton and Stan Kenton, the band directors through all the high schools and universities and colleges who have kept jazz going, even though in the public eye it was finished. So that’s a very important thing, and I am still doing those clinics.

TP: This was still in the ‘50s, when you started?

DEFRANCO: Around ‘54, somewhere…

TP: So this dovetails with when you moved to California.

DEFRANCO: Yes. I actually moved to California because I thought maybe with some friends I could get some work there. Which I did. I got the studio work from Nelson Riddle.

TP: Oh, just playing in the section.

DEFRANCO: Just clarinet, but playing behind, you know, TV shows. I did all the segments of “Route 66” and I did “Profiles In Courage” and all those things where Nelson Riddle wrote the scores…

TP: Oh, you were on the Sinatra sessions.

DEFRANCO: “Oceans 11.” And I was on two Sinatra sessions.

TP: Do you remember which ones?

DEFRANCO: I don’t remember. [LAUGHS] Also, last September Yamaha and I got together, and we did the first Buddy De Franco-Yamaha Jazz Festival in Panama City, Florida.

TP: Is that on your web-site?

DEFRANCO: I think so.

TP: Did you have any input into the specifics of making this clarinet?

DEFRANCO: No. None whatever.

TP: Do a lot of other jazz clarinetists use it?

DEFRANCO: They have. I don’t know if they still do. I know Eddie Daniels used it for a time, but he’s now using another clarinet that he says functions the same way — Blanc(?), I believe. But a lot of professional clarinet players have used it.

TP: Do you keep up with the current state of the clarinet?

DEFRANCO: I have to. I listen to them all.

TP: Who are some of the people you like these days?

DEFRANCO: I like Eddie Daniels. I like Ronnie Eldridge. He’s a periodontist, and a fine clarinet player. I like Punte(?) Vickman. I’ll be playing with Punte in Sweden. We leave tomorrow. We’ll do 11 concerts and a CD in Sweden. Punte Vickman is one of the best.

TP: Ken Peplowski?

DEFRANCO: He’s a good player.

TP: Alvin Batiste?

DEFRANCO: Well… I’ll pass.

TP: I was just wondering about your current taste.

DEFRANCO: When I talk about clarinet players, I must include the fact that they are more than just competent players, because if you go along with the competent players, you’ve got a big list.

TP: Did you like John Carter, by the way?

DEFRANCO: No, I did not. See, as a clarinetist, I’m pretty critical. There are two aspects of playing the clarinet, as in all jazz; two diametrically opposed fields and schools of thought in jazz. On the one hand, people say, “Don’t study too much because it will ruin your jazz playing.” In fact, years ago it was an old story. The band director said, “Can you read music?” and he said, “not enough to hurt my playing.”

TP: Most of the great players I’ve talked to wouldn’t think that was much of a notion, I think.

DEFRANCO: Well, that’s still prevalent in jazz where the player who is too proficient doesn’t play good jazz. And I disagree with that. I’ll give you a good example in the piano world. One of my favorites of all time, of course, has been Oscar Peterson, mainly because of what he plays and how he plays it, the dexterity he has. He has such a great technique. So I’ve kind of aligned myself with him because I had a technique. I love his playing, as opposed to, say, Thelonious Monk, who had no technique… I’ll quote Oscar Levant. “He played piano with arthritic abandon.” That’s not to say that he doesn’t play jazz. He was a force in jazz.

TP: Did you like Monk?

DEFRANCO: I liked what he was getting at and I liked his songs. I couldn’t play with him and I did not like his playing, because it lacked the proficiency that I am used to hearing. Then there’s for instance the later Miles Davis as opposed to Freddie Hubbard. My bet would go with Freddie Hubbard, see. Because he’s a trumpet player and a jazz player and a more than competent execution in his playing.

But there are two schools. Years ago in clarinet, everybody said Benny Goodman was the greatest, Artie Shaw was the greatest; and the other school of thought, like in the Thelonious Monk camp, would be Pee Wee Russell. There are people who swear by him. They think he’s the greatest clarinet player who ever lived. And I pass on that.

TP: Well, you made the comment in our interview that you liked… I asked you if you’d listened to Jimmie Noone and Johnny Dodds and those guys, and you said no, because of your technique, but you loved Buster Bailey.

DEFRANCO: Oh yeah, he had an excellent technique. He was a fine clarinetist.

TP: I’d like you to talk more about Charlie Parker. We can relate this to the technique question. You said that he was the first unedited player, that his technique enabled him to be an unedited player.

DEFRANCO: I’ll qualify that. Modern jazz player. Because Art Tatum was that. People used to think that he was contrived, but he wasn’t. If you hear all his recordings and you hear different versions of the same song, you realize that Art Tatum had the most flexibility and was more unedited than anyone of his time. So I align he with Bird.

TP: Tell me what you remember about the session you did with Art Tatum. I know you said you were sick and that you weren’t at your best.

DEFRANCO: Right. Norman Granz wanted to know if I wanted to cancel, and I did not cancel because I knew that would be the only time I would ever get to play with Art Tatum. I just had to do it. I’m not sorry I did, because a lot of it came out good. But if I were feeling better and if it were later in my career I could have played substantially better.

TP: You’d feel more equipped to have played with Tatum, say, 20 years later just because of general knowledge and…

DEFRANCO: Right. I’ll give you a good example of my thinking. Somebody said to me, “Who’s the best?” Well, that’s silly because, in a way… I’ll quote Eddie Daniels. If you go into an art gallery and you see Van Gogh, and then you stop and you see Gauguin, and then you’ll see Da Vinci, who is going to say who is the best? It depends on what you derive from that particular thing. They’re all good. They’re all genius. So if somebody said to me, “Who is the best?” it’s hard to say.

However, when you talk about what I consider the best, on a genius level, I’d have to say Art Tatum and Charlie Parker. Immediately. That’s it. From that point on, then we talk about all the other guys who are really good.

TP: Do you remember anything about Tatum’s demeanor during that session or the process of putting it together?

DEFRANCO: Yes. He made me feel at ease, even though it was very difficult to work with him because he had a chord progression every two beats. It was very difficult, very hard. He sometimes would suggest a strange key to play the tune in. Keys didn’t matter to him. He played through everything, so that when you played with Art Tatum it was his ballgame. You were there almost accompanying him, even when you were playing your solos. But I expected that, and I didn’t care because I just admired him so much. It was my task to try to keep up with him, and occasionally, when I did, I was very gratified with that.

He was terrific. It was fun to him. His attitude was great. Even on the highly technical things, it was kind of a game to him, and he’d show off. But there again, that’s part of playing jazz — showing off. If you play all the jazz in the world in your room and nobody hears it, what does it mean? What you do on a stage is show off. You show what you can do. That’s part of playing jazz. And a lot of people scoff at it. They say, “Oh, well, Art Tatum is just trying to show everybody his technique.” Well, of course he is! Just like Oscar Peterson.

TP: Well, I guess he just internalized it. He didn’t get all that technique separate from his inner voice. That was his inner voice.

DEFRANCO: That’s right. It was his inner voice, that’s for sure.

TP: You said that you first heard “Hootie Blues.” Can you put a date on it? You said 1941, so you must have been with Johnny “Scat” Davis?

DEFRANCO: Or Charlie Barnet’s band.

TP: The encyclopedias say that you joined Charlie Barnet in ‘43.

DEFRANCO: That can’t be.

TP: That’s not true?

DEFRANCO: I don’t think so. They might be right because my recall isn’t… But in ‘43, it seems to me, I was in Tommy Dorsey’s band.

TP: I’ll read you what the 1960 Encyclopedia of Jazz says. “Scat Davis in late ‘39. Gene Krupa ‘41-‘42. Ted Fiorito, who is a new one on me, in ‘42. Charlie Barnet ‘43 and ‘44. Tommy Dorsey ‘44 and ‘46. You settled in California. Boyd Raeburn. Return to Dorsey ‘47-‘48. Then you go to New York, small combos in New York and Chicago and I guess traveling. Count Basie Septet in ‘50. Big band in ‘51. Then you start with the quartet from ‘52 to ‘55 or so.

DEFRANCO: That’s pretty close to it, except that in the early years… I have a feeling that in the latter part of ‘41 and part of ‘42 I was with Barnet, and then in ‘43 I was with Tommy Dorsey. It seems to me that I was with Tommy Dorsey from ‘43 to ‘48 three times.

TP: Three times in that period. I’m not interested in splitting all the hairs. But in terms of the Charlie Parker thing, when you say you heard Charlie Parker’s “Hootie Blues” when you were with Charlie Barnet, what impact did that make on you? Did it sound like anything you had heard before?

DEFRANCO: No.

TP: Why?

DEFRANCO: Well, by virtue of the fact that the articulation of what he was doing was completely different, and the chord progressions that he used, even at the very beginning…the substitute chords were different than most people were using, with the exception of Art Tatum. But no horn player used at that time as many alternate chords, and no horn player used that kind of articulation. It had never been done before. So in my humble opinion, Bird wrote the book.

TP: So you were well-schooled enough to hear what Charlie Parker was doing because of the high quality of education you’d had at Mastbaum.

DEFRANCO: Yes, I would say that. Not only that, I was playing… I have enough ego to consider that I was gravitating towards more modern playing while I was with Charlie Barnet at the same time that Dizzy was. Dizzy grew out of the Roy Eldridge style. But when you listen to some of his stuff during that time, he was gravitating toward a more modern approach to playing. It was not Bebop. And my case was the same way. Harmonically I was gravitating towards something else, in a way. But it wasn’t until Bird came along that both of us said, “He wrote the book; this is it; this is the new study book.”

TP: I guess Dizzy got that close-up proximity to Charlie Parker with Earl Hines…

DEFRANCO: That’s right. He got hold of Bird, listened to that, and it was immediate.

TP: Dizzy had some other qualities, particularly his assimilation of rhythm and being able to codify Latin rhythms into…

DEFRANCO: Oh yes. He was the first I can remember playing modern jazz like that…

TP: But if Dizzy came out of Roy Eldridge doing that, was your assimilation of Benny Goodman leading you in that direction?

DEFRANCO: It was Artie Shaw leading me.

TP: Talk more about Artie Shaw, who obviously had a profound influence on you.

DEFRANCO: Well, I would say the way he executed the clarinet, and harmonically he was way ahead of his time. His approach to playing, the fluency that he had was like a fine violinist. That impressed me. If you listen to his early records with his bands, when he played, he played more modern than the whole band, than anyone in the band. Also, when he started playing, he changed the color of the band just by playing, so that the concept was much more advanced. Then when he stopped playing, the band would seem to go back to its old symmetrical and angular way of playing. So I always admired Artie, the way he made all those chord progressions that he did and made it flow.

TP: Then I guess you could also say that Coleman Hawkins was implying the modern style as well.

DEFRANCO: yes, absolutely. No question about that.

TP: Were you influenced by saxophonists as well as clarinets? You did say that your concept of clarinet was playing the clarinet but thinking saxophone.

DEFRANCO: Thinking saxophone. But no, my major influences were more than likely piano players.

TP: Primarily Tatum or other piano players?

DEFRANCO: All of them. Teddy Wilson and Dodo Marmarosa.

TP: We didn’t discuss Dodo Marmarosa in the previous interview, and I know you were very close to him.

DEFRANCO: Yes, We lived together in California for about a year, and we played in about five different bands together. He was a great influence in my playing.

TP: You played together with Dorsey.

DEFRANCO: Well, we played in Johnny Scat Davis’ band together, Gene Krupa’s band, Charlie Barnet’s band, Ted Fiorito’s band, and then Tommy Dorsey.

TP: So you really hung together.

DEFRANCO: Yes. He was also in the same kind of state of flux that I was, playing. We wanted a more modern approach to playing, and he played his piano in a more advanced modern way, but did not play bebop at that time. We both heard Bird together, and we both decided this is the way it’s going to be.

TP: So when you heard “Hootie Blues” you were with Dodo Marmarosa.

DEFRANCO: Right. Well, more than “Hootie Blues,” but all the stuff that he played.

TP: If it was in 1941, then “Hootie Blues,” “Sepian Blues,” “Swingmatism,” the only records he was featured on. But when did you first meet Charlie Parker?

DEFRANCO: ‘42. End of ‘42, beginning of ‘43, somewhere in there.

TP: Was he with Earl Hines?

DEFRANCO: No, he had left Earl Hines.

TP: Did you hear the Earl Hines band with Bird and Diz?

DEFRANCO: Oh yeah. I thought it was the forerunner, or one of the forerunners of the big swing band idea. They were ahead of their time — at the time. Very few bands were playing with anything that resembled the modern concept. Earl Hines did. Jay McShann.

TP: Did you hear McShann live?

DEFRANCO: Yes.

TP: With the White big bands, would your paths intersect with the Black big bands?

DEFRANCO: Well, you see, the White… I hate to talk about Black and White because they’ve been intermingled for so long that you can’t say this… But the only thing I can say about Black and White is during those days the Black bands had a feeling, a swing feeling that would…I don’t know, that would grip you. You could feel it in your hips, the depth of your emotions — the swing. The Black bands had the swing, and the White bands had maybe a little more polish, but they tried to simulate that swing, but never got it. They never really got it. And Tommy Dorsey was one who was aware of that, and he used to say once in a while, “We don’t have a swing band; if you want to have a swing band go and listen to Count Basie and absorb what he does, because that’s a swing band.” Glenn Miller had the same thing. He said, “I have a commercial band; I don’t have a swing band. Jimmie Lunceford and Count Basie are the swing bands.”

TP: Jimmy Crawford and Jo Jones.

DEFRANCO: Oh, boy. Jimmy Crawford was marvelous.

TP: So you really loved the big bands.

DEFRANCO: Oh, of course. Well, mainly because my Dad, who was blind, he and his brother, my uncle, loved the big bands. When they caught on, they bought every record that they could. They especially liked Jimmy Lunceford and Count Basie and Chick Webb — those bands. Well, there again, they had the feeling. This is not to belittle the White bands. It’s a simple fact of life. Black bands had the feeling there.

TP: Of a lot of the prominent White improvisers who came up when you came up, I can’t think of another one who worked as seamlessly with Black musicians as you did. People have told me that Art Blakey would speak glowingly about you. Now, he didn’t do that about everybody!

DEFRANCO: No.

TP: So it seems as though you were very much truly accepted by the black musicians, who didn’t necessarily open their arms to everyone who was coming along.

DEFRANCO: That’s true. I simply had an affinity with those swing bands. Because within the depth of my organism, I knew that was the beat. They were swinging. That’s the feeling that I liked, and that’s the feeling I’ve always tried to impart when I played. And playing with different people through the years, like Jimmy Jones and Sid Catlett on drums, or John Simmons, these kind of players years ago, playing with them when I was a kid…

TP: When did you play with Sid Catlett?

DEFRANCO: Oh, I sat in with him many times. There’s a good example of a feeling, a rhythmic feeling and concept opening the door for you. When I played with Sid Catlett and a few other drummers during my career, and of course Art Blakey… I can quote Art Blakey. Sometimes when I was really tired and beat (we were on the road a lot, the band was pretty hot at that time — a lot of recording), I’d say, “Oh, I don’t think I can play tonight.” And Art would say, “I’ll make you play.” He meant that. He did. He had so much energy and steam and feeling, that we would burn as they said.

TP: Let’s get back to Charlie Parker. Talk about the relationship you had with him.

DEFRANCO: Well, when I first met him, Dodo and I were just overwhelmed at what he did. It was a very brief meeting. But then later on, he got very popular, then I got fairly well known as a jazz clarinetist and started winning polls, and so we were both picked to do the Metronome All-Star dates (I think we did two together), and that’s the point in time when I really got to know Bird. From that point on we were friends, and every chance I got, I went to hear him. Sometimes if I would play somewhere and he would be in the same town at another club or even in a nearby city, I would go to hear him. And we got friendly. So we spent some time together. We hung out together quite a bit. He was like Art Tatum. He was very gregarious. Knowledgeable about a lot of different things. And was always-always-always gracious.

TP: It sounds like he showed different sides of his personality to different people. I mean, there were certain people he would not be around when he was strung out, and there were people he did that with.

DEFRANCO: Yes, that’s true. Also, he was well aware of being victimized by that drug.

TP: He talked about it?

DEFRANCO: He talked about it, and he told young people to stay away from it. “Don’t even start.” I can remember that distinctly when Bird… He’d almost get hostile. “Don’t even start. Don’t think about starting it.”

TP: And a number of the younger musicians who did get strung out said he would treat them with no mercy once that happened to them.

DEFRANCO: Well, they got started because they thought he’s the guy who…

TP: Well, we don’t have to talk about that aspect of Bird. But apparently he had many interests and much knowledge of matters outside of jazz as well.

DEFRANCO: Oh yes.

TP: Do you remember what sort of things he’d talk about?

DEFRANCO: Well, he’d talk about certain philosophies of life and attitudes of life. He had a good perception of people. He could seem to read people quite well. I remember him telling me one time… I don’t know what the circumstances were. He told me how many muscles in your face it takes to smile, how many it takes to frown. Things just out of the blue. I guess I told the story about “Skinning Rabbits.” Those were the type of thing…

And another time, coming home from some town outside of New York on a train with Bird. It was a Sunday morning. We had played and then hung out all night or something. Sunday morning we got a train back to New York. It was a time when you could move the seat back and forth and face the other way. We had a Sunday paper, and he read through the whole paper. Then a guy came in, and I don’t know if he was a workman or a farmer or something, kind of a little cardboard suitcase, what we would call in those days a real square…

TP: A hayseed.

DEFRANCO: Yeah, a hayseed. But Bird said hello to him, and started talking with him, and “Where are you from?” and “What do you do?” Then finally Bird said, “Come on, sit with us,” and he got up and moved his seat, the other seat, so that we faced each other. He began telling this guy about the record date that he’s planning with strings. He was telling me as well, because I didn’t know that he was going to do a date with strings. He told me that Mitch Miller was going to be the A&R guy. The funny thing is that he said several times to me, “And Buddy Rich is on drums.” I said, “yeah.” And he repeated it like I didn’t hear him. “Buddy Rich is on the drums, and I’m going to do it with strings.” And he started talking about how eager he was to work with strings. He liked the idea.

That was a strange session because it wasn’t the greatest string section, and not the greatest rhythm section really. But Bird was like a shining star. He just made the whole thing come together with his playing.

TP: Did you play on the same bill with him on 52nd Street?

DEFRANCO: No. I had my group and he had his group. Sometimes, even in the summertime…two times I remember that Bird liked my rhythm section a little better than he had. Who knows why? And he’d come down with his horn and sit in with me.

TP: Well, that’s because you had Bud Powell, Max Roach… This was after Max Roach left him, right?

DEFRANCO: Yes. I had Max Roach and Bud Powell; I had a lot of guys.

TP: So you had Bud Powell, Curley Russell and Max Roach as your rhythm section. What was that like for you? You were talking about the technical difficulties of the clarinet. Was there a volume problem?

DEFRANCO: No. I could project. I needed a microphone because these were heavy players. But I could project most of the time. And also, Bud Powell was interesting, because when he was feeling okay and when he was straight and really playing well, nobody could touch him. He was just fantastic. There was no question about it. It was just dazzling. Smashing, as they say. As opposed to when he was strung out or something, and he’d be getting nasty. Then it was hopeless. You really suffered for a whole set. Because he’d get evil. Sometimes he’d play the bridge twice so he could get you off.

TP: He’s try to mess with you.

DEFRANCO: Yeah. It wasn’t only me. It was anybody. He tried it once with Bird, and Bird almost hit him with the horn.

TP: Tell me about your time with Count Basie.

DEFRANCO: There again, working with Basie and that group was really an education and a lesson — a lesson in the idea of swing. I didn’t realize before that how much feeling comes from Bill Basie at the piano. Not only Freddie Green, but Bill Basie at the piano, the way he played — for the group, for the soloists — was just superb. And the feeling… There again I got… It was an eye-opener. Another door opener.

TP: So you were playing with some of the greatest, Max Roach, who was young…

DEFRANCO: Oh, the list of guys I played with. I had a group in California with Victor Feldman on vibes, Carl Perkins on piano, Billy Higgins (he must have been 11 years old), and Leroy Vinnegar, and Howard Roberts I believe on guitar. We played East Los Angeles. Never recorded. What a great group.

[END OF SIDE A]

TP: Talk about what you learned about what playing with Max Roach, Art Blakey, or Basie did for your rhythmic concept.

DEFRANCO: That’s hard to put into words. I always hesitate to describe at a clinic rhythm. I don’t do it in my clinics, in fact. When it comes to rhythm, I tell the students, “Find the most swinging or find the best player that you can in your area, play with them, and it will either come to you or it won’t.” There’s no way you describe technically what happens. Harmony you can, in terms of execution on your instrument you can. But when it comes to swing feeling, two cliches: Don’t mean a thing if it ain’t got it; and if you don’t know what it is, forget it. Because if you can’t feel it, it’s not going to happen.

TP: I’d like to see if you can pinpoint a couple of things for me from way back. You said you got your clarinet when you were about 8, and you joined the Sympathy Youth Club, and your Dad bought records of Django Reinhardt and Art Tatum and you were overwhelmed by them, and you were about 10 years old, so it’s got to be about ‘33. Do you remember which records those were?

DEFRANCO: Well, the things Django did were “Nuages” and those things, and Art Tatum’s “Elegie” and “Yesterdays.”

TP: Also, you said that your brother would take big-band arrangements off of records, and you had a swing band. Do you remember which records those were?

DEFRANCO: Mostly the clarinet. We took a couple of Tommy Dorsey arrangements, like “Marie” and “Don’t Be That Way”, and Artie Shaw’s “Begin the Beguine.”

TP: On your website you said you had won a contest that was a jumping off point for you or an incentive to play when you were a teenager.

DEFRANCO: Yes, that was in Philadelphia, in 1939 I believe.

TP: You said you were wearing short pants.

DEFRANCO: Right. At the Earle Theater in Philadelphia there was a Tommy Dorsey swing contest, a weekly contest out of various cities every week in a theater, and it was broadcast nationally. There were four contestants. I was fortunate enough to win that. I think I won $75, and a little plaque of some kind.

TP: Good money in 1939.

DEFRANCO: Oh yeah, it was great. And I was a hero in my neighborhood the next day. But it didn’t make the papers. I did have a youth group at the same time that played different jobs, and every Sunday night a ballroom in South Philadelphia with a big band. We also played the Horn & Hardhardt’s children’s hour, of which Stanley Brosa(?) was the emcee, and his son was Elliott Lawrence. He played tenor sax in those days with the band. We had what was called the Band Busters. That was broadcast every Sunday morning.

Anyway, there were four contestants in this contest, and I managed to win almost by default, because I didn’t play that great. Even for a youngster, I wasn’t that good — at that time anyway. But I was a young kid, and my teacher advised me to wear short pants. He said, “The audience will love it.” He showed me how to play one note on the clarinet with one hand, and he said, “This is what you’ll do at the end of your solo.” And it worked. I mean, those other guys didn’t have a chance.

TP: Showmanship.

DEFRANCO: Yeah, showmanship plus the fact that I was a little kid.

TP: So there’s Johnny Scat Davis, you go on the road with him, and then you join Krupa for a while. Do you have any memories of Krupa?

DEFRANCO: All fond memories. Because Gene Krupa was one of the nicest persons I ever worked for. A delightful guy. And he gave us every opportunity to play. All the soloists. Charlie Ventura, Roy Eldridge… He featured everyone who could play.

TP: Oh, you were in the band that Roy Eldridge was in, so you got to know him a little.

DEFRANCO: Oh my gosh, yes. He was at the time probably head and shoulders over any other trumpet player.

TP: Even Pops.

DEFRANCO: Oh yeah, I’m afraid so. Pops had done great and he was a great influence, but he concentrated I guess more on his commercial playing and singing, and Roy was a musician’s musician at that time in terms of jazz. A real creative player. Feeling, emotion. He was tough. He was number one at that time. And the whole band used to love to hear him play a solo.

Did he influence your improvising approach?

Yes, quite a bit. Roy was a good influence. I gleaned a lot of things from Roy.

So it sounds like you really developed your technique and conception in the big bands, polishing off the technical foundation you got at Mastbaum. It was your laboratory.

Right.

May I ask you a little more about your father, and the way your aesthetic developed? Was he born here or in Italy?

He was born here. His parents came from Italy, from an area called Foggia, which is central Italy not far from the Asiatic Sea.

I read Whitney Balliett’s article on you. Before he was blind he was a musician?

He was a guitarist. But he was an amateur guitar player.

But did he come from a family that had an artistic bent, or was there sort of an artistic craft tradition in his family?

Oh yes. Both sides had musicians. I don’t know exactly what they played, but I know that both my parents had musicians in the background in Italy, and it’s almost an axiom that they loved the opera. They were very musical. That augured well for me, because they could tell whether I was playing well or out of tune or missed the beat or did something. Unfortunately, too many youngsters who are playing today, their parents really don’t know. So that was kind of a good thing.

My Dad had a terrible, terrible life. It’s a long story; I don’t think I can go into it. But it would make a book. You just wouldn’t believe the tragic things that occurred in his life, and how he rose above most of it. He was just incredible. He was always in good humor and good wit, and kept us interested in music. Never failed to play for us or have us play with him in the little band that he had which I told you about. Once in a while, when we first started, he’d let us sit in with his group. That’s where it started. It was a whole musical background, experience… Everything was music in our family.

So basically there was never anything for you other than… Did you ever consider that you were going to do something else?

No, I never did. Mainly because that seemed to be all I was interested in. Though I did later, on my own, read extensively, and I got interested in psychology, and read Adler, Freud and Jung, and I became a Wilhelm Reich disciple for a while, and I went into therapy for three years in New York. Every time I came to New York I went to therapy with Dr. Pelletier, who was a Reichian therapist. Looking back, it was the best thing I could have done.

Why was that? How did that affect you musically, would you say?

Being from somewhat humble circumstances, I was somewhat insecure in life. The only security I had was my playing. When that was good (when it was satisfactory, I can’t say good), I felt more secure. When it came time for me to get on stage and be somewhat of an actor on the stage and speak in a microphone and emcee, since I was beginning to have my own groups, it was painful. It was painful for me to even say anything on a microphone. I was riddled with insecurities. So I learned of Dr. Wilhelm Reich through Jack Eagle, who was originally a trumpet player who played in my big band and played on a lot of my recordings, and he played with a lot of different bands — Jerry Jerome and Georgie Auld and Boyd Raeburn. He was interested in a lot of different things, like religion and philosophy and psychology. We spent a lot of time together, and he introduced me to Reich. I bought some books and I began avidly reading those books. I decided when I got back to New York City for any length of time, I would look up a Reichian therapist, which I did.

Was this around the time you started the quartet that toured?

No, it was actually before that. It was when I had my big band.

Which was the year before.

Right. But I really got into going for therapy when I had a small group. It was easier, and I worked in New York quite a bit, so I could go for my therapy sessions.

So you were getting one type of therapy from Art Blakey and another type of therapy from the Reichians!

That’s the idea. And frankly, both therapies brought out in me something that I was kind of lacking in my playing and my demeanor.

Am I correct in emphasizing the impact of being with Art Blakey for a couple of years? Because the other articles I’ve read haven’t gone into that so much, and I was concerned I was doing too much amateur psychologizing.

The effect that Blakey had on me was obvious musically. I think it goes hand in hand with the effect that Tommy Dorsey had, that Art Tatum had, that Bird had, and that Count Basie had. Count Basie had a tremendous effect on me.

You went into that a little bit. Would you say a bit more about Basie’s impact?

Well, let me see. It’s tantamount to the Blakey experience. First of all, I never realized how dynamic Count Basie was at the keyboard, playing. I never realized how much influence he had from the keyboard to manipulate the sound of the band, and it was his personality and his playing, that he could get any 15 musicians who were capable, and within a couple of hours they would sound like Basie’s band, partly because they wanted to and mostly because of Bill, because of the way he accompanied people and the little nuances in the way he played. A dynamic force. He and Freddie Green were just unbelievable, the feeling they could get. And Gus Johnson had the same kind of feeling when he played. So the rhythm section for Basie always sounded pretty much the same. Even though there were different types of personalities and different types of players playing from time to time in Basie’s rhythm section, generally they sounded the same because of Bill Basie, his dynamic way of playing.

What did it do for your playing? Did it make it more relaxed?

Yes. Absolutely. No question about it. More relaxed and more cognizant of a time feeling.

Would you talk a little more about Dorsey for me? He seems to have been immensely important to you, and it seems to have been a very complex relationship.

Yes. First off, he was important to everyone who worked for him. He influenced everyone who worked for him. Everyone who worked for him would say the same thing. It was incredible, the influence he had. We were all somewhat seasoned players (we weren’t brand-new into the business) and somewhat sophisticated. Yet, Tommy Dorsey could play just a simple melody and the band would applaud. You could hate him at the same time, but what came out of the trombone was great — unequalled, I think. So everybody got a feeling of playing and breathing technique from Tommy Dorsey.

Did he ever give you any hands-on instruction about the breathing technique, or was it just something you’d watch and pick up?

Mostly something we watched. Though from time to time he would give us some tips. Most people thought that he employed that circular breathing, but that was not true. He had a way of taking in air in the corner of his mouth, and not having his mouth or embouchure leave the mouthpiece, as opposed to circular breathing. Circular breathing means that you take the air through your nose while you’re blowing at the same time. Tommy didn’t do that. He got a tremendous amount of air through the corner of his mouth, never taking the mouthpiece away from it, but also, filling up the abdomen, filling up his lungs. He knew how to spin a note. He used to call it “spin a note.” He knew how to play very soft on the instrument, but you could hear it in the room. You could hear it in the far corners of the room. It’s a combination of physical and mental mechanism, so that you could play, or he would… He was a master at it. He could play very soft, and everyone could hear what he was playing. And he could play as loud as the whole band. It was incredible.

Did you feel restrained in these big bands of the ‘40s? Were you sort of chomping at the bit to play what you really wanted, or was it a satisfactory musical experience?

No, all the soloists felt restrained, because the big bands were dance bands. They were not ostensibly the show bands and a showcase for soloists. So the only chance we got to show off was in the theater. But we were playing the one-nighters in ballrooms. I mean, you played maybe 16 bars of a solo, then maybe you wouldn’t play a solo for two sets or a set. Nothing extended.

So it wasn’t like the Ellington band playing a ballroom where the solo function would be integrated into the dance experience, as it were.

Yes. This was strictly a big band… Even Benny Goodman and Artie Shaw played for dancing. That was one of the gripes Artie had about the whole idea. He wanted himself and his band to be more concertizing. In fact, if he were operating now with his big band, it would be a perfect setting for him, because he could do all these concerts, he could do festivals, and play exactly the way he wanted to play, and not conform to the dance. You’re too young to remember this, but Artie Shaw one time walked off the stage in the face of, I don’t know, a million dollars of contracts that he had. He walked off the stage and announced that all the jitterbugs were idiots — which made the front lines of the papers. But he also doubled his attendance. He called them idiots and he said, “We love you.”

Prefiguring Miles Davis.

Yes, Miles Davis, exactly.

When you left Dorsey in ‘48 and came right to New York, had you been knowing all of your contemporaries who were involved in Bebop? Is that one reason why you fit in so comfortably with them?

Oh, yes. Absolutely. We knew that New York was the hub at that time. At the same time, there was the beginning of the Cool School, although ironically enough, most of the cool guys, Shorty Rogers, Shelly Manne, Bud Shank, Bob Cooper…all those guys were from New York. That was ironic. But they lived in California. They kind of generated this Cool School of playing. But the kind of playing that I was engaged in was, as Lennie Tristano would say, “obvious swing,” which he detested. [LAUGHS] Oh, we used to argue for hours. Lennie Tristano I think approached genius. He was incredible. His technique, his musical prowess and his ability to do some things that were at that time phenomenal on the piano and with his group. He didn’t like the idea of the swing feeling projected into music. He liked the idea of rhythm, of course. But he used to say to me that he couldn’t understand why I played with the obvious swing. It was ridiculous, you know.

Why did he think it was ridiculous?

DEFRANCO: Well, he just didn’t feel that was necessary, and he didn’t feel that creative jazz needed that. Well, I did. I go back to the school of Basie or Blakey where if it’s not swinging, it doesn’t mean too much — or that’s only half the picture.

So no matter how intellectually challenging the thing may be, Ellington’s dictum is still the operative principle.

Swing’s the thing.

Can you tell me a little about playing with Boyd Raeburn’s band. It sounds as though that was the place where you could really expand your horizons intellectually in terms of music.

You could. You could play exactly the way you wanted to play, which was why he hired me and the other guys in the band. And the writers could write any way they wanted to write. So consequently, we got some pretty spacy music. But it was intellectually unbelievable and very difficult. It took great skill to play that library. Probably one of the most difficult, technically challenging libraries in the business. The guys were George Handy and Bob Graettinger and Johnny Richards. Johnny Richards was a phenomenal writer, although I thought he was ponderous in many ways and overwritten — but still a great writer.

Was your own big band a cross between the Artie Shaw concept and the Raeburn concept?

Maybe. I didn’t try to get that outside with it. But the concept was the big Benny Goodman-Artie Shaw… You can lump them all together and that’s what I had. I wound up with zero.

It wasn’t entirely your fault. I mean, it was not a great time to be starting a big band.

No, it was the wrong time. But I could sense when we played… I thought I mapped out everything, so to speak, so that we could play our music in a dance tempo and still make it a jazz-worthy project. But I realized that that didn’t work. That did work with what I had in the audience. So you give it up and go on to other things. Then I got the small group, and that did work. That was hot for about a year-and-a-half or two years.

Then you had to move out to California.

Oh yes. Well, the jazz (?) died completely.

By the way, when did you leave Philadelphia for good?

1939.

were you coming back to Philly after that?

Oh, sure. I’d come back to see my family and friends. Once in a while I’d play in Philadelphia.

But you were basically a citizen of the road.

That’s it.

And you’d come home and touch base with your family.

That’s right. For a while I established a home in New York, got an apartment and played out of New York, then gave that up and got a place in California. But the same kind of thing. I’ve been actually ostensibly on the road for sixty years. These past few years have been more of a home base operation. I’ve spent more time here in Florida and more time in Whitefish, Montana, than I have out playing.

Can you tell me about your relationship with Terry Gibbs. That seems to be your longest standing association of this particular period anyway.

We’ve been working together several times a year. We link up and work with a local rhythm section or a rhythm section in Europe, or we get a rhythm section from New York or California. We work together well and it’s a lot of fun. I take those jobs because Terry and I enjoy each other’s playing, and it’s fun. There’s not the kind of tension you would imagine when you go out, for instance, with your own group. There’s a certain amount of tension where you’re being tested; your group is being tested, you are being tested, and everyone has a critical eye on what you’re doing. This is kind of a different aspect of playing what we want. Terry, first of all, is great to work with because he’s funny and very clever, and the attitude is lighter. Not the music, but the attitude is lighter.

So he lets you lighten up a little bit.

I think so. I would tend to get pretty grim in my music. Sometimes people have accused me (and it’s true) that I take my music too seriously, or myself too seriously. And through the years that has been true. It took the Reichian therapy for me to realize that my music was not the center of the universe.

Even of your universe.

Even my universe, yes.

Even with Terry Gibbs, it lets you operate in a specific instrumental tradition. Because having the clarinet and the vibes together is going to bring up associations for people.

That’s right. And the sound alone brings up the Benny Goodman-Lionel Hampton thing, because they started that particular sound. Which is great for us, because in a way, we manage to play pretty much what we want to do when we play solos. People hear that sound, and they identify with Benny Goodman and Lionel, so they like it.

Could I ask you a couple of specific things about your bands from the ‘50s until the Glenn Miller thing? I think I have conflicting information. I think Balliett had some inaccuracies because he conflicts with Gitler’s note on the Mosaic box. Was the group with Tommy Gumina only a quartet?

Yes.

And that came after you played with Victor Feldman and Carl Perkins and Billy Higgins.

Oh yes. That was another interesting experience for me working with Tommy. He was a magnificent musician. We did five albums together, which people don’t realize — one for Decca and four for Mercury.

I had Scott LaFaro and Victor Feldman in New York.

Let me ask you something philosophically about the craft and the art of making music, coming back to the question of whether art was the family craft, as it were. Do you see yourself as analogous to artists in other traditions and other media?

DEFRANCO: All of the jazz players who amounted to something, who contributed to the idea of jazz, I think are all analogous to the artists of the past few centuries. The same kind of passion for what they were doing, the same desire to do something…however minimal, something different, so that you become an original, so that people will say, when they hear your record, “That’s who it is.” That’s Bird. That’s Art. That’s Oscar. That’s Buddy. That’s what I wanted. You can copy. For some period of time, I copied Benny Goodman. Now, of course, it’s too hard to copy Benny Goodman, because you can refer to your basic studies. The Klosee method or the Behrman method, basic studies of arpeggiated forms, Benny used in his jazz. That was the focal point of his jazz clarinet playing. So it was kind of easy to do that, as opposed to, say, not so easy to imitate Artie Shaw who at the same time was involved in linear playing, making lines, or, even more difficult, Bird. So it was tough enough to play sort of in the Bird tradition on any instrument, but doubly difficult on the clarinet because clarinet is such a hard instrument to play.

But you don’t seem to be a vocabulary quoter. I don’t pretend to have heard every one of your records. But even when you’re playing bebop things, I don’t hear you quoting Bird. It’s very much your personal vocabulary.

Yes, there are a few quotes I maintain. But most of the quotes in my playing are my own quotes. Sometimes when I’ve been criticized for being repetitive, my answer to that is, “I’m allowed to be, since it’s my stuff.” I mixed that with some quotes from the Bebop era, but not… Also, I tried not to directly quote. Just like there are some things I’ve gotten from, oh, Shostakovich, Prokofiev, Nelson Riddle, Bill Finnegan, David Raksin, where I used it in my jazz playing. But I didn’t quote them exactly. It’s just an inference of what they did.

Let me take you back again for a second. In the ‘30s when you were a kid, you talked about jamming at these clubs. There were two different clubs, right?

Two different clubs. Billy Kretchmer is still alive. He lives in Margate, New Jersey, and up until just a couple of years ago he was still playing. At that time, in the ‘30s, he was neck and neck with Benny and Artie. He was quite a jazz player. He just played in his own group in his club, and he played in the pit theater at the Earle, next to my teacher, Willy Di Simone.

[-30-]

Buddy DeFranco-Dave McKenna Biography (Do Nothing Til You Hear From Us):

With 100-plus years experience as professionals between them, you might excuse Buddy DeFranco and Dave McKenna if they occasionally switched on the automatic pilot. But it doesn’t happen even once on Do Nothing Til You Hear From Us, the follow-up to their delightful 1996 Concord duo You Must Believe In Swing (CCD-4756-2). Joined by top-shelf guitarist Joe Cohn, the masters jam freely through a 12-tune program that includes three Ellington-Strayhorn gems, seven American Song Book classics that offer as much protein for an improviser as they do a singer, and one harmonically challenging original each by DeFranco and noted arranger Bill Finnegan. They play with unfettered imagination, impeccable craft and a fiery edge that would be the envy of musicians young enough to be their grandchildren.

Their felicitous chemistry won’t make sense if you look at their careers superficially. DeFranco is supposed to be a cold, cerebral player locked into the tropes of jazz modernism, while McKenna is the contemporary embodiment of old-style, two-handed pianism — the ultimate “saloon piano player.” But it ain’t necessarily so. DeFranco and McKenna share a profound common denominator. Both came up in the top-shelf dance bands that incubated so many personal improvisers during the decade spanning World War Two and the Korean War when Bebop entered the common jazz vocabulary.

DeFranco, 75, raised in south Philadelphia, began playing clarinet at 8, after several years of ear instruction on mandolin from his father, a blind man who was a piano tuner. “Then I wanted to play saxophone,” continues the 20-time Downbeat poll winner for Best Clarinetist. “My Dad knew many good musicians, who suggested I should start clarinet first, and he took the advice. It seemed to be natural. I bypassed high school and attended Mastbaum, a vocational school that had a great music course, where I got my basic training and developed my clarinet skills. I’d seen Eddie Lang and Joe Venuti once playing in a music store in my neighborhood, and I was overwhelmed by records of Django Reinhardt and Art Tatum. The big bands were starting to come to the fore, and my uncle would take us to hear Duke Ellington, Chick Webb, and all the bands. That’s how I started getting interested in the idea of jazz.

“I made the decision to play jazz clarinet from listening to Johnny Mince with Tommy Dorsey. My brother had a good ear, and he and a friend used to take the big band arrangements from the records. When I was 13 and my brother 14, we organized a big swing band, and played in a ballroom in South Philadelphia every Sunday night. We also had a kiddies band on a children’s hour on Sunday morning. When I heard Benny Goodman, it put the cap on the whole idea of jazz playing — the feeling, the swing idea on clarinet, and also his great technique. Then I heard Artie Shaw, who had the technique and ability to express what he wanted without editing when he played. That’s what I loved about Artie — and what I loved about Charlie Parker especially. Bird was the first almost completely unedited jazz player; he had a great embouchure and perfect fingers.”

DeFranco was in Charlie Barnet’s crack unit when he first heard Parker; at 20 he’d already spent four years out with Johnny “Scat” Davis (“Hooray For Hollywood”) and Gene Krupa. During his first of three stints with Tommy Dorsey, his solo on “Opus One” helped him win his first Downbeat award in 1945. Later he played with the adventurous Boyd Raeburn, then worked extensively on 52nd Street (Bud Powell, Curley Russell and Max Roach comprised his rhythm section for one gig) in 1948 and 1949. He joined the Count Basie Octet in 1950-51, formed his own big band in 1951, then went on the road between 1952 and 1955 with a top-shelf quartet (Kenny Drew or Sonny Clark, Gene Wright and Art Blakey or Bobby White), as well as touring with Jazz at the Philharmonic. He settled in California in the mid-‘50s. Later he explored polychordal music with accordionist Tommy Gumina, fronted the Glenn Miller big band from 1966 to 1974, worked in small units with vibraphonist Terry Gibbs, and has continued to tour and serve as a prodigiously enthusiastic jazz educator.

McKenna, 68, was born in Woonsocket, Rhode Island, the son of an amateur drummer who played local functions and a mother who was “a good classical violinist and a good piano player, who didn’t play jazz but played all the tunes of the day with all the nice changes.” He studied sporadically, but he’s primarily an ear player who developed his distinctive piano conception organically, finding the sounds in his mind’s ear through playing at home.

As with DeFranco, Benny Goodman kicked things off. “I got interested in Harry James’ band, then Benny Goodman’s band,” McKenna recalls, “and I was hooked from then on. I used to try to play like Benny rather than Teddy Wilson, though I had tremendous respect for Teddy. Nat Cole has been my favorite piano player for years; I loved his trio when I heard it. But most of that time I listened more to horn players — Benny, Artie Shaw, and the guys in Count Basie’s band. I loved Duke Ellington’s band and his piano playing from early on. I loved Cootie and Rex Stewart and Johnny Hodges — even when I was listening to Bird. I loved Bobby Hackett. Buck Clayton knocked me out. And then Dizzy and Bird and Miles. I love Count Basie’s piano playing, too. But as far as all the other piano players, I respect them very much and I like them a lot, but they weren’t the ones that inspired me the most. It was mostly horn players.”

You can hear those early influences in the trademark long lines McKenna conjures up, but they’re only part of the story. McKenna plays every tune like an orchestra. Robert Doerschuk described his unique style as follows in the liner notes to Easy Street (CCD-4657): “The best I can describe it, Dave McKenna plays like he has three hands. Where most pianists tend to devote their left hand entirely to chords or bass lines, using the right exclusively for melodies, McKenna seems to split each hand in half. The bottom two fingers of his left hand dance through bass lines Ray Brown would be happy to conceive, the top two fingers on the right hand explore variations on the theme of the tune, both thumbs and second fingers play chords in between, and the middle fingers jump in wherever they’re most needed.”

Was his concept fully formed by the time he went in the Army in 1951, after a few years on the road with Charlie Ventura and Woody Herman? “Well, yeah,” he answers, “but I got more pianistic later. When I played alone then, I played just a single line in the right hand and a single line in the left, and a few chords here and there. I didn’t consciously become a solo piano player using a bass line. I just used it to fill up what I heard on records. That’s the way I played at home. My favorite way to play is sort of rolling the chords, four to the beat, strumming them like a guitar. I loved Freddie Green’s rhythm with Count Basie, and then later on I got to do a couple of record dates in New York with Barry Galbraith, who was the number-one studio rhythm guitar player. He was in that famous Claude Thornhill rhythm section which they called ‘the sophisticated Count Basie.’ They swung in a gentler manner, but they swung, though.”

Through the ‘50s McKenna continued to work with Ventura, and did stints with Gene Krupa, Stan Getz and Al Cohn-Zoot Sims. In 1958, he began his 20-year association with Bobby Hackett, and worked for the first half of the ‘60s at Eddie Condon’s in Manhattan. “I started to retrogress,” McKenna laughs. “I still played basically the way I had, but I changed my outlook. I started to become a little more old-fashioned. I’m sort of a mainstream player. A guy like Bill Evans, who I admire tremendously, was my age, but he went on to pioneer a new piano style.”

McKenna doesn’t mention Evans’ quote around 1980 that he didn’t collect recordings by other pianists — except for a few Dave McKenna records. Nor does he mention public encomia from the likes of George Shearing, Andre Previn, Whitney Balliett and a host of connoisseurs of the idiom. A resident of Cape Cod since 1966, he’s performed all over the world in solo, duo, trio and small band contexts — his selected discography cites 38 recordings.

In the free environment of Do Nothing Til You Hear From Us, DeFranco draws on the discipline and focus he developed through years of playing challenging music in a big band section day-in and day-out to deliver “unedited” improvisations that have been his goal from the very beginning. Incorporating the language he learned from Charlie Parker, he takes chances all the way through, no preconceptions in mind as to what path he’ll take. Identified as he is with the Bebop style, that vocabulary is simply a means of expression. “Although I certainly was flattered at being called a bebop clarinetist, and I happened to be the first to approach that sort of attitude on the clarinet,” he says, “I had a wide range of experience in all facets of music, and my playing reflects the whole gamut. Well, that’s what we do the whole way. We brain-pick as many people as we can, and get enough from what we’ve heard and studied that we can make our own voice.

“The duo or trio gives you a certain flexibility. The more men you have playing with you, the more somewhat confined you’re going to be to a certain path. With one or two people I wouldn’t say it’s 100 percent freedom, but certainly almost total freedom of expression. Here we did not rehearse, and I think we only had about half of the tunes selected before the session. Knowing Dave McKenna and Joe Cohn both, that was no problem, because they’re so flexible and facile. We had very little trouble with any tune that we decided we wanted to play.”

Says McKenna, whose perfect solos spring full-blown from impeccable comp: “It’s tough playing solo, and it’s even tougher playing with a duo. You’re playing every minute. At least the horn player gets to rest while you play a solo. When Joe came on, it took some of the load off. It was wonderful. And he sounded great, didn’t he? He’s a beautiful guitar player.”

It’s no surprise that Cohn fits in so well with the two veterans; he’s connected to them by patrimonial lineage as the son of Al Cohn, one of the great tenorists and arrangers in jazz history, who made his name in Woody Herman’s band. He’s played with McKenna around the Boston area since the ‘70s, and has worked as a sideman in various DeFranco small units over the last 15 years. He accompanies seamlessly, like a good referee who calls the game so perfectly you don’t know he’s there; when it’s time to solo, he announces his presence with crisp, incisive solos that comment on the statements of his elders.

No, you wouldn’t mistake Buddy DeFranco or Dave McKenna or Joe Cohn for anyone else, and they’re well-matched partners indeed. “Do Nothing Til You Hear From Us” is a session of extraordinary parts, and the whole is even greater. It achieves the holy grail of trio playing — the equilateral triangle.

1 Comment

Filed under Buddy DeFranco, Dave McKenna

Chicago Interviews, 1970s, Part 1: Leroy Jenkins (March 11, 1932 – February 24, 2007) – Transcripts of an in-person interview in September 1976 and a WKCR interview on Oct. 12, 1993

The text contained herein comes from a series of oral history-ish interviews I did in 1976 and 1977, primarily with AACM musicians, for broadcast on the University of Chicago’s flagship station, WHPK. I was 21 at the time. I intended the interviews as source material for a prospective Bachelors thesis on the history of jazz, jazz-adjacent, and jazz-antecedent music on the South Side told from the perspective of the musicians.

I never did get my degree from UC. But I’ve had the transcripts in typescript form ever since. They include interviews with (in alphabetical order) Ajaramu (Gerald Donovan), Amina Claudine Myers, Fred Anderson, Lester Bowie with Don Moye, Jerome Cooper, Malachi Favors, Clifford Jordan, Kalaparusha Maurice McIntyre, [Wadada] Leo Smith, John Stubblefield, Henry Threadgill, and Wilbur Ware.

I plugged away at the “BA Thesis” for the next 15 years, and added further interviews to the archive after I began broadcasting at WKCR in 1985 with Joseph Jarman, Thurman Barker, Johnny Griffin, Chris Anderson, Ira Sullivan, Junior Mance, Fred Hopkins, Andrew Hill, Ahmad Jamal, Alvin Fielder, Roscoe Mitchell, Anthony Braxton, Richard Davis, George Lewis, Eddie Harris, Muhal Richard Abrams, an interview with Von Freeman and John Young, two interviews with Von Freeman, among others. I’ve uploaded the transcripts of the WKCR interviews on the first iteration of Today Is The Question, on WordPress.

But very few people have seen the 1970s interviews, which I initially preserved on multiple photocopies (although the original typescripts have withstood the test of time). I finally scanned them as .pdf files a couple of years ago, but I’ve only recently converted them into shareable .docx files. I’m surprised that at 21, the musicians I spoke with opened up as much as they did. I hope to post a number of these testimonies in months to come.

Not too many under-40s are familiar with Leroy Jenkins, who told me his compelling story in great detail in our 1976 conversation, and updated it in 1993 on my Afternoon Music program on WKCR. The opening section — my obituary for Downbeat after Jenkins passed in 2007 — provides an outline.

Posed portrait of jazz violinist composer Leroy Jenkins in his ...

Obituary for Leroy Jenkins (Downbeat):

Violinist and composer Leroy Jenkins, a major figure in experimental jazz/creative music from 1968 to the present, and a charter member of the AACM, died in New York on February 24th of complications from lung cancer. He was 74, and lived in Brooklyn.

Born in Chicago on March 11, 1932, and raised on the South Side, Jenkins played violin from an early age, developing his skills at Ebeneezer Baptist Church under Dr. O.W. Frederick (Bo Diddley was another student), who also introduced him to the music of William Grant Still and Will Marion Cook. At DuSable High School, under the tutelage of Dr. Walter Dyett, himself a violinist, Jenkins studied saxophone, clarinet and bassoon. Like so many of his contemporaries, Jenkins became infatuated with Charlie Parker—as the ‘50s progressed, he emulated Parker’s musical style and self-destructive personal habits. To escape, he accepted a music scholarship to Florida A&M, and studied classical violin under Bruce Hayden. After graduating in 1961, he taught music in Mobile, Alabama; in 1964, he moved to Chicago, and soon became involved with the Experimental Orchestra, the precursor to the AACM, which he joined in 1965.

“To see musicians pursuing something creative together was a revelation to me, although I was a playing in a more traditional fashion than now,” Jenkins recalled in 1993. “These guys exuded confidence, and I got caught up in it. We were testing the fabric of society. We were black, we wanted to be equal, and they were killing our leaders. There was no time for orderly music then. We were supposed to shout and cry and stomp, and that’s what we were doing.”

In 1969, Jenkins—who had performed on Anthony Braxton’s pathbreaking Three Compositions Of New Jazz the year before— moved to Paris, toured Europe with the Creative Construction Company, with Braxton and Leo Smith, and commingled with such luminaries as Archie Shepp, Philly Joe Jones, and Ornette Coleman. The latter asked Jenkins to look him up when he got to New York, and backed up his words, offering free board when Jenkins and Braxton drove to New York from Chicago in February 1970.

Later in 1970, Jenkins organized New York’s first AACM concert. With bassist Sirone and Chicago-born drummer Jerome Cooper, he formed the Revolutionary Ensemble, a cooperative group that went on to tour internationally and record five albums. As the ‘70s progressed, Jenkins performed and recorded with such radical New York improvisers as Dewey Redman and Rashied Ali (Sweet Are The Winds Of Life, Survival), and refined his singular tonal personality, one based on virtuosic command of the traditional and extended violin technique and a trans-genre improvisational aesthetic that allowed him to blend the vocabularies of blues and bebop with the Romantic-to-Serial tropes of the European canon. He developed his compositional identity, creating works for solo violin (Solo Concert, India Navigation) and improvising chamber ensembles (Space Minds, New Worlds, Survival of America, Tomato).

As the ‘80s progressed, Jenkins worked with the electro-acoustic Skymusic Ensemble, played a solid state violin in his plugged-in beat-oriented band Sting, and fulfilled commissions for orchestra, dance and theater while carving out a niche in the world of Classical New Music,. Commissioned by Hans Werner Henze in 1989, he wrote the opera/ballet Mother of Three Sons, choreographed and directed by Bill T. Jones. Later works include the rap opera Fresh Faust; the cantata The Negro Burial Ground; the opera The Three Willies; and the opera Coincidents. At the time of his death, Jenkins was performing with the reconstituted Revolutionary Ensemble and the collective trio Equal Interest, with reedman Joseph Jarman and pianist Myra Melford, and was developing the operas Bronzeville, a history of South Side Chicago, and Minor Triad, a music drama about Paul Robeson, Lena Horne, and Cab Calloway.

“I’m spread out all over the place, and in order to survive, I have to play American Music,” Jenkins said. “If we cut out all the definitions and just call it ‘American Music,’ people would be less confused.”

Leroy Jenkins, 74, Violinist Who Pushed Limits of Jazz, Dies - The New ...

Interview with Leroy Jenkins, August 1976

P: Have you always played the violin?

J: Always, yes. It was my first instrument. I’d say I was – to give you a feeling of it – I started the violin, playing the violin, when I was 8 years old, 1940, so you can imagine about what kind of thing it was before World War II. I started when I was 8, and I progressed pretty fast. By the time I was 9 – June, 1941 – I played my first recital. Piece of romance – I forget who wrote it – but it was a romance, you know, a lot of romances. I started off with O.W. Frederick, he was my teacher. He’s still living today, he’s a very old, white-haired gentleman, around 80.

I was influenced by my auntie, I had an auntie – in my house, I lived in a house with a lot of women. The house I was raised up was matriarchal. My mother, my grandmother, my sisters, my aunties, who were young. I had two aunties, one was two, maybe four years older, and the other one was four years younger. I had my mother, my grandmother . . . so you can just see what kind of situation I was in. And most of them were young enough to be, you know, either courting or something like that, and one of my aunties, she was in high school. She had a friend who played violin. In those days, I mean, for any upstanding family, it was necessary to try to be into something. Everybody’s family in those days were trying to encourage their kids to do something, you know, great. In those days, we were still trying to get firstses, what they call “firstses”, first negro did this, first negro did that, we was in that era. So anyway, this guy, his name was Riley Wyams, and he played the violin very well and he was an honor student – all the things a young guy 8 years old aspired to be. I imagine he must have been popular with the girls, because Helen, who was called China Doll, she . . . so anyway, he came over to our house once and played for us, and played (inaudible) by (inaudible), which was a piece that you’d say a junior grade violinist would play. He played it very good, very well, and even senior players play it, now and then, for little short things at the end of a program – a showy, very nice piece, has a lot of dexterity about it, I just liked that. Also it has a lot of variety.

So he played it and I was greatly impressed by the way he played. I asked my mother to buy me a violin, and maybe I could take lessons. And my mother being a go-getter type lady, and I guess, having a son come up saying he would like to play the violin – I mean, she jumped on the opportunity, right? Being as she played a little piano too, you know, little musical things, she really jumped at the opportunity, because she thought . . . you know, in those days, they looked up at a violinist as something, you know, something worthwhile because it wasn’t a popular practice of black people. Most of them played trumpets, saxophones. All the great stars in those days, like Duke, Cab Calloway, Count Basie – all the big bands, you can imagine, there wasn’t no violin players there. Only one, Eddie South, that I ever heard of, and he never did reach any kind of fame, where I listened to him on the radio. In those days, mostly, it was horn players, or even singers. Incidentally, in that time, Billy Eckstine was in his heyday then, Charlie Parker . . . well, he was probably not even known, he was scufflin’ in those days. Mostly Billy Eckstine, or Duke Ellington, really, those kind of guys, Cab Calloway.

P: So you did a lot of listening to the big bands . . .

Pin on It's A Chicago Thing
2,185 Regal Theater Chicago Stock Photos, High-Res Pictures, and Images ...

J: Oh, yeah, at the Regal Theatre, they had stage shows every other week. It was the top bands, you know, and I saw all of them. Jimmy Lunceford, in those days that was what I always wanted to hear, Jimmy Lunceford. And I didn’t go because it was necessarily music, I went because it was a show, a stage show, which was nice. I wasn’t really – you know, I liked the music – I wasn’t looking at it clinically or anything, or musically. I just liked the fact that I was gonna dance, like everybody else, you know, a different kind of scene, successful negroes, and that kind of thing, whatever. Plus the jazz musician in those days was well respected. That was really one of the backbones of our community, some of the most successful people, the jazz musicians, you know. Even my father looked up to them – like, Louis Armstrong, man, that was his man. My father, he talks with great esteem about Louis Armstrong, Duke Ellington, and Johnny Hodges, these people, you know what I mean? So that’s the kind of thing I was raised up in.

How Chicago Became the Birthplace of Gospel Music: Inside Ebenezer ...
» Birthplace of Gospel, Adler's Final Masterpiece: Ebenezer Missionary ...

Well, ‘Fess was a church musician – that’s what they used to call Mr. Frederick, my first teacher, who was Riley Wyams’ teacher. And I got that violin from Montgomery Ward, first one I got, a little red violin my mother bought for $25. I started taking lessons from Mr. Frederick, Ebenezer Baptist Church. I did very well, I’d say, for the first year. I guess I was highly motivated, because I did very well I think after two years I got a scholarship. . . used to give out little scholarships to keep interest in those days, and it would be better to keep interest with the parents as much as with the kids, because they had to put out the dollar a lesson, 50 cents a lesson, I think it was two lessons for $1 in those days. So he had to really keep interest, so what he would do was give out little scholarships. He always had little incentives. Like on the first recital we had, which was at Lincoln Center – eventually, I came back to this place with the AACM, the Lincoln Center, where we used to give concerts, he did, every June – the first year, because I was so good, I got a little pin, a little pin, something that I really treasure, I mean I worked hard for this, you don’t know how much. At the concerts, at the end of it, his wife would get up and call out all the honor students, the ones that did the music the best that year, and I got a little pin. Some of the others – Riley Wyams, at that time, he was up on another level, he was getting scholarships, just one after another. . . he wasn’t even paying any money out. I guess ‘Fess was kind of using him as a publicity kind of thing, because Riley was his star student.

It made sense, you know, ‘Fess was a little businessman, because he lived off the teaching. You know, he’s a churchman, and there ain’t no money in a church gig. So that year I got a little pin, and the next year I got another pin – silver the first time, gold the next time. I think he’d take you through the ropes. I got a silver, then a gold, and then the third concert I’d gotten a scholarship. Then from then on I fluctuated between paying and getting scholarships. It was always – my mother was always wondering when the scholarship would end, that was her thing, my mother was keeping dates down all the time to find out, because the ‘Fess was always, how would you say it? . . he wasn’t crooked or anything, but he had a little way, he was a lovable type. He was always getting his money, he was the kind of guy who was after the money, but he was so . . . I mean, you could watch him and laugh at him in his face. He’d come up to my father – my father was a bartender – he really liked my father. He was a churchman you know, he didn’t drink much, but he got a chance to . . . well, he didn’t have any in his house, let’s say, in those days, because he was very uppity, an upstanding churchman seven days a week, so he couldn’t really drink in his house. He had to be really upstanding, so on his off days, so to speak, he would go and see my father. And my father, of course, would set him up, a really nice little arrangement. On top of that, usually my father would pay him anyway. It was nice, it was really a whole family thing. In fact, it was such a family thing I used to make a mistake sometimes and call ‘Fess “Daddy”. I’d forget, he was just that close, you know. But anyway I studied exclusively with ‘Fess from 1940 to 1946. Then I went in high school in 1946, that’s when I went in. Then when I went to high school, I met the fabulous Walter Dyett.

Walter Dyett taught Chicago's musical greats at DuSable High School ...

P: You’re another DuSable alumnus.

Walter Dyett taught Chicago's musical greats at DuSable High School ...

J: Yeah, yeah, right, I went to DuSable. And when I went there, of course, I’d been playing music for 6 years. I was a pretty good musician at that time, you know. In fact I was playing teas, and everything. I was with ‘Fess’s large group, which played teas and church events and stuff like that all over Chicago. We had a little Baptist Church circuit, and I was on it, with Fess’s group of course. So when I graduated from grammar school, with honors and all that kind of stuff – I was really a go-getter, you know – but like all kids, when I got to high school, I went out of it. I think high school is the most unnecessary . . . you know, I think they should skip from elementary right on into college or some kind of trade, because high school does nothing but, in most cases, corrupt a kid. I was corrupt, I mean, I got completely corrupt, in high school. That’s where I learned most of the things that eventually were bad for me, and some of them good. Most of the things that I learned in high school was the things that took me years to correct – in high school, what I learned in high school. All bad, most of them. The good things, I didn’t learn much, at all. The only thing I learned in high school was music, and I got better and better. But I didn’t really learn no more . . . I guess I learned, yeah, because I was going. It was the most popular class to me – everything else, I was just making it through.

P: Well at this time did you have aspirations to be a professional musician?

J: Well, at that time, enter Charlie Parker. During the time of high school – well let’s say from ‘46, when I graduated – I started becoming aware of Charlie Parker. When I went into high school I was buying – I had Charlie Parker’s early records, like “Red Cross”, those records, like “Koko”, stuff like that. I had those records, had ‘em on Savoy, red label, and I listened to them, you know. Of course when I got into . . . because I was . . . well I guess the reason I was like that was, to give you an example. What happened is that around ‘45, while I was still in grammar school, I was still in the church band. The church band was a marching band that the Ebenezer Baptist Church used at different conventions that they had all over the country. Every year they’d take the church band with them, and we’d march in the parade, whatever city. The National Baptist Convention, which was a very . . . right now, they’re one of the strongest, it’s a church organization. Anyway I played clarinet in this band. It was a neighborhood band, it was big, a large band. We had uniforms, purple and yellow. So when I graduated and went to DuSable, I played clarinet and I played a violin, but because by that time there was a little question as to what I was going to do when I went, I decided somehow or another that I was going to drop the clarinet and take violin, in high school. I had it in my head that that’s what I was going to do. And when I got there and signed up in band Captain Dyett, first day there, he asked me what we wanted to play, and I told him I wanted to play the violin. He told me he, he asked me, “You want to play violin?” – he thought that was very unusual. Because he was a violinist in his old days. That’s what he played, violin. So I told him yes, he asked me about myself. I told him I played, he asked me how long I’d played. So evidently, he saw something. So what he did, right away, the first year, to find out what was happening, he let me play clarinet in the first band. I evidently could play, you know, my musical thing was together, he could see that. So the next year I jumped from the beginners’ band to right on the concert band he put me on bassoon.

P: So at this time you were playing all the reed instruments, as well as violin?

J: Right, in fact less and less into violin as I got more into high school. By that time, just because I wanted to be popular – because all my friends were musicians, all my life my best friends were musicians. The popular guy was Charlie Parker and everybody was buying altos, you know. So of course I bought me one too. Well, my father bought one for me anyway, he bought it from the pawn shop, a Ludwig, that’s what it was. I bought me a white mouthpiece, just like Bird was using on that first picture he has. I bought me a white mouthpiece and I played that. So when I was in high school I played clarinet in the marching band, I played bassoon in the concert band, which was the “A Band”. I mean, we played Shostakovich and Beethoven, all band arrangements for band, and we competed with the best schools in Chicago. We were known as one of the best bands in the country, Captain Dyett’s band. So that’s the kind of band that I was in at that age. We were like professionals, right then Captain was whipping us into shape like we was professionals. In fact, for all practical purposes, when we were in that band, we were like professionals. Captain didn’t tolerate nothing else but professionalism, you know. From students . . . he cussed at us, he treated us the same way he treated grownups, there was no difference. He called us the same names and did the same things, you know, there was no difference, and of course, he was a disciplinarian of the highest order. Of course he was a philosopher of the highest order – he was everything of the highest order. He had perfect pitch, he had complete control . . . only thing, he was a dictator, no doubt about it, I mean, you either did what he wanted to do or you were out. But you went along with it because he was good. In fact my mother, who usually . . . I mean, if she knew a teacher cussin’ at me, my mother being religious like she was, why she would have taken me out of the class immediately, because of that. But Captain Dyett was different. She wouldn’t dare. That’s the way, that’s the kind of thing Captain Dyett had on everybody. You wouldn’t dare go up to . . .

P: There are a number of musicians who have made an enormous mark on the musical world, who were also at DuSable in this 10-year span, people like Von Freeman, Gene Ammons, Johnny Griffin. Did you have dealings with these people?

J: No, they was before my time. I was . . I went to school . . when I was going to school Richard Davis and Paul Serrano and Cecil Bogan . . . and most of the guys didn’t even continue to play music, except Richard and myself, and Paul Serrano – he’s in the business . . he has a studio called P.S., I hear – and Cecil’s a big business man, Cecil Bogan. There’s a lot of other people I could mention, man, I know they’re gonna kill me for this, you know what I mean? Like James Ellis . . Jimmy Ellis, he plays alto. Oh, I could just think of many guys, know what I mean. They were in the band . . Jimmy Ellis was as fine an alto player as he is right now, fine a reed player as he is right now. Morris Ellis, his brother. So, like, anyway, I played bassoon in the concert band, and I aspired to the Booster Orchestra, which was the swing band. Man, I would have sold an arm to get in the Booster Orchestra. It was playing Dizzy’s arrangements, Count Basie’s arrangements, oh everybody man! It was a great band. We played for all the dances in the school, plus that’s where Captain plucked his professional help from, on the outside. When Captain had outside jobs, if you were good enough, he’d use you, and pay you. It was just a great musical environment for everybody. He was really great, I mean, you were professional, there was no doubt about it. When you got through . . when I graduated from DuSable in 1950, I was for all practical purposes just as professional as some of the musicians – probably prepared more so than most musicians, let’s say, that were out there. I could read, I could play – I was still having a little trouble with my changes and everything, but I could play.

So I graduated, as I said, in 1950 from DuSable, playing clarinet, saxophone, bassoon, and violin. OK, I got a scholarship to Florida A&M, in Tallahassee, Florida, for bassoon, not violin, not clarinet. So when I got there – that was in 1950 – I stayed there a year, and because it was the first time I was away from home, and because of my general scholastic (how do you say it?), scholastic ambition, scholastic aptitude, which was low, I flunked out. In a year, you know. I flunked out, I got bad grades. So what happened, they flunked me out and so from 1951 to 1956 I was kinda like out of it in Chicago. I sort of like . . . played like Charlie Parker as much as possible, and acted like him, if you know what I mean. Which I don’t necessarily want to go into, because the story has been told many times, right? No big thing, just say that, you know? From 1951 to 1956 . . . which, incidentally, I picked up . . . all of this stuff I picked up in high school. This is the worst part about high school, I picked it up – which I daresay, that’s still goin’ down in Chicago right now. Most of the students are fine till they get to high school, and then they become ruined.

P: Then maybe we could talk about things in the musical scene in Chicago at this time. This was a time when there were many clubs in Chicago . . .

J: Oh, yeah!

P: . . . when the scene in Chicago was almost as active, say, as it is in New York today. So maybe you can talk about that.

J: Oh yeah. Those were the days when, like, the big giants were like Nicky Hill and . . Richard Abrams was a giant; he wasn’t Muhal then, he was Richard Abrams. Most of the guys . . there were a lot of guys comin’ up from St. Louis too. Not St. Louis, guys from Memphis, lot of . . . Chicago was gettin’ people from, like, Memphis, all around, you know, Mississippi. Guys’d come to Chicago, ‘cause that was the place, that was the nearest thing to New York in those days, man, they was comin’ from everywhere, playin’ there man, you know. Oh, and then Bird was coming there regularly, that was one of his stopovers, when he got there he played everywhere. I mean, I’ve seen Bird play . . oh, any number of times. 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 12, 15 times. It was a regular diet with me, Bird was. I was getting in all these clubs when I was only 17, 18, and 19, but I was somehow up in my . . . try to make myself look as old as possible, so I could lay in there. Plus the fact that he played dances at the Pershing Ballroom, which, you know, was a dance hall, and we went there and danced to Bird. So when I came up, Bird was my . . . like, I was a bobbysoxer on the Bird, I danced to Bird! All the stuff, I danced to it. Of course, I either danced, or I didn’t. It became a policy with me though, eventually, when I went to see Bird I didn’t dance at all. I would listen.

In Chicago then, the biggest, the top Bird-man was Henry Pryor, they called him Hen-Pie. He also played and acted like Bird. It was another guy – he ended up gettin’ killed by a night-watchman, stealin’ a typewriter out of a church, because he was actin’ like Bird, right. Elick Johnson, another great tenor player, was in the same group of guys at the same time. He also was hung up, you know, that was the same group. Uhh, I’ll never think of this red guy’s name – Blino? Anybody ever mention Blinko to you? Blinko? Pinko or Blinko? I think . . . played drums, a red guy, red-headed guy. He was bad! And he also – he died as a result of it. Also this other guy was in Chicago, he was also just a great drummer, Ike Day. He was the guy that was . . he was the older guy in town, just shakin’ up everybody who’d come through there, you know. He was a known . . . Max Roach . . . I saw Max Roach get off the drums and listen to him play. Ike Day, I mean. Then, Wilbur Ware was around there, playing. Oh, man! Johnny Griffin was playing, but Johnny . . . yeah, Johnny was playing at McKie’s dance hall, he was a big thing there. Johnny Griffin was a big star in Chicago. They used to have a picture of him, it was a famous picture of him, a whole picture, you know, with his whole side. He had a little suit, you know, had a little band uniform, it was a light top and dark bottom. And I used to always admire that picture; I would always like to be like . . . I used to see that picture, and I used to say, “Oh, I wish I could be like him,” you know. I kind of identified with him, you know, ‘cause he was sort of a child musician like me, came up through the ranks, you know what I mean. But of course I never did get nothing like that, you know. And he was very famous in Chicago. He played . . . anytime he played, it was a sure thing, it was a sure winner. He was very . . . And the Parkway Ballroom was one of the top places, also the Pershing, and at the time the Platinum Lounge, and also there was another lounge up there, on 63rd St., called the Platinum, where all the local jazz players . . . Billy Green, Gene Ammons, Archie . . . Archie. . . – somebody will tell you about that name, Archie, nobody liked him, but he was a good tenor player.

P: I suppose the Freeman brothers were around?

J: The Freeman brothers. Oh yeah, George Freeman, man, who later I played with, man, incidentally. He was great. He was in this group too, that I was telling you about, with Hen-Pie. They played all together, with Blinko. There was a great group – Blinko, George Freeman, Hen-Pie, Elick Johnson – great group. Great, great, great group, man. In fact, you know . . . and then there was one of the groups which had Courtney Glenn, with his brother, they had great groups. In fact, man, Gene Ammons, I think, picked up his style of playing, how he formulated his music, from Courtney Glenn, I think. Because he came in town, and played with Courtney a little while, you know, and before you know it he was, you know, he had a format. I’m not saying that Ammons copied him, because that’s . . . he didn’t. Ammons always played like he played. I’m not saying . . . just saying he sorta like got a . . . Glenn was pretty well together, you know, he was the kind of musician that could influence anybody, and I think he influenced Gene Ammons a lot, you know, how he organized his music. And all that was happening, was going on.

And all these guys I’ve mentioned, man, except for a few, like maybe Courtney Glenn, were acting like Bird. All of them, man, everybody, just about everybody. In fact, every day. . .there wasn’t a day went by that we would find out new guys of great intellect, or great notoriety around the neighborhood for some good cause, who were being struck down by this disease, every day! Some of the cream of the crop was being struck, you know, and everybody’d – “Oh, he’s on the kit”, that’s what they used to say, “He’s on the kit.” And all these guys in high school, man, some of them died. I had one friend, Lawrence Morton, who died. Also I can name a lot of other great . . he was a great musician. If he’d have lived, he’d have been a great musician. A lot of guys I could just name who have died . . . one great player, his name was Byron. He died – one of Captain Dyett’s proteges, before Richard Davis, bass player, he died. His name was Byron, or something like that – I can’t think of his name, but I think you’ve heard it. Man, he was great, he died of T.B. He just – whoofft – shrunk up. Richard Davis could tell you about him. Richard Davis, incidentally, was the top man, bass player by then, everybody knew that he was goin’ to be great, because he was playing the little symphony of the orchestra training ground for the Chicago Symphony Orchestra. Plus, he was great enough to play with the Symphony, but he was black, and that’s why he didn’t. That was generally what was going on. Like I said, during those years ’51 to ’55 I was in it, that was all I was . . . I was really into it. I think my people didn’t think that I was going to make it. I daresay that nobody thought I was going to make it. You know.

P: So around 1956, then, since you referred to that period… 1956 must have been a momentous time in your life.

J: Oh, yes, yes it was, momentous. I was at my wit’s end, and I moved out of Chicago, on my own, and went back to school, went to Florida A&M. By that time I said, you know, I just thought about that . . . that was the only . . . in 1956, my only escape was Florida A&M. That was the only place I knew that I could go, and sort of matriculate, some kind of way. So that’s what I decided to do, in 1956, around August. Cut out of Chicago (claps), left, and went to Florida A&M. Hit the campus, and . . . the reason why I went there, I had homeboys that were living there. I mean, I had Chicago friends of mine who were there. They were telling me to come on down there because they had this fabulous string teacher down there. Violin. “You used to play the violin, Leroy” – that’s what they were saying – “why don’t you come down here and try to get back on it again?” So I did. Incidentally, through all those years, between ’51 and ’57, I managed to play the violin occasionally. I didn’t completely give it up. I think one reason why I didn’t was because it was one of the instruments I couldn’t pawn, ‘cause they weren’t accepting violins, in those days. Especially the kind I could afford then, you know, it was just store-bought.

P: How long were you in Florida?

J: Oh, I’d say . . . when I went back, I was there from 1956 to 1961. I graduated. The day I met the teacher who put me on the road to play the violin. His name was Bruce Hayden. That’s the period in my life. There I lived, on my own mostly . . . that’s the first time I left and was completely on my own. You know, I had to deal with my own resources, and the only thing that I had at the time was a musical ability. So what I did, when I got to Florida A&M, I was introduced to Bruce Hayden by one of my friends, who by now was teaching school – he had graduated, he stayed in school from ‘51, in ‘50 rather, and he had graduated, he was teaching, he was there doing the summer school when I showed up – he introduced me to Bruce, ‘cause they was running together. Bruce and I were only . . . oh, about three years difference, he was three years, four years older than I was. Show you where he was.

So when I went back to college, I was 26, so I was quite old, for college . . except not in those days, ‘cause they had a lot of Korean veterans, and so forth, and before that were World War II veterans, so colleges were sort of used to the older guys. I would say that in those days, there was quite a majority – not a majority – but there was quite a few older guys in college, most of them on the G.I. Bill. So I went back, and auditioned for Bruce Hayden. Played a piece called “Thais”, a meditation called “Thais”, by Massenet. I played miserably, (laughs) but he, way deep down in the muck, could see that there was something there. So he said “Yeah, of course.” So we started in, we started man. I started practicing, you know, I started practicing right away, for eight hours, trying to get myself together. Took me a hard . . . it was a long time trying to settle back into it. It was like a whole new rejuvenation period. It was the only thing I had to do though. I had to do it. Nothing else for me to do. I mean, I was there, trying to make my way into the school without any money, nothing. I mean, I’m trying to rope off a college education with nothing, right, but my little talent. So I had to get in shape. And the real reason, though, I got the scholarship was Dr. Foster, who was the head of the music department, remembered me as a bassoonist, right. So he, of course, let Bruce give me a college scholarship because he was going to use me in the concert band, ‘cause he needed a bassoonist. So that’s one reason why I really got it, because I played bassoon, and because Captain – not Captain Dyett, it was Doctor Foster, Dr. William P. Foster, Florida A&M, who’s still there now, incidentally – he . . . so I got the scholarship.

So I started off, in 1956, and scuffled around there, and practiced, went through some changes, and in 1957 . . . I practiced all of 1956, and got a little insight into the violin. But at that time, all I did was find out that I had to get me a violin, so I went home that summer, back to Chicago to work. Of course I went back, and I came back in September, in order to find Bruce. I wanted to come to New York, and play. Because he was a jazz violinist himself. So anyway, he came to New York, so when I got back there he wasn’t there, then I came to New York, in 1957, with him, which was a bad mistake. ‘Cause I was still out of it, I couldn’t play, still. Not yet, not the violin anyway. The saxophone, of course I wasn’t good enough to earn any money.

In the meantime I had met Ernie Henry. What happened, I came to New York, and he was the first guy I saw. He was a friend of mine, who had just graduated from Florida A&M, and that’s one of the reasons why I went to New York. He was living in East Orange, N.J. So I was asking him about letting me stay with him. I went back to school that September, found out Bruce had decided to move to New York, then I figured, “Why should I be here?”, ‘cause I’m not interested in nothing but playing the violin! So I left. I went to New York. Thought maybe . . . so, like I said, when I got there, Russell Coleman, a friend of mine was there, he came to pick me up. He was going to come and pick me up. So he told me to meet him in front of Birdland. That was the only place he figured I’d probably know how to find. So I was standing in front of Birdland and who comes out but Ernie Henry, the alto player. He said, “Hey, Lee, you remember me?”, you know, because I had met him. I had my violin under my arm. He said, “ What you got there?” – when he knew me, I was playing alto. And at one time or another, I was in a band with him – I missed that episode – it was about a month or two. And I played some of his arrangements in a big band, you know, I played third alto behind him. It wasn’t a big thing, you know.

So anyway, so he said, “How you doing, man? What’s happening? You just come to New York?” I said, “Yeah, I’m just coming to New York.” He said, “Oh, man, that’s great.” He said, “What’s that you got?” I said, “Violin.” He said, “Violin?”, you know. “Yeah”. So he said “Hmm”, you know. So by that time here comes Diz, comin’ out, he was playing with his big band. So Diz came out, he said, “Hey, Diz, I want you to meet a cat.” Diz was lookin’ at . . talking to some lady, or something, I think, at the time, you know – maybe I shouldn’t say that, but anyway, he was – and I could imagine, I could dig it. So when Ernie said, “Hey, Diz!”, I figured . . . I wanted to tell Ernie, “No, that’s all right”, you know, ‘cause I could see he was busy, you know, he didn’t come out to meet me. But anyway, Diz came over – I never will forget it – he came over and says, “Hey man, I want you to meet LeRoy.” He said, “Hey, LeRoy”, that was it. (laughs) I don’t even believe he remembers it, to this day, you know, it was just that quick.

So that was my introduction to New York. I think that’s about the biggest success I made during the year that I was there. Because I really got completely out of it up here. So what happened is that so did Bruce. He got hooked up with a group called String Jazz Quartet – Vinnie Burke, Calo Scott was playing cello, he was playing violin, and a guy named Bobby Grillo was playing guitar. And they was a group, you know, and they had a string concept. But they didn’t make it, plus the fact that violins . . . I guess it wasn’t his day, or something. He just didn’t feel like he could make it, plus a lot of other things happened to him. So, anyway, he decided to go back, for the next year, back to Florida A&M. He came by my house, to get me, and I threw all my stuff in his car, and we drove from New York to Tallahassee back. He got his job back and of course, Dr. Foster didn’t want to give me back my scholarship because I’d missed a year, and the way I did, you know. So that was all right, by that time Bruce and I was tight, so what he did was say, “Well, that’s O.K., you just sign up for school.” He borrowed some money, being a teacher – we were tight, he borrowed money. He got me in school. And I was his assistant always – kept the place clean, answered the phone, and used the studio as a practice room, you know. And sometimes I slept there, when I couldn’t find a place, ‘cause I wasn’t really a student that lived in a dormitory. I never did, from ‘56 . . the first year I was there I lived in a dormitory, but after that I never did, I mean, I couldn’t deal with dormitories. So you can see how I was living, you know. So sometimes, especially when I came back, I didn’t have a place right away, so I had to stay in the studio. So we got ourselves together, like I said, he had a teaching job, and in those days – it wasn’t a lot of money, but I imagine he was making $6500, which wasn’t bad for a guy who had been made single, recently. You know, it wasn’t too bad.

So anyway, I went back there, and that’s when I really got it together. I mean, I really did some sawing now. I’d been in New York, I’d found out how low on the totem pole I really was, and that all I was was talented, at the most. So that’s when I really got serious. So from ‘57, ‘58, ‘59, ‘60, I practiced 8 hours a day. That’s all I did, I became a hermit. You know, I used to be . . in fact I still haven’t ever got away from that. I didn’t do nothing but try playing. In fact, some of the people . . . I remember a lot of the people were really concerned about it, because I kind of got . . . I mean, I was always a social-type guy, but I got anti-social. I didn’t do nothing but just . . and also, I got on peoples’ nerves, you know what I mean? I would just practice so much until people . . . I just got on peoples’ nerves, generally, got on their nerves. Not because I was playing so bad, just that I got on their nerves being so, practicing so hard.

So by that time, Bruce quit. He was frustrated, he wanted to play. He never did want to teach. Actually, he wasn’t that good of a teacher. He was just . . he was a great inspiration for me. He just played well. He was the most perfect musician I ever met. You know he played . . he had perfect pitch, he had a master’s degree, he studied at a private . . . you know, raised up in a white community. He was middle class. His father was a postman in a small town, like Champaign, Il. So you can imagine, he was raised up in a fine education, musically. He knew everything. Oh, he was just great. Played bass, piano, saxophone, violin, like he was . . we were a lot alike. Only thing about it was he had credentials, I didn’t. But basically speaking, I played about the same instruments that he did, and that’s what he liked about me. He liked me. We really hit it off. And the fact that I’d been playing so long . . . you know, he associated with me, because . . . like I said, I’ve always gotten my in on musicians because I’ve always been a musician. So it’s very easy for me to meet a musician, because I can go back on him, you know, a long time. And it was like that with him. So he kind of identified with me. ‘Cause he couldn’t identify with nobody on that campus like that. Even when I knew I wasn’t as good as some of those guys were, he said I was, ‘cause he could see it in me. He just figured I hadn’t done anything with it. So it was that kind of an association we had, it was a teacher thing, and I respected him, but not so much – we hung out together, drank together, you know. Lived together for a little while – he bought a farm and we lived together . . . practiced out there, and we cut wood . . . he liked to do physical things, you know what I mean? I didn’t like it too much. On top of that, he was a country boy, and I was a city boy. It was a very good mix, you know, so he liked that. I liked the fact that he was a country boy, and he liked the fact that I was a city boy. And, oh, he had a lot to do with my life. I was gigging . . after a while, I started gigging my saxophone. That’s how I made my money. I was playing rhythm-and-blues – “Caledonia”, “Harlem Nocturne” (de dum, de dum, de dum) – you know, those kind of tunes.

P: A lot of these things were going around the South at this time.

J: Yeah, the South, yeah, that’s the only way you could make some money in those days, in the South, was to play rhythm-and-blues. So I was playing all the tunes that were popular in those days. I knew them all.

P: So these four years were a real time of learning for you . . .

J: Oh, yeah.

P: What did you do after you graduated, in ‘61, did you go back to Chicago?

J: No, I went to Mobile. What happened was, in ‘61 . . by the time I got to 1961, so many things happened to me, ‘til I was . . . financially, man, I was like, at the end of my rope. I mean, I didn’t have no credit, people would see me, they were running the other way because I was borrowing so much money, man, I was really in bad shape. And there was only one person on that whole campus that I could borrow money from in 1961. When I graduated . . I didn’t even graduate from my class, because first of all, I didn’t have no money, second of all, the reason why I didn’t graduate on time, was because of some misunderstanding, I got flunked out – I had all kinds of hard luck all the time, man. I got flunked out on my graduation day, and I had to wait around and graduate that summer, just to take one music class. You know, that’s what made it so hurtin’, it was involving music. But I kind of deserved it, because I was . . . it wasn’t a music class, really, it was a scholastic class, an education class in music, and those kind of things always turned me off, so in a way, even though . . . it was a lot my fault, too, as I look at it now. I used to blame the teacher for doing that to me, but I think that if I had taken care of business that probably wouldn’t have happened. So I’ll admit that, you know. But, anyway, I had to mess around and graduate during that summer, and by then, man, I was really broke, because I had to wait around. I was broke as it was, graduating in January, but having to go to this class and wait around there for another summer, I was really broke.

So what I did was I moved on down to Miami, which I had been doing a lot anyway, moving back and forth between Miami . . and I lived down there during the semester. During the four years that I was in school, I dropped out again, and went to Miami, and worked around Miami for a little while. In the meantime I got married, had a wife, had a little kid, all during that time, during the four years of school. And I went from Miami (inaudible) the only other place that I was doing anything was in Chicago at that time. Actually I was in Florida, I was basically a Floridian from 1956 until 1961, or a Seminole, let’s even say. I went back to Chicago maybe twice – I didn’t stay no time. In fact, during the heyday of Chicago, during the time when some of these guys that I know now were goin’ down and getting, really getting into their thing, I wasn’t there. When they were doing the same thing I was doing, I wasn’t there in Chicago. In other words, a lot of the guys I missed out on in that period in Chicago. I don’t know what’s happened in Chicago between those years. I lost entire contact.

So anyway, I went to the Chaplain, who I played a lot for, because eventually, I got my scholarship – as I learned more in college, my scholarship was based more on, they called it “entertainment scholarship”. And I was, so . . . they paid me to go to school, just to play on important concerts, or play for the President, or the school for different social activities. That’s what my job was – I was getting paid for it eventually. So this wasn’t . . . varied . . about $40/month, and that $40, I used to just . . . I couldn’t even touch it. Every time I touched that $40 a month, that would mess me up – I had to give that $40 up to rent, right away, bam, and that was what usually I would do. And if I ever did spend, which I did a lot, every time I messed with the money, in most cases I would mess up with my landlady for long periods of time (laughs). But that’s what that $40 was about. And over that, I had to make money, you know, gigging. Anyway, like I said, I graduated in ‘61 and I . . . oh yeah, I was thinking about coming to New York again.

Well, Dr. Foster caught me the day after rehearsal. He said he had been knowing me now since 1950 – I guess he felt “I’ve got to tell this fool something, for his own good.” So he said, “Come to my office. I want to talk to you.” So he asked me when I came to the office, he asked, “What you going to do?” I said, “I’m going to New York.” He said, “You’re going to New York”, he said, “What are you going to do in New York?” Well by that time I could play, so I figured I wanted to go. He said, “You won’t make it. You won’t make in New York.” He said, “When you go to New York, you got at least to have a little money. What are you gonna do?” So I didn’t know, I thought about it for a few minutes. He said, “I’ll tell you what, I got a job.” I guess he wanted to talk me out of that first, because he told me now he had a job, a string job, in Mobile, Alabama. So it ended up I took the job. He said, “You go ahead and get the job.” He recommended me for it, and when he recommended it, I said, “I got the job”, right there, even though I hadn’t made any sign . . . I hadn’t even talked to anybody! But I knew I had a job, ‘cause he told me, right?

Now the next step was how to get there, because I had had no money, and like I said, my credit was very bad. I was getting ready . . . I was out on the streets then. I was living in a place that was abandoned. But it wasn’t abandoned like it is in New York, different kind of abandoned, it was a students’ . . some people . . . some students’ crib that they had moved . . . they were gone for the summer, right? So I was living, crashing at somebody’s house. That’s how I was. So anyway, I went to the chaplain, he loaned me, one-way, $9 . . $10 – made it even. I remember that. I told him how much it was, $9, so he gave me ten, hah-hah. Which wasn’t much over. And fortunately, I met a friend of mine who was from Mobile, who was in the band, played baritone, and fortunately, he came from a rich family, and fortunately, when I got there, the first guy I called was him. And when I got there, his family made me very welcome, and it was great, I had a room and everything. It was really beautiful. And I must say that they helped me get straight. They had enough good will to put me into the swing of Mobile. They put me in . . . you know, they were all nice. He had a sister, his father . . . they owned a grocery business, they were in oil. Small-time oil, you know. Pretty rich for blacks in Mobile. They lived in Pritchett, that’s where I lived, and they got me together, and I found a place, then I sent for Estelle, my wife.

P: So at this time you got a teaching job in Mobile.

J: I was teaching for the Mobile County School Board, and I was the coordinator for string instruments for the colored schools in Mobile, which in 1961 was segregated, to say the least, in the school system. I had 13 schools, and I went to about 3 schools a day. Sometimes I didn’t get to but one school a week, because you could see the defeatist attitude that was happening. Now I was made responsible to fill out the schedule, and do everything to set the whole thing up, which I must say I wasn’t too good at. Somehow or another, just through pure energy and hard work, I did it, you know, and after the first year, I organized a pretty large string band down there, and made a great success, really, a success story in Mobile. I also . .

The first thing I did when I got there was to play a violin solo, piano accompaniment. They had a big teachers’ meeting when I first got there. That was the first thing I was supposed to do. And I rehearsed one of the better piano players in Mobile, and we played (inaudible), the same piece Riley played. And I remember that I didn’t know who I was going to be playing for, but we rehearsed it. And on the first day of school, they don’t have actual school, what they do is have a big teachers’ meeting, to welcome all the teachers back. And that’s around 400-500 teachers. Oh, it’s a big place, it’s crowded, loaded down. So I had to play, after a lot of preliminaries, you know, speeches, and all that kind of stuff, and because the piano was on the floor, then I wanted to play on the floor, because I had noticed that some of the, uh, people that played had . . there was a singer up there. So she got up on the stage, and sung through the microphone, and the pianist was downstairs on the floor. And I thought that was very bad, ‘cause you see, it cut away the feeling for each other, so I said, well, I was going to play downstairs, you know, because I didn’t use microphones that much anyway. So I played downstairs, I was level with about 500 people, I wasn’t on top of them, I was level with them. I stood up, just a little over them. And I played the (inaudible), and they loved it, man. I never heard them applaud that strong and that loud in my life. I remember, I thought to myself how made it I was, behind that.

Well, anyway, I played that, and I proceeded to go and play at every school I was supposed to play, and afterwards would come back to organize a class. The first thing would be the introduction, when I’d go to the school and play a concert, do a couple of numbers, you know, and then come back to the school another day and organize the class. I would make an announcement that all people that wanted to play, I’d be back on a certain day, in a certain room. And we’d start there, right, that’s how we did that. O.K., in the meantime, as far as my career, I still wanted to play – I still wanted to play, believe me. When I went there, I still was going with the idea that I eventually was going to play. So what I did, is that I got a job with a group called Beaux Arts League, which was a classical-type organization that sponsored me in a concert. And . . . no, there was another concert before, that was at a church, some church presented me in a concert, at one of the more proper churches there, you know. And I played, and it was packed, and I played a big, long. . .one of my longer concerts. I think I started off with some of Bach’s unaccompanied sonatas, and then I went into maybe the Bruch Concerto, maybe ended up with something like . . some small pieces like the Kreisler pieces or Chant (inaudible), or (inaudible), in Allegro, or something like that. Then there probably was a concerto, I played Bruch Concerto, or, you know, one of those concertos. That’s how they usually . . you play a sonata, a concerto, and then end up with some small pieces, right? So I did that, and it was great, great, crowded and everything, they made money and everything.

So then this Beaux Arts League presented me. And the night that they presented me, I decided to go into a little jazz at the end of the program, so I hired a bass player, a piano, and a drummer, for the second half, right? But only ten people showed up at the concert, and they lost money. That was also a message to me, that the people didn’t really dig this kind of music, ‘cause see, they didn’t know. . .they thought I was going to play the same kind of program I played at the church. They didn’t know I was going to branch off, even though my jazz wasn’t all that good at the time, you know. Because I had mostly played jazz on the saxophone.

Well, see, what happened is that when I graduated from high school – I mean from college – when I got my degree, I sold my saxophone, I gave it up, I said I wasn’t going to play it any more. I misused it. From now on I’ve got to become known as a violinist. So when I graduated, for all practical purposes, from ’61, I also made a vow that I wouldn’t be nothing but a violinist no more, no saxophones, no sideline stuff, I don’t need it. I did it to get through school, but after this, that will be it. O.K., I found out, behind these people not showing up for this concert, that what I got to do is relate to the people, if I want them to come and hear me. So I proceeded immediately to start studying under a guy named Pratt, who was a saxophone player and a band director. But at night he played at the taverns, he had him a band, he had a rhythm section, he had a four-piece group, quartet, you know, he played tenor, soprano, he played like Coltrane. He knew all the tunes, and he was a bebop musician for all practical purposes. And I started to play with him, and I learned. And by the time I had been in Mobile four years, I would say that when I got . . in 1964, when I left, because of all kinds of frustrations . . that I was a pretty good jazz player, violin. Because I had played, I got so that I was either having gigs, or playing with Pratt a lot, or I got to be on the jazz scene in Mobile, as small as it was, I was on it.

So in 1964, I knew a lot of tunes. I was playing tunes, the blues and everything, on the violin, and when I went to Chicago, I started to work around, playing with different people around Chicago that would have me play. I must admit that I was fired a lot of times when I got back to Chicago, because most of the places didn’t want a violin player, plus they didn’t like the sound, plus, I must say, I wasn’t playing as well as I could have. I think I didn’t have enough variety going, something or other. Anyway, I don’t think I was up to par, because I think when you’re up to par, nobody’s going to fire you. They’ll keep you. Anyway, the guys fired me, and it wasn’t the band, they fired me. The guys, they would specifically say, “Get rid of that violinist.” In fact, Steve McCall was on one of the gigs, backing a singer, and I came in and played – Steve offered me to come in and play – and I played, and the guy said . . the proprietor asked Steve to tell me to get off the stand. Steve McCall wanted to quit on account of that, Steve didn’t like that. He said the guy didn’t show me the proper respect, heh-heh, right? But it was the guy’s place, he could do what he wanted.

P: We’re taking a jump here – one second we’re talking about Mobile, and the next you’re back in Chicago. How did you come back to Chicago?

J: Actually what happened was, uh, I came back to Chicago in 1964, after four years in Mobile . . 1965, OK. I started in Mobile in September, I left in June of ’65, no ’64. And I think it was around four years that I was there, and came back to Chicago. During that time that I just told you about – that Steve incident – I was playing around. I hadn’t met the AACM, or none of those guys. I was just playing different little . . . different guys, I can’t remember their names, you know, different experiences. Most of the guys I was playing with, they were trying, they were looking for something new. A new sound, most of them. Played with one guy, had a set of drums that were different. They were looking for a new sound, so I was going along with anybody. I was trying to find my way, you know. At that time I was for the most part nothing but a good player. I didn’t have any directions, you know, that much. I was a good teacher, so eventually, I had to get a job teaching school in Chicago, which I did. I was working the ESEA program there as an instrumental instructor, itinerant, which means I was teaching three schools there, a week, three schools a week. And it was a program that the federal government sponsored at that time. Stubblefield belonged to it too, he taught in it, too, and he . . . Anyway, one night, Bruce and I were invited to a concert by Muhal Richard Abrams. What happened, Bruce had made a gig with Muhal, and Bruce came back and told me about this guy Richard Abrams, and I said, “Oh yeah, I know him.” He said, well, he had been invited to a concert and he wanted me to go with him, because they was playin’ some new kind of stuff.

P: Bruce Hayden had come back to Chicago?

J: Yeah, he came to Chicago and lived too. He . . . we decided he was going to come to Chicago, and he’d been through some changes, so he decided he’d come to Chicago, and get on the Chicago scene too. He was a midwestern guy, and that would be the first place for him to do it too. So anyway, like I said, he got around . . . in fact, he was gigging more than I was, because he was great. He was playing with Eddie Harris for a little while. In fact I got introduced to him… Well, of course, I know Eddie Harris, we went to school together too, he’s another Captain Dyett alumni. Anyway, so we was at a church, called the St. John’s Church. We went there and Roscoe Mitchell had a big band. They had practically the whole AACM playing in it. But they had it together, man.

Well, let me give you some background on it. Before that, I had gone to the first Down Beat Jazz Festival in Chicago, and John Coltrane was on there, right? Now, at the time, I was listening to John Coltrane and the style I was used to was his album, his ballad album, his “Giant Steps” album, that’s what I was used to. Well, on this concert, Down Beat concert, man, he, and Archie Shepp, and his regular band went out. They played terribly, which I think they still do, did. You know, they was supposed to be playing out, they were just playing, “AAAHOOOH”, screamin’, you know, Archie and Trane, and it was awful. I had my wife with me, and I was always the expert around her about jazz, and this and that, you know, and Trane and them sounded so bad – which I still say, they still sounded bad today, but I said that already – she . . . you know, I was really drug, man, I was really drug that Trane did something like that. I thought he was going out of his mind. I thought maybe he was losing his mind, you know. So anyway, he . . . so I remember Estelle asking me, “Was that jazz?” And I told her I didn’t know. And I was really drug, man, behind it, I should know whether that was jazz or not. I guess I was drug because I didn’t know what was happening. I didn’t believe that anybody would get up there and do that kind of thing, man. Whatever were they trying to prove, man, I mean what was happening? I mean, I was really messed up, man. Can you imagine? I dug Trane, because at that time, I was into Trane. From Mobile on, I was into Coltrane. Mostly in my college days, I was into Sonny Rollins, that was my man, but, uh, behind Pratt and a lot of other people, Trane was my man for quite some time, see. So if you can imagine, after hearing all of this from Trane, I was . . . you know how I must have felt. So anyway, before that, I had never heard anything like that until I heard what Roscoe and them were doing. Then I reverted back to what Trane was doing, but then I understood it. I figured that Roscoe and them seemed to know more about what they were doing than Trane was, that’s what I surmised.

P: They had some sort of structure . . .

J: Yeah!

P: . . . and you thought Trane was groping for a structure?

J: Yeah, I figured that Trane was groping, he wasn’t . . . Trane’s playing didn’t have no structure at all at that time. Nothin’, he was just blowing, just the kind of stuff that some of those old jams, some of those old “new music” sides sound like. Cacophony, some of those ESP things, ESP sides, just out of it. You know, that’s the way it sounded to me. In fact, I was repulsed by the music at the time, and in fact, it took me a long time to get used to it, because there were so many guys around there who just didn’t know how to play, it was hard for me to separate the guys that could play from the ones that couldn’t. That’s what this music did, I think, like all new music. Well, I don’t think when Bird came in – except the alto players jumped up there and tried to sound like him, that was a bad thing…

I don’t think at any other time was mediocrity so represented into this kind of music than the era of Cecil Taylor, Ornette Coleman, brought in this music . . . Albert Ayler… There was a whole lot of guys who were playing music, that really didn’t know, I mean, didn’t have the background in music, you know, they just jumped up because they heard guys hootin’ and hollerin’, and they thought they could get away with it, you know what I mean? Now I’m saying any of the guys that I named, because I feel that most of the guys that I named, that they served the purpose of history. I don’t think they just jumped up and started playing, the guys like Albert Ayler, Cecil Taylor, and Ornette, you know, those guys. I named them because they were the stars of the school. But I’m not saying when I say that they weren’t prepared, musically, because they were, these guys. But some of the other ones that I didn’t name – I just wanted to clear that up, because they were definitely representative of music. But they just . . . in order for this music to get some kind of representation, I feel that they had to do what . . . they had to be angry. It was the times, they were supposed to split out from the normal kind of accepted thing, and go into some cacophony, if you please, if you want to call it that. But they had to do that to be . . . in other words, if they hadn’t done it, nobody would have paid any attention, nobody would have said, “what is that?” So I would think that this is how the music was really ushered in, was through that big noise, I call it “the big noise”. So . . . but the “big noise” was under control with the AACM, the first time I heard it. And even before then, I heard . . . uh, I had a record of Ornette’s when I was going to school at Florida A&M, and I heard him because an alto player named (inaudible) let me hear him. And I said, “Aah, he’s all right”, you know. Then, again in Mobile, another guy who was another alto player who was influential gave me, told me to buy a record, his double-quartet record. I gave it away. So there is a little something there too.

P: The time of Coltrane’s concert was about July, 1965, and the AACM was formed right at this time.

J: Around that time. Before then they had been getting together, I believe. They just weren’t chartered.

P: Did you have any associations with these people at that time?

J: No, no, no, I didn’t have associations with any of them then.

P: Then let’s talk about your initial associations with the AACM, where we were before the digression.

J: Yeah, we were right there before, when I was talking about Roscoe Mitchell’s concert. OK, I heard him, man, so I . . . We heard the first set, and Bruce and I went outside. We were upset; again I was upset. This time, I wasn’t upset with Trane, I was upset because here’s something that was going on that was beautiful, and I wanted to go into it, but it looked like something that I really didn’t know anything about. Here I gotta go again, now here I go again, got to get back into some hard studying, after all this other studying I’d been doing, you know. I’d always been put in the position of protecting my stuff that I had worked hard for already. Here I am again in the same position. So I immediately hit on Muhal about when they have meetings, and he told me they had them at Lincoln Center, back to the same Lincoln Center that I told you about, right, in 1965, not in 1946 or 1947. So I went the first time, they were holding them in the basement, and they were . . . Muhal was playing a composition, was getting a composition for the Big Band together, and they had no music. It was just ideas that Muhal was giving them. And they were doing it. I asked them to play, but Muhal said I would have to come three times before I could play, so I came the first time and listened, saw how he was doing it. And the second time I came, I put my instrument in the trunk of my car, and as I was walking in – and I had the feeling, hey, I’m just going to hit on him – I hit on him, and he said “OK”, you know, and on the second time, I started rehearsing with them. Muhal was doing the same thing. And on that day, I had . . . on the day that I really played, Joseph Jarman was there, Roscoe Mitchell was there, the basses, it was . . . Charles Clark was playing bass, and also . . . what was his name? – he used to play with Leo when we were in Germany . . . anyway he was playing bass, too, and trombone . . .

P: Lester Lashley?

J: Lester Lashley. John Jackson, Steve McCall was on drums, Pete Cosey was playing guitar, Kalaparusha was playing tenor. That was the instrumentation of what was going on. In other words, whatever was happening on any given day, that was the AACM. That day I was there, that was AACM. That’s the way we looked at it, whoever was there, that was the AACM, out of all the names that you know about. Now when I joined, at that time, Anthony wasn’t even a member, nor Leo . . you know, when I joined, neither one. But Braxton knew them, everybody in there, very well, except maybe Muhal . . maybe even Muhal, I don’t know. Roscoe and Joseph, and all those guys, they all knew each other for a pretty good while, they knew each other.

So I would say, on the fourth rehearsal – ‘cause after that, I started coming back – about the fifth rehearsal, Braxton came back from the Army, and he came down there and was playing. And he joined up, so that meant he came in. And after that, Leo Smith came from Mississippi, and he joined, know what I mean? And at that time it was weird, but, uh . . Anyway, I got a couple of jobs with the Art Ensemble, I was playing with the Art Ensemble for a little while, on some concerts. Then Braxton came to me and asked me would I play with him. Finally, me and Braxton got together and played, me, him, and Thurman Barker, who was the other drummer at the first time, too, Thurman Barker, and Charles Clark – we had a group, and we was playing Monday night sessions up on 74th, and we was packin’ ‘em in, man. We had a good group. And then eventually, we got Leo. He became a member of the group, so after that we fluctuated between quartet, quintet, and trio.

P: What type of compositions were you doing?

J: Most of them were Anthony’s, I must say. He was doing most of them at the time. No, all of us were . . . actually, that’s not true, all of us were. We started right away, writing the music, each of us. It was all . . . it was music based on the AACM so-called “free-form”. It wasn’t based on any changes.

P: Was Braxton using similar concepts to what he’s currently using?

J: Basically, yes. I guess all of us were getting around to what we’re doing now, together.

P: Perhaps now I could ask you to elaborate on some of the technically distinguishing characteristics of the new music at this time.

J: Well, I think the biggest thing about this new music was its extensive use of improvisation. And when I mean extensive, I mean more so than bebop, because improvisation here was built on motif alone, no changes, no key signature, sometimes no time signature, in fact no time signature at all. Mostly based on rhythm and melody, based . . as executed through improvisation, which is the main vehicle for this music. Textures – what I mean is that, uh, sometimes, see, that would define – like, you could say textures, well, you could compare that with changes, or let’s say you would compare textures with key signatures. Time . . would be feeling, what kind of feeling you want. That’s how we would say “time”. We might even use the word “bounce”, or “fast”, or “slow”, or “ballad” – we’d say those things like that. In other words, that was the key to how we would improvise, the motif, the texture, the feeling.

P: Now before this, you’d been trained basically in two idioms – in classical music, which involves strictly the interpretation of notated sounds, and in more conventional forms of jazz, in terms of changes, in terms of playing tunes, and so forth. This must have required a great readjustment in your thinking, in your perceptions of music.

J: Well, I’ll tell you what. Let’s say it did, but let me tell you why I think I was ready for it. One thing I noticed when I was playing regular jazz changes, and everything, is that I didn’t really get a chance to play beyond the first position of the violin. I didn’t get a chance to use the full range of the violin that I was able to use, let’s say, playing a concerto. Even though it wasn’t improvised, it still gave me an opportunity to hear the different varieties that the violin had to offer, you know, when you go from one part of the instrument to another – from the low to the top. And that’s something I couldn’t do very well with changes. I guess maybe I wasn’t facile enough, I don’t know, but I just had the feeling that I wasn’t able to get the sound of the violin because the changes, some of them sort of blocked me in. I sort of always was a little annoyed with regular jazz because of this.

So when I first saw how Muhal was getting some music together with the Big Band without the benefit of music, and using complete improvisation, I thought that was a good idea, because there I would be able to play things that I had never played before, in a sense – when I say play regular jazz things, you know. Because it wasn’t based on any kind of cliche, or any kind of change, or any kind of key, or any kind of tempo, and I was able to stretch out more, and have the feeling of stretching out more, of doing the things that I could actually do with the instrument as far as my knowledge would carry me. And that’s something I wasn’t doing with regular jazz, because all I was playing then, basically, was oh, four or five keys at the most – B-flat, E-flat, A-flat, G, and maybe a little D-flat. The basic keys to jazz was C, B-flat, F, E-flat, A-flat, G sometimes . . . you know, like that . . and this kind of music, not only could I use keys that I wanted to, the textures took me into so many areas of the instrument that I didn’t get a chance to use before, or even consider before.

I mean, when we start talking about improvisation in this kind of music, we’re talking about doing everything in our command, anything that we could practice up on. We could use it at any particular time that we think it’s feasible in a piece, and build up on some head or something. In other words, this music gives you a chance, an opportunity to create something beyond the head, based on what the head suggests to you – the head, what I mean, “motif”. This music . . . “textures” has a definition that is much more broad than the key of E-flat. Feeling is much more broad than, say, 3/4 time or 4/4 time, or 6/8 time, or 5/4 time, however interesting these times are. You can employ all these times if you want to. I don’t do it usually, but I’m saying it’s a possibility that you can throw in a measure of 5/4. But you can’t do it on changes, you’ve got to play 4/4, 3/4, or whatever they’re playing, you know, and if you play a 5/4, you run the risk of goofin’ off the whole thing, and in this music you don’t. I mean, that’s the difference. Of course it would be hard if you were used to playing bebop or changes all your life and really got to be very good, but I think that’s the difference between a real bebopper and a guy that is trying to switch over from playing bebop to this kind of music.

I think most of the guys that played bebop, and got to be very good at changes, it was very hard for them to move over to this kind of music. In fact, I daresay that there are very few guys that played changes very good that are playing this music, even very few that made the switch. Even Trane wasn’t able to do it successfully. He tried, but he wasn’t like . . . he did it, yeah, I think he was about the most successful that I know of, that made the switch. And that was because of the way he was, he was exceptional, all the way around, Trane was. But I daresay that he was the only musician that I know that was a thorough change man and was able to go into this music like he did. Oh yeah. And for all practical purposes, the rest of them couldn’t. I don’t think . . . I don’t know, though, but I don’t think Cecil Taylor ever played changes that much. I don’t think that Ornette played changes that much. I know that Roscoe, myself – I think that I maybe played a little more changes than Roscoe, but I got no more than the changes I learned in Mobile. In other words, I wasn’t on no hard set like New York or Chicago are doin’ it, like I am right here. I daresay any of the guys that’s famous for this kind of music could stand up to a guy like, say, George Coleman, or a cat like Clifford Jordan. I would never go and try to compare with Clifford Jordan on a set with tunes, never, because I couldn’t do it. And I don’t think, on the other hand, that he could compare with me on my thing. It’s just what we chose; it’s a matter of choosing what you want to do.

I chose to play this music, based on the definition that I have just given you, and that’s why . . and I’m trying to get good at it. In other words, I’m not straddling any fence. I don’t ever play . . . I mean, I practice a little changes now and then, at home, when I rehearse. But anyway, when you asked me was there any difference, I’m trying to give you the feeling of how different it . . . yes, it was different, but it was a matter of choice, and once you make your choice, then you go into it. And that’s what I did. And as a result, that’s what I play. And as a result, everything that I do is based on that. So I’m trying my best, right now, to make the music that I’m doing more feasible to peoples’ ears, every day, without “selling out”, as they say. That’s what I’m doing all the time, you know.

P: The two musicians in the AACM with whom you’re most closely associated, at least in terms of playing, were Anthony Braxton and Leo Smith. You had a trio with Braxton, Leo Smith, and yourself. Can you talk about the formation of that trio, and the concepts you were trying to elaborate in that situation? Even in the AACM, that was rather unusual instrumentation.

J: Oh, yeah, right, it certainly was. In fact, the group wasn’t very successful, as you might know, except that there was a lot gotten out of it between the three of us. We got . . I think, probably, we got more out of that group – the three of us – than anywhere, even AACM, maybe, as far as musical concepts were concerned, because the three of us were all very ambitious, musically speaking, and all of us were aspiring to be the best that we could, even aspiring as far as to say to be innovators. I mean, we really were, all three of us. There was no doubts about it. Of course Braxton was writing, I was writing, and Leo. We . . Braxton, who was a very clever young man, musically and otherwise, was mostly given the responsibility of being the leader of the band at that time, because he knew . . .people knew more about him than they did about Leo and myself. I think one reason is that they traditionally take a saxophone player over a violin player or even a trumpet player – it’s funny, how this jazz mentality . . that’s what the writers, for all practical purposes, were doing. Braxton played saxophone, and they could identify with what he was possibly doing, even though they might not know what he was doing — they could identify because he played saxophone.

The first album he did, that I know of, associated with the AACM, was Muhal’s record, Levels and Degrees of Light. All of us were on that. At the time that that record was made, Braxton and I were grooving together, and Leo, all three of us. That’s why, you know, and all of us . . . In fact, that’s what Muhal did. He took that group, and some guys from the Art Ensemble, out of his group, and put all of them together. Because at that time, those four groups and Kalaparusha, well, that was the nucleus of the AACM, those four or five groups, was the nucleus. So I would say that Braxton and myself and Leo were giving concerts, writing music, taking turns on who was going to write the music at each concert. At Lincoln Center we were giving them, and trying to get all the little gigs around. But I must say that the Art Ensemble was the top group as far as notoriety – everybody knew about them. And they knew about us, but we were sort of like . . . we had the feeling that we were number 2, that’s how we felt. We were always number 2, we were plagued by that number 2 spot. What happened is that the Art Ensemble, as you know, went to Europe, and when they got there, they were a hit, instant hit. Well, we had planned to go to Europe anyway, before even the Art Ensemble. In fact, a year before. But somehow or another, we couldn’t make it for reasons, you know, financially, or some whatever, we couldn’t make it. So . . . Art Ensemble, we felt, beat us, they beat us there, you know, and they really was doing fine, they got over there and was doing it.

So when we got there they were well-entrenched, and we were number 2. We gigged around there, but for the most part, people didn’t like us. They thought we were much more esoteric than the Art Ensemble – right – I guess because we didn’t have a drummer, we didn’t have one, it was just a trio, and we had no drummer. We were just playing our little, small instruments. I imagine we were a little different, but we did a lot of playing there. We played, made movies, played TV shows, concerts all over . . France, Germany. And we did quite a bit, you know, for the time we were there. But we were always plagued with being number 2. And I think that kind of hurt us a little. We felt bad about it, we did, there was maybe a little ego involved I would say. But so, along with that, and other things, we decided to break it up, in 1969, we were over there in Europe. By that time, Steve McCall had become a member . . actually, Steve McCall had become a member immediately after we arrived in Paris, so we didn’t . . .

P: So now you had a drummer.

J: We had a drummer, I forgot, it wasn’t a trio, it was a quartet when we got to Paris. And so when we left, we broke up again. We broke up, right? So I came to New York, Braxton went to Chicago, Leo went to Chicago, and me and Steve came back together. And I stayed with Steve’s sister for about, oh, a week, and then I came back to Chicago and stayed for about a month, then Braxton and myself came back here to New York, for the last time. And there . . Braxton and I met Ornette, and we stayed at his house.. . Ornette, I stayed at his house for three months. Braxton left, I think he went back to Europe, or either he went to . . he got on the road, he didn’t stay in New York. Got right on the road, he was out there. He was out there though.

P: Was this the beginning of your association with the J.C.O.A.?

J: Well, yeah. Not exactly. I didn’t really… What happened was a gig, really. They called me on a gig. Don Cherry was doing a thing – which one was it? – not the one I’m on now, his record; it was the one before that. It was a concert, it was a concert, right . . No, it wasn’t. I’ll tell you what. It wasn’t, as a matter of fact. Carla Bley was writing a tune called . . . anyway, she had been to India, she wrote a piece about it, and she used me and Calo in the string section – me and Calo and somebody else. Don Cherry was on it.

It’s all on the JCOA records, right now, under Carla Bley’s name. That was the first association. In the meantime, I was living up to Ornette, getting further and further into the music. I was writing, I started, I was really . . . By that time, I was very seriously into writing, thinking in terms of everything, you know, all prospects. And then, behind three months with Ornette, I even opened up more so, because I learned a lot of things that Ornette was pulling off that I hadn’t even thought of. He was doing things then that we hadn’t thought of. At that time, Ornette had a string quartet out. He was doing all kinds of things. He was really acting like a concert musician, the first so-called jazz musician, if you want, that I’ve ever seen acting like this, I mean the way he was constantly on it. So that opened up the feasibility of it. Before, we were doing it in Europe, and saying we wanted to do this, and blah, blah, but we didn’t even know that it was being done, really, until we met Ornette. And it was being done. He’d been doing all phases of it. So he had laid the groundwork already, in a lot of ways. The concept . . Considering that I was always behind time, in that most of these guys who were my contemporaries, they were all younger — Braxton’s 10 to 14 years younger than me. Leo’s at least 10 years. All, except for maybe Muhal – we’re around the same age. Most of these guys are younger.

So what happened, is that I had a mentality, so to speak, like my age, and I didn’t sort of believe what these young guys were doing, so even though I was with them all the time, I sort of didn’t believe in a way, because I thought, somehow, being a little older, you’re always a little less idealistic, know what I mean. I didn’t find out that it was really, really true that something could be done with this music, until I met Ornette, and found out how much he had done. Plus the fact how much money he had made, doing it, you know. He really opened up my eyes, not only to the fact that it could be done, but to some of the attitudes that must be taken in order for it to be done. I mean, he opened up my eyes about how to deal. In other words, he set me straight about how record companies really worked in such a way that I didn’t get hung up early, in my early New York stage. In other words, I didn’t go around to record companies and agents, and all that kind of stuff, trying to get gigs, because by that time, he had told me so many things about how they had treated him and how they had crooked him, and all that kind of stuff, that I didn’t want to have no part of it.

And then, around the time that I first came to New York, Albert Ayler ended up in the river. I was playing with Albert Ayler at that time; in fact I was going to be playing with him. He had offered me a gig, and the first gig I had played with him was in Springfield, Massachusetts, and that was a gig like, to sort of open up things. He came up to my house, and practiced with me for a couple of days, and then we went and played this gig in Springfield, Massachusetts, and we were getting ready to get into something. So I had gotten right away – this was after I had moved from Ornette, though. I had moved . . . I had stayed at Ornette’s over three months. I had moved, and by this time, Albert Ayler came in the picture. Then he ended up in the river, and from the general word of it, it had something to . . . somebody . . whoever did it, you know, we’ll never know to this day what happened, but he was did in by somebody in the music business, or something or ‘nother. So I thought “Wow!”, oh, I was really scared then, man. I didn’t want . . I really was, I didn’t want to have anything to do with it, because if somebody ended up in the river! Not me. So I really stayed away as much as possible.

Anyway, at the same time, I had ran . . I was living now with Kunle, his name was George Connelly, who owned a shop called Liberty House, at 345 Bleecker St., right across the street from Boomer’s. I lived upstairs over this shop, not Boomer’s — over this shop. Boomer’s was just opening then. George, at that time, who’s Kunle now, was running a variety shop, and he was selling incense, and he had all the AACM records, oh, all kinds of stuff, it was a very . . . And I was helping out downstairs. Kunle was interested in sponsoring a concert, and I gave him the idea of “let’s try to get the Creative Construction Company back together again”, and then he offered the idea of “why don’t we try to get a bass player”, and he said, “Richard Davis”. And I said, “OK”, and he said, “You write the music, and I’ll back it.” Right? And we got it together. Ornette got in the picture by saying he would record it and pay us for it. Cool, he got it. So Ornette got the people . . Brian, a black guy, who did it, it was a black guy, he was a very . . . fantastic fellow. He flies an airplane, and he does a lot. He has a handicap in his leg, something about his leg, I don’t know, I can’t remember now. He seems to . . it doesn’t bother him at all, I mean, he seems to do everything. Great guy, you know. And anyway, he’s a great recorder, he picked it up, as you know, that first one on Muse Records, that’s what I’m talking about. He did it.

Anyway, we got it together, and it ended up that Ornette wasn’t able to pay us, so Kunle, who was George at that time, bought that tape, and just held on to it. And of course, he didn’t sell it till about a year or two ago, right, it came out on Muse. So for that concert we got Braxton, Leo from Chicago, and Steve – no, Braxton was in Ohio somewhere, Leo was in, I think, Connecticut, Steve was in Chicago, and we called up Richard Davis, and Richard Davis said, “Yeah!”, he would be very happy to. Behind this, Muhal heard about the concert, and paid his own way from Chicago, and sat in on rehearsals. And behind him coming and doing all that, Kunle said, “Well, I guess we can’t tell him no.” I said, “I guess we can’t” I had written a tune to him, called “Muhal”, so it’s a very symbolic tune, so he said, “OK, I’ll put him on the payroll too”, so he was on it too. And we rehearsed down in Ornette’s basement, the first day all of us came down there, and I wrote the music on both tunes.

I remember we had a little problem about that, too, because it was the rule of the original Creative Construction Company to take turns playing the music. I think the last time that we had played in Paris I had written the music, and I remember it was a really funny situation that Leo and Braxton were a little peeved about . . they weren’t even putting any music on this concert. Like I told you, we were very ambitious, all of us were ambitious writers, and we didn’t like to play unless we wrote a tune. I mean, that was our whole thing. So I explained to them that no, they couldn’t do it, because actually, the Creative Construction Company had been broken up, and this was just a concert I was getting back together. And I had talked the idea to Kunle and everything, and I think that I should at least have the opportunity to write the music. They dug it, they said “OK”, and then after they heard the music they even liked it, they liked what I was doing, they liked the idea that I had set up, and they even went as far as to say that they thought that it probably wouldn’t have turned out as good if they’d had three tunes, like we usually did. We usually split it up in three tunes, and they, you know . . . So as you know from the first side, it came off very well, very well, and in fact it was the first really unofficial introduction of the AACM in New York, that concert was. And it was very well received. Actually, I would say, that was my introduction to New York, as a so-called “avant-garde” musician.

So then after that – well, in the meantime, which I was always doing something – Albert Ayler died, right; the Creative Construction Company was broken up, after the concert the cats went back home; and me and Sirone had been talkin’ upstairs at 345 Bleecker St. by candlelight a couple of nights about what we wanted to do in this music. We both had mutual understanding, based on sideman, coop groups . . . no, based on the sideman mentality that we didn’t want, based on the coop concept of a group. We talked and decided that we should get together, and we did. Unfortunately, when we got together, I had somehow been using some guys on my own on the side, to try to get a group. ‘Cause I’d been doing that ever since I hit town, I was trying to get a group. That’s what Ornette told me to do, get a group, it’d be better to go out and get yourself a group. The Revolutionary Ensemble was sort of like started together on an idea, the Revolutionary Ensemble, per se, was started out on an idea of Sirone and myself. Because before then in New York, as I said, I had played with other people, I had rehearsed. In fact, I was paying people to come and rehearse with me, all types of people, some of them good musicians, some of them bad, but I was just so frantic trying to get a group together.

But anyway, so the concept of the Revolutionary Ensemble was started by Sirone and myself over a candlelight over the Liberty House on Bleecker St. 1970, I imagine, 1970. 1970 was, incidentally, a very heavy year. I mean, everything happened. I moved to New York, I met Ornette and stayed with him, I played this concert with the Creative Construction Company, and I also met Sirone to start off on the Revolutionary Ensemble. So 1970 was a great year, a heavy year. So, anyway, we started in rehearsing . . we started rehearsing down there in Ornette’s basement, that’s before he had got it fixed up. In fact, it was cold down there, and everything. We practiced down there, me and him, and at the time I had a guy named Clayton on drums, and a vibes player, who I can’t think of his name, and a guitar player, who I can’t think of his name. And all of them, the guitar player and the vibes player, they were both very weak musicians. So Sirone kept telling me that they were dragging me down and kept on, so I finally got rid of both of them, somehow or another. Besides, Sirone didn’t want to have anything to do with it on a Revolutionary Ensemble concept, because he didn’t have anything to do with them being in the band in the first place, you know, and he said it was my band. And he figured that if they weren’t up to par in the first place, he didn’t think that he should have anything to do with it. He said that as long as they were in the band, then he was going to act as a sideman, he wasn’t going to say nothing. So in the meantime, he had already said, he told me once before, that he had already said that he was going to make it with me, so what he did was harass me about the other guys in the meantime, and acted just like he said he was going to act. He didn’t have anything to do with it. And I think it took . . it didn’t take him too long, he did it in a couple of months, heh-heh-heh, you know, a couple of months. They were gone, you know. And then the last guy, Clayton, who was a very good drummer, he was in, you know, it was a financial thing at the time – he has a family and everything, and he was just getting it together, and they weren’t doing too well, you know, like all of us weren’t – he had to get a job. So unfortunately we couldn’t rehearse with somebody that had a job, and we didn’t have a job, and we was scuffling, so we felt like, well, we’d have to get another drummer. Somebody that was like us because, you know, we would tend to be jealous. This man had a job, more money and everything, we were out here scuffling. Sort of like, we had this ego trip, unfortunately, one of those things, one of the hard parts about organizing. I mean, it’s one of the hard parts of my life when I had to do something like this. I thought that Frank Clayton was a very good drummer – still think he is.

So anyway, Jerome had come in town, and called me up in that same year, 1970 . . he came here in ‘72, come to think of it, later than I did. He came during the summer. He called me up when he got here, and told me he was here, and told me who he was. He told me I’d even played with him a little, which I had forgotten, and invited me to come and hear him play with Alan Silva. And I went to hear him play with Alan Silva at a little place over there on the east side there. It was dry, it was no good, didn’t sound very good. But I saw that Jerome was indeed a good drummer, but the guy he was playing with was out. Alan Silva wasn’t even playing bass, he was playing electric viola, and he can’t play viola. Then I heard him again with Mark (inaudible), he played trumpet. Some guy who was a psychologist really, and his father had a lot of money, or something like that. I forget his name. And he just got a band together and gave a concert at the Church, Peace Church. It was as a result of what we did at that time. After that, man, in fact, the Church, the Peace Church started getting a lot of little concerts going after that. Before, I don’t think they did. Actually, it might have been one of the first musician-sponsored one of them – I’m not going to say it was the, because I don’t know. But I have a feeling that it might have been one of the first concerts sponsored by a musician, that concert was. And after that, everybody was thinking about it, including myself, I kept thinking about it. In fact, the Ensemble played there quite a few times. So anyway we gave a concert . . . we got together, we finally got together, anyway, and played our first concert, together, in New York University’s Loeb Center in 1970. I imagine it must have been October, 1970 or either October, 1971, one of the two. And then we played . . . I don’t know, it might have been before that, because I was looking at some old clippings that I had, yesterday, some of the old stuff. It might have been, but it was back there – like I said, 1970 was a long year. I mean, so much happened, you know, sometimes I can’t believe so much happened in ‘70.

But anyway, from then on, man, we really scuffled. Me, Sirone, and Jerome made that gig at New York University, and got paid $500 for it, which was the biggest amount of money that I had ever made at that time. That showed me the difference between New York and any other place, ‘cause I’d never made that kind of money in Chicago. Well, by that time, come to think of it, I was used to it because I had been in Paris, and we were making pretty good money there. We were making kind of, I imagine, better money than some of the musicians in New York, so we sort of were used to it, making a little money, by then, when we got to New York. We weren’t like, really local-minded, in a sense. Maybe if we had come from Chicago directly, we probably would have thought in terms of making smaller money. But like, we made $500 for that job. I remember Jerome thinking he had finally hit it lucky, and found some group that was working, heh-heh, but it turned out after he made that gig, we didn’t work, man, for almost a year, I mean somebody hiring us. We had to make our own gigs. We had our first New Year’s concert in 1971, at Ornette’s. It was a big success. People came, man, it was really nice. And we sponsored that on $100. We borrowed $100 and paid it back. Then the next concerts we gave, they were ‘72. It was at the Mercer Arts Theatre, which since then has caved in, we gave a month there, every Monday night, and it was a flop. We rented that place for $50 a night, and it was a flop, the first two Mondays, and then we started picking up. We never did make anything out of that. Then we . . Joseph Papp gave us a concert at his place. We walked off the street, man, into his office. He dug us by talking to us, he gave us a chance, he’s a very good guy. He gave us a concert and gave us all the money. Didn’t make nothing off the deal. In fact, he lost, but he didn’t care, he just did it, you know, for us. ‘Cause we were out here trying to make it, you know. Our first record . . the first record company that wanted us to record was ESP, Bernard. Bernard was after . . he was the only record company that was after us. He was the only guy comin’ around to our concerts saying, “I want to record you.” Well, by this time, as you know, Bernard has a bad reputation, right, and I didn’t want to mess with him. But at the same time, we needed a record. So, as a result of that, Vietnam I & II came out, you know. And of course we got reviews, and so forth and so on, and we were doing good.

Now, in the meantime, during all the time that we were organizing, I also had called up Mike Mantler of the JCOA, told him that I was a composer, and that I was prepared to present a composing performance. He said, “OK”, said, “the next time that we have a chance, I’ll call you in.” No . . at that time they were having a series, 10 series, 10 concerts with 10 different composers – Sam Rivers – oh, they had a lot of guys, a lot of composers. And I went to see him – they was having those Public Theatre things. And in the next year – he told me he’d put me on the waiting list, told me if they had any cancellations they would have it in, but I figured they wouldn’t. Nobody cancels anything like that, you know, an opportunity like that . . so anyway . . not a composer, anyway, not a real composer wouldn’t. So anyway, the next year they did another series, and I was on it, and it proved to be one of the more popular series, even though it wasn’t necessarily the best, I don’t think, musically, I’ve ever done. But it was pretty good, I think I did pretty good.

In the meantime, the Revolutionary Ensemble was making news, and were being organized, the way we were, you know, on a grass roots basis. We were getting write-ups in the new magazines, new newspapers, like at the time The Voice was giving us a little play. Changes was another one that was out, we got a big write-up in Changes. And a couple of times, maybe, Down Beat was mentioning us in “What’s happening in Chicago.” I mean, we were getting to be on the scene. Guys were coming back to New York, and tell us they’d been hearing about us and stuff. Plus Vietnam I & II got a little play. After that, we met an attorney who liked the music and was interested in us, and he helped us do a lot of things, helped us in some of the worst moments we had, you know. And he produced the record Manhattan Cycles, and he paid us money, although we did receive royalties on a 50% basis ever since that record has been out. That helped up a lot, he gave us money when we really needed it at that time.

P: That record is the only one by the R.E. which doesn’t feature original compositions by the Ensemble. The composition on that one is by Leo Smith. Before we continue with the history of the Ensemble, let’s talk about the music the R.E. produces. The first thing that might strike a listener is your extensive use, on a high level, of collective improvisation. Maybe we could talk about your ideas on collective improvisation, on the structure of it specifically within the group. Maybe we could deal with the structure of “Collegno”, on The Psyche, and see what you do with it in that performance.

J: I guess I could best answer you by what it was at one time. Back there, sometime, I made a definition of improvisation, or the role of improvising. And it was on the back of my album For Players Only, I put it on there because it was something I had used, and it will give you an idea. I said, “Improvisation is the ability of the musician, using his spontaneous imagination, to project musical thoughts and ideas in a defined compositional context. The composer defines such elements as motifs”, which means heads, “time of each section, texture, or quality. He creates the moods, based on written or oral directions, and specifies the use of specific instrumentation at certain times. It is up to the improvisor to interpret the rhythms and sounds needed to create the desired textures and moods.” And in most cases, what I’ll do, with any situation, the Ensemble, with anybody, is I’ll try to get some players of proven abilities as improvisors. Because that’s my main ingredient for composition, improvisation, that’s one of my main ingredients. In other words, I’m trying to stretch improvisation into a compositional form, through structure. In other words, using improvisation for different sections of a particular piece.

Now, in the sense of the Revolutionary Ensemble, where we improvise, I’ll write a piece giving that head, and then give them directions as to what kind of feeling or mood that I want to play, and they have to add or subtract from this piece, according to the way they feel. But under no circumstances are they supposed to act as accompanying roles, whether the be drummer, or bass, or violin, or saxophone. Now, he can do it if he wants to, now and then, but that’s not what he’s there for. He’s there to blend with what’s going down, you know, and to accept ideas from his fellow improvisors, in order to create some sort of feeling, some music. Now, you say, “How do you get this?”, just like you would get it if you were rehearsing a symphony, you’d rehearse a section that was written. Well this, you rehearse a section that’s not written, that’s the only difference. That’s how we do it. I say, “OK, a certain part will be coming through right now that’s improvised”, and I say, “Look here, let’s stop right here. Let’s play that section again. Let’s play out of ‘A’ again”, which is a certain type of improvisation. Ok, boom!, they’ll do it, you know, then I’ll say, “Aaah, that’s it, that’s the way I want it.” Just like it was a note, written. So just about anything that I have anything to do with basically, is like that. I think that the Revolutionary Ensemble concept is a result of the concept that I learned through the Creative Construction Company and the AACM. And I think that I sort of introduced Sirone and Jerome to it, and as a result, both of them have gotten to be experts. As you know, Jerome writes very well; I mean, his concept of writing is very good. Sirone’s concept of writing also has changed, because even though he. . . Basically, he writes the same as he always did, but his ideas have been broadened by the concept of how we use composition nowadays, in this music. That would be how I explain the musical concept of the Revolutionary Ensemble.

P: One other thing I’d like to mention – I don’t know if you have anything to say about it – is the totally unique sound you get from a violin. I’ve never heard anything quite like it. It’s a very eerie sound, very keening sound. Is that something that you’ve worked for? Have you always had that sound on the violin?

J: Well, one thing I’ve always had is sound, period. Even with saxophone I’ve always had a sound, I mean I’ve always somehow or another been sound-conscious. I think that I started off trying to cultivate a sound that I could live with, and I think I came up with what I got. I don’t know if you could say it’s . . I know it’s a concerted effort to have to get a sound. I don’t know where it came from, or how I managed to do it except through practice, and when I mean practice, I mean not only practicing at home, but also on the stand, on the concert stage. My sound is based on the knowledge of the violin, which is, let’s say, the classical knowledge of the violin, and that helps a lot. I would say that most of the violin players, black, might not have used that concept, and the ones, white, who could have used it, won’t, because they don’t think it’s hip. But I have, because that was my idea in the first place, was to use the whole violin, to play the concept of the violin. Don’t sacrifice the violin. So that’s why it might be different, that I don’t try to play like a saxophone or trumpet. I try to play like a violin.

P: Let’s discuss the organization of the Revolutionary Ensemble – now we can get back into chronology – we touched on it before, but didn’t really talk about how it’s arranged. Now, it’s a totally cooperative group, so let’s elaborate.

J: Well, it’s totally like . . it’s changed a little. It’s still a coop, but it’s changed a little as far as responsibility. But the way we started off is that we had three positions, you know. One was, like, the person who made contact, which was me; the person who was the treasurer, which was Jerome, who handled finances and all that stuff; and for mostly, like for general, handy-type of work, you know, like general work, would be Sirone. I mean, when you say this kind of stuff, when you say . . when I say what I’m saying, like I said Sirone and general heavy work, I don’t mean to be putting them down. It’s just that we try to use everybody’s strong points. Now like, for instance, I’ll just tell you, like Sirone, he handles the records, which means he lifts a lot, he packs the car, he does all that kind of stuff when we’re on the road, man. He’s on top of it, he loves it, man. He loves physical work, that’s Sirone, he loves it, and so that’s what he does. He’s really the . . that’s his job, anything physical around there. I mean, anything that we can’t do, he’ll jump up there and do it. Better than any piano lifter, hah, hah, hah, you know what I mean? That’s a good point. And he’s really a little impatient with paper work and stuff, like even the finances. You know, he’s really impatient, he’s really good at that. And I . . you know, I talk a lot, so I can make contact, and on top of that, a lot of people will call me anyway, because regardless of the fact that we’re a coop, they’ll just think in terms of me, because I play the violin, as being a leader. Since they’ve got that tendency anyway, we just let that go by and say OK. And mostly I’ve been taking care of business, I’ve been setting . . you know, I mail the letters, go to the post office, call up about gigs, I, the promotion agent, everything. And Jerome, he handles all the money, anything to do with money. When we got paid, they paid him, he paid us, he had the bank account. Anything that gets paid, he has to do, anything to do with money he deals with. Anything that he has to put out any money, like we have to get train tickets, plane tickets, he’s got to do it ‘cause it’s money. So that’s it.

So that’s how we are, we split up in that way and make a coop. Now each one of us depends on each other, right? Now, like, we depend on each other, but we also advise each other, and of course, we don’t always . . they don’t always agree with what I’m doing, and I don’t always agree with what Jerome’s doing, but I mean, we interchange, we’re kind of like that. We receive the same amount of money. It’s against our principles to ever say Leroy Jenkins and the Revolutionary Ensemble, or Sirone and the . . or Jerome. You know, if you advertise us, it’s always going to be the Revolutionary Ensemble, put our names down, we don’t care about how you put it, in what order, but as long as they are the same size. We have to do all this because we want them to understand that this is what we are trying to do. And we’re doing this because it has to . . this is all a new concept. See, Sirone, as a bass player, and Jerome, as a drummer, have always been looked at as sidemen, and I feel that in this music, which I think is partly my concept, I thought that in this music we could not have sidemen, because a sideman wouldn’t do anything to advance the cause of the music. And that was the trouble there with the other guys that I had, for instance the guitar player, that vibe player. They were sideman material, and that’s why we never did anything, that’s why the group sounded so bad. With Sirone, the potential with Sirone as a leader, or equal partner, or the potential of Jerome as an equal partner, as you can see. That’s why there is so much going on when the Ensemble plays. That’s why you just don’t hear me. Sometimes Sirone overshadows me. Sometimes Jerome overshadows both of us. You know what I mean? It doesn’t matter. I don’t restrain them none, they don’t restrain me or nothing. We don’t have any of that. All we do is you play your part and I’ll play my part, based on what the composer said to play.

P: Which is a concept very few ensemble organizations have been able to achieve. It would seem to me also that that type of concept would stem directly from the philosophy of the AACM, in the late ‘60s, a cooperative policy which allowed people to find their own directions. Do you have any comment on that?

J: Well, I don’t think you can do . . some people can’t accept freedom, some people can’t handle freedom. So that results, as a result coop groups have not been very popular, because there’s not enough people that can handle it. I’m not saying that they were not musically together enough for it, I’m just saying that they weren’t ready for it mentally, to take on responsibility as a coop member, as an equal member. In other words, they were used to being sidemen, in some cases, and so you had to treat them forever like sidemen. Not because they were dumb, and they couldn’t be leaders or anything, but it’s just that they don’t, they didn’t . . . most of them didn’t want to take on the responsibility. I know guys that don’t want to take on the responsibility. I know guys that wouldn’t want to be in the Ensemble, just because of the way we’re set up. No sir, I know some guys that wouldn’t dare divide their money with the drummer, get paid the same thing as the drummer, who’s younger and had less experience, or with a bass player. No. But, I mean, if they do that, if they don’t want to do that, if they want to treat ‘em as a sideman, that’s what the group’s gonna sound like. It’s not going to be exciting, unless that one person can create the excitement forever, and that’s practically impossible. If I want to do all the writing, and create all the excitement, no way. But the way it is now, I can relax, and play. If I want to, I can go and say I don’t want to put . . but, I mean, we don’t . . everybody puts up a tune. But at any given concert we play, there’s never just one guy’s tune. A lot of variety. So you relax. It’s hard to play your own tunes all the time, man, and get the most out of them. I play Jerome’s and Sirone’s tunes much better than I do my own.

P: Why do you think that would be?

J: I don’t know, I think ‘cause I’m too up, I’m too sensitive on my own tunes, you know, too sensitive of what I wanted, of what I was thinking about, rather than adding something to it . . not adding, what I’ve been doing . . when I play my tunes, all I do is play what I thought about, rather than what I should be thinking about. See, that’s the difference. But with Sirone’s tunes, I’m practicing . . in other words, I haven’t thought anything about that. All I know is, ooh!, here is something I can play. And I play it, but I play it like a . . an improvisor, like a composer.

P: Why don’t we discuss the present and future plans of the Revolutionary Ensemble, and also some of your personal plans.

J: Right now the Ensemble is in a funny position. We just, as you know, just recorded and released a new record, on Horizon Records, which is a subsidiary of A&M records, and we’re out there. In other words, we have a record, for the first time, that’s in more stores and more places than ever before. But, unfortunately, the record company hasn’t proven to be what we would desire in a record company, that is, somebody behind us, to promote us, and to make us a little more visible than we are, you know, so we could make money. Which is, after all, one of the primary reasons why we exist. So, our future right now is that we will have to . . what we are doing now is branching out to see what we can do about another recording company, one, more or less, who would have our interests at heart. Also we would like to play in places that we haven’t played before, and a little more often, and maybe go to some of the places in the world that we haven’t been before, like Japan. And we’d like to do a trip of Africa and South America, places where the music has not really penetrated, Russia, places like that, and just generally become more popular. I think that’s about the only thing that we can do at this point.

P: Personally, you’ve been active in other realms apart from the Ensemble. For instance, you just did a record, a duet with Rashied Ali on Survival, that’s just come out, and has received very strong critical acclaim.

J: Well, it was last summer. I met Rashied, who had just come back from recording some of the other records, one of the other records that he has in this package he has coming out. So I asked him about, well, why don’t I record with him? And of course he thought I was joking. So anyway, I decided that I would get this project going that I always wanted to do, and that was the drum and violin. Because it was so unusual, and the fact that I thought it could be pulled off because of the way I play, and the way Rashied used to play. I mean, I wanted it to be musical, I didn’t want it just to be an experiment. I wanted it to be as musical as possible. And I figured that the concept of my playing, which takes the top to the bottom, and ideas placed in such a way that they seem to keep going. And Rashied seems to play the same way, in other words, we could fill up space. In other words, how much space can two people fill up. And I figured that Rashied is one of the drummers that fills up quite a bit of space when he plays, and I figured that I fill up quite a bit of space, and between the two of us, we ought to be able to get some music going, ‘cause that’s the most important thing. The other thing is to do it, you know, the other thing that Rashied was coming up from a small record company and trying to do something. And the fact that I like to get out as much of my music as possible. And the fact that I didn’t have a . . I needed some money at the time when I made the record – small as it may seem, at the time I needed it. The fact that I admire Rashied as a drummer.

Now, the background on this is that Rashied didn’t want to do it, because he didn’t think it would work. So I had to talk to him about it for two or three days, and then after that we rehearsed for about a week. And he didn’t like it until the night we recorded it. And then, after that, he’s been raving ever since. And I think it has helped both of us, in the sense that we were able to do something unusual. I mean, I know, yeah, Coltrane did it before that, and he did it with Frank Lowe, but I mean the way we . . this was organized, this wasn’t some blowin’ thing. We really tried to play in a context, one that would be familiar to people even though it may not be based on changes and everything. It was based on some kind of musicality. So it really wasn’t just an experiment, we tried to make it musical. We thought about it – “Did that sound like we’re missing?” When we listened back to the playbacks, we would say, “Does that sound like . . if that was you, would you go for that?” “If it was me, would I go for that?” Even though I knew that it was going to be a little unusual, I still said within the realm of the unusual, I said yes, I would accept it. That’s the way I do it with anything. So I think he did too. In fact, he thought it was fantastic. Because he was able to do things on his drums that he wouldn’t ordinarily be able to do with a complete group, and I’m sure it introduced him to a lot of stuff.

P: Are you happy with your recorded output?

J: Yeah, most of it, yes, most of it. I’m happy with most of the stuff that I’ve put down, and a lot of the stuff that I didn’t have anything to do with, ‘cause I was used as a sideman. I’d say pretty well – I’ve been very lucky, you know, to play on so many records with so many great people. And another thing, I think I can appreciate, I don’t think that I’m underrated or anything. I’ve been appreciated by my . . I may not be famous throughout the world as a great violinist, but I think that all the musicians that know about me, whether they play this kind of music or not, I think they know that I play well. I’ve gotten respect out of at least my peers, if nothing else, that’s a great thing. I hope that I can do better, in order to make them, make myself worthy of their praise, and all that. I would just say that any musicians, young musicians starting, ought to, like most people say, try to learn your trade, try to learn what it’s all about. Then, whatever you go into, regardless of whether it’s accepted or not, you have to go into it very strongly to prove that . . to prove your musicianship, especially if it’s something new, that people don’t understand. And if you like it, then all you have to do is just use your basic musicianship. But you’ve got to have that, in order to have the strength, in order to pull off something that is not accepted. And I think that’s the only reason why I managed to stay above water, because I’m certainly playing some music that most people don’t accept, you know, in the music . . you know, as far as music lovers. But I’ve managed to say there, because I’m good enough to accept the people that have their ears on the ground. And that’s the only reason I believe that I’m making it. And I think the only reason why I’m . . is because of my musical background. How much work I put into it. And I think that all the musicians that are respected, all the musicians that are making it, and that have the respect of their peers, you can believe that they are very well-rehearsed, practiced musicians. Like I said, before I joined the AACM, I was just a regular musician. I was just going along with the program, and I think the AACM helped me to see the other side of the picture, it made me sort of a revolutionary.

***************

Leroy Jenkins-Panken on WKCR, Oct. 12, 1993:

[Music: “Computer Minds” from Live]

TP: “Computer Minds” was from your new album with the Electric Band, Leroy Jenkins Live!. A solo CD will come out in the near future on Lovely Music.

LJ: Yes. I did it in Santa Fe. It’s going to be called Santa Fe, in fact. I did it at the Contemporary Arts Center there. That’s typical of what I do a lot. I play a lot of contemporary museums, alternative performance spaces. I do quite a bit of that throughout America. Not too much in Europe, but throughout America. In just about every little town and big town, you have some . . .

You’re on the circuit.

I’m on the circuit somehow or another. That’s true. Maybe not a whole bunch a lot, but enough to kind of manage to keep the water a little below the nose, you know — since I’m an artist and you’re supposed to have a nose in the water all the time.

You’ve also been getting some commissions for compositions, and I believe we’ll be hearing some of that material as well.

Right. I have. In fact, I started off around ‘86 or ‘87 with the Brooklyn Philharmonic, and afterwards the Kronos Quartet commissioned a piece, which is coming out on CRI — not the Kronos version; the Soldier String Quartet is doing it. So I’m just everywhere. Trying to be everywhere anyway.

What’s cued up now is the Overture to my opera. The opera I wrote and had played in Munich and in Aachen and in Houston, Texas and at the City Opera here. So I’ve had about 25 performances in all. Anne Green wrote the libretto, a very fine writer with whom I hope to collaborate with in the future. Bill T. Jones directed and choreographed. The recording was done at WDR in Aachen, Germany, which is a small opera house there near the border of the Netherlands. I’m the soloist. The name of the opera is The Mother Of Three Sons.

[Music]

Over the years you’ve been involved in a lot of what I guess what one might call cross-genre improvising. In the press these days, the idea of what are the boundaries or definitions are starting to be thrown around by various people.

LJ: Yes.

Now, you are from Chicago, and started out as an alto saxophonist and disciple of Charlie Parker in the 1940s, as you once described to me. What are your feelings vis-a-vis stylistic categorizations of the music? Do you feel that they are useful in any way? Do you feel they have any bearing on the contemporary musical world?

Well, no. I think the only bearing it has is that it serves to split the musical world. But I think it should be called “American music.” Because just about anything American in music has a bit of jazz in it, or blues. I don’t care. I mean, if you’re talking about American music, you’re going to have a bit of jazz and a bit of . . . I mean, even the composers that were aware, that tried to be aware that came to America from Europe, their music changed. Stravinsky, all those guys. When they came here, the music was in the air. So of course, they had to employ some of it. I mean, it’s just hard to miss or hard to ignore. So I think if we just cut out all the things and just say “American Music,” that would . . . Even the classical American music; there are a few Classical writers who are familiar with jazz and sometimes employ that in their music — the writing part; not necessarily the improvisation, but the writing. They hear that. I mean, they couldn’t help it, because it’s just in America.

The different definitions have only served so far to confuse people. Even myself. Really. I really don’t know myself what I play, except American music. Usually somebody in America, that’s what they do . . . If you tell them you’re a musician, they say, “What kind of music do you play?” And sometimes I really don’t know what to say. The reason I don’t want to say jazz is because that might mislead them, because usually people think of jazz in a one-dimensional way — not that jazz is one-dimensional, but they think of it like that. And I’m not like that. I mean, I’m spread out all over the place. I’m an artist, and in order for me to survive, I have to play American music. I can’t deal with jazz per se.

It seems to me that part of this debate, as it goes on, would say that you as a violinist, if you’re not dealing with, say, what Stuff Smith and Eddie South and so forth and so on played, then you’re doing something that’s other than jazz.

Mmm-hmm.

That seems to me kind of limiting. But I’m wondering if you could talk about some of the people, violinists and composers, who have really made you take heed and been signposts for you in your development.

Well, I’ll tell you, just about all the greats. I’ve been listening for 50 years maybe. Blues, pop, anywhere from Nat Cole to Mahalia Jackson to . . . Well, Charlie Parker was the one that sort of said, you know, “I want to play music.” He was my idol as a teenager, the great idol of my teenage years, and he was the one that made me pick up the alto and become a part of jazz. Before that, I was mostly a violinist who played teas and weddings and things like that around Chicago. And I went to the Regal Theatre and saw all the great bands — Duke Ellington, Cab Calloway, Louis Armstrong. I saw all those guys, too, but being that I was a violinist, I thought I’d never play in a big band like that, because I never saw one — except Ray Nance, he did a little bit now and then.

A Chicagoan as well.

Yes, he was a Chicagoan.

Who came up under Walter Dyett at Phillips High School about 15 years before you encountered Captain Dyett at DuSable.

Well, yeah, probably some way or another. If he wasn’t as a student, he probably gigged for him, because Captain Dyett had a lot of bands — he had outside bands after school. But I didn’t really meet Ray Nance until I came to New York. When I first came to New York I met him, because he was living not too far from where I was, and I used to see him a lot.

Particularly in the 1920s Chicago was full of black violinists, and there was a lot of demand for them because there were many theatre and established dance bands, like Erskine Tate, Doc Cooke, Charles Elgar and people like this.

That’s right.

Then when the bands began to dissolve because of talking pictures and the Depression, there were all these strong violinists with no work.

Yes, that’s true.

Did you have good teachers?

Oh, yes. O.W. Frederick was my teacher. He was one of those violinists you’re talking about, that played shows and churches and teas and things like that. He had a little orchestra. One of the reasons why I took lessons from him is because I knew if I took them long enough, I’d get in his working orchestra. He would play a lot of teas. We didn’t make a lot, two or three dollars, but that was a great prestige for me in those days to do that. So I kind of like hurried up to try to be a good violinist so I could play in his orchestra and play these different things, which I did. And maybe when talkies came in and everything, Mr. Frederick had to go look for another kind of way to work, and he started to teach and play teas and things like this. Walter Dyett had also been a former violinist, and he also had to teach. Because things started to change in Chicago. Talkies came in and they didn’t have to use musicians as much as they did. So a lot of the players had to make allowances for that.

[Music: Electric Quintet, “A Prayer”]

The AACM was a very important institution for you in your development as a musician.

Yes, it was.

Would you talk about your introduction to the AACM and how it affected the course of your music?

Well, in 1964 I was still sort of pursuing bebop or whatever you want to call it . . .

On the violin?

On the violin, right. I was trying to find a voice. Let’s say I was doing that when I could, and trying to find a voice of my own in the meantime. What happened is that my teacher, Bruce Hayden, who was a teacher I’d had at Florida A&M, came to Chicago to work and play — because he wanted to be in a city and play. Anyway, one night he had a gig with Muhal, and afterwards Muhal told him about the AACM and all that, and he came and told me about it. They were having a concert one night by Roscoe Mitchell, and I went. So my first introduction to the AACM was a concert by Roscoe Mitchell.

In 1964?

In 1964.

What did it sound like to you?

Oh, it was quite different. I mean, it was something I couldn’t explain. It was something I had never heard before. I liked it, but I didn’t know what they were doing. I remember during the intermission, my teacher, who I always looked to to give me answers, instead was asking me what was it. And I didn’t know what to tell him, and of course, I knew he couldn’t tell me. So we both were quite befuddled as to what was happening. But we liked it. It was very exciting, what they were doing. The instrumentation, two bass, two drums, a tenor — it looked a little lopsided.

Do you remember who was playing with Roscoe Mitchell?

I can’t remember exactly, but I think Kalaparusha Difda was playing, and a couple of drummers. I can’t remember exactly . . .

Alvin Fielder might have been one of the drummers.

Yeah, Alvin Fielder was one of the drummers. It wasn’t Roscoe’s regular group, because in the AACM there were so many drummers, or this or that. So every time a player, artist or composer was getting ready to do a concert, he could just have his choice of all these different people. But I remember Kalaparusha and Alvin Fielder. Anyway, that’s been quite some time. But it was very influential.

Muhal was working the door. That was the policy at the time; they would always get another one of the brothers to operate the door to recruit. So I went up to him and asked him about maybe coming around and joining it, and he said, “Come around. Listen a couple of times before you play.” Anyway, I had my instrument in the back of my car; you know, in Chicago you drive, so I had this car. So I put it in my trunk, and I went down without it. Then after a while I could see that things were loose and I should just go back. So I went upstairs and got my violin and came on down.

The guys immediately included me into the proceedings, which wasn’t all the time reading music. Sometimes it was just different improvisations strung together under different instrumentations. I mean, it was very experimental. And Muhal was the director. Sometimes he would point to three of you, and three would play, and then maybe one would play, and then maybe everybody, and then everybody would fade into one. It was beautiful. I’d never heard anything like that. They were orchestrating right before your very eyes. Orchestrating improvisation. That’s what it was like.

Boy, that was really something to me, even though I was playing in a little more orderly fashion than I am now, or let’s say a more traditional fashion. These guys were squawking and squeaking and making sounds and doing different things, and I was still playing little snatches of changes because I didn’t know anything else. Besides, in those days I didn’t have an amplifier, so I couldn’t be heard that much, especially on the loud parts when everybody was playing together. Anyway, I was still mystified and quite excited by the prospects of it. You know, there were times I thought I didn’t know if I liked this music, or maybe these guys are a little crazy — because they were of their little enclave, so to speak.

But they were all together, and that was something unusual. I mean, in those days where in Chicago drugs were prevalent and junkies were, too, to see musicians clean like that and together and pursuing something was a revelation for me. So I wanted to be around guys like that; you know, creative guys. That was really the thing that attracted me.

There were times we went to clubs and to the jam sessions, and we’d walk in, and all the beboppers would get off the stage because they didn’t want to have anything to do with us. And we’d get up there and we’d play. Usually we’d just do a great noise; we’d start off in fortissimo and end in fortissimo! And sometimes I would look at my fingers, but I couldn’t hear anything — not myself; I couldn’t hear me. But it was like a rage. And actually, when we played like that, loud, I know a lot of people thought we were crazy, but actually it became music. After a while, that loudness and that cacophony we were playing started to make sense. You know what I mean? I imagine you’d have to be in it in order to make sense out of it. I don’t know. Maybe some people on the outside didn’t enjoy it. I think that’s why we weren’t so popular in those days.

You were having big fun, though.

We were having big fun, boy. We were running people out of those places, clearing the bar!

Making the club owners love you!

Yeah, they loved us. We used to clear the bar, boy; they’d get us out of there.

What I liked about these guys is that they felt like what they were doing . . . I wasn’t fully won over at the time. When they walked in, Roscoe and Muhal and Kalaparusha and Thurman Barker and Malachi and all those guys, they were like confident that is what was happening, they exuded that confidence, it came over to you — I mean, you could feel it. So I sort of got caught up in it. And after a little time with anything, you can sort of get an idea of what’s happening, and then after that start to do something with it, which I did.

Before that I had been composing music, but mostly for school bands — because I was a teacher for about eight years before that. But this time I was actually going to write music. Now, at the time, because we were trying to wipe out that vestige for a little while, there was no bebop supposed to be done. Like, sometimes Braxton and I would get together and play “Donna Lee,” and Muhal or somebody would say, “No-no, no ‘Donna Lee!’” They didn’t want to hear it. Nothing like that. In other words, we had to be completely closed off from that. Because I’ll tell you, everybody in that group had played bebop one time or another — everybody.

Why was bebop a stigma?

It wasn’t a stigma at that time.

Well, whatever it was, why was it frowned upon?

Well, because at the time, they had joined the enemy camp. They were like the enemy. Because a lot of the big guys of bebop were putting it down. That’s how it was. Even though I was a former bebop, now I called myself, we called ourselves making a step further, carrying this Music ahead — you know, doing the same thing they did. And of course, we were going to get the same reactions they received, and probably from some of them, too. So they become the enemy, so to speak, even though you love them, even though you respect them — which we did.

You felt you had to do something else to get your own voice.

That’s right. You have to get your own voice. We had to scream and holler and say “Okay, we’re here,” and that’s what we were doing. I think in those days, when we were screaming and hollering . . .

That was the ’60s.

That’s the ’60s, boy. We were doin’ it. I mean, after all, we were testing the fabric of society. And we were black, and we wanted to be equal, and all this was going down, they were killing our favorite presidents, they were killing our leaders. We had a lot to shout about. There was no time for regular orderly music then. We were supposed to shout and cry and stomp, and that’s what we were doing.

I mean, it’s not like that any more, because we are not like what we were then, even things maybe haven’t changed that much. But we are just not like that. We are older, more mature . . .

You hooked up with the people who became the AACM before it actually was the AACM, then the organization incorporated officially the next year, and you became a registered . . .

A charter member, yes. I kind of lucked out. Because actually, Roscoe and Malachi and Muhal and Joseph Jarman, those guys, they were there before me. But I came in in 1964, just when they were chartering, so I got to be a charter member. I was there all the time from ‘64 to ‘69; I was a full- fledged workin’-hard member.

At which time you went to Europe . . .

Yes, with Anthony Braxton and Leo Smith. Sometimes it was Anthony’s group, sometimes it was my group, sometimes it was Leo’s group — it was one of those kind of things. But we were the first or second group of our type in Europe in 1969, and we raised quite a bit of Cain.

You and the Art Ensemble were over there at the same time.

Yes, they beat us over there by about a month.

And it was also a time when people like Archie Shepp, Sunny Murray, Philly Joe Jones, Hank Mobley, were…

Everybody was there. Philly Joe Jones was there. It was great. I played with Philly Joe! I made a record with him. That was great.

The 1970 date with Julio Finn . . .

Yeah. Oh, that was wonderful. We had great times over there. We were like living the life of an artist. Braxton and I had a chateau. I mean, we were like big-time. Country boys from Chicago, we weren’t used to that kind of thing.

[Music: LJ with Jeffrey Schantzer, “Bluejay On The Fire Escape”]

The Revolutionary Ensemble was the group with which you really entered the public consciousness in the United States in the late 1970s.

And Europe. All over. It was a very important group for me. A very important time for me, in fact.

By 1970, I was thoroughly indoctrinated into this music and knew exactly what I wanted to do — and I came to New York looking to do that. Luckily, I ran into Sirone, the bass player, and later Jerome Cooper. So we got together and practiced every day. In fact, we were rehearsing on 13th Street there every day, five days a week, anywhere from 11 to 2 o’clock. I mean, we just hung out. We just played and played, and my art of improvisation got tremendously better, and the group got beautifully tight. And we did a little something, created a little scene around New York, around the East Side, West Side and so forth. We played a lot of places and we had a good time. We did quite a bit. I think we were together maybe about seven or eight years.

Now, you got together a little bit before the real influx of musicians to New York from the Midwest and the West Coast.

Right. I was here in ‘70. I was the only one from the AACM here in 1970.

And you participated in the first New York AACM concert, which was later documented on Muse Records as the Creative Construction Company.

Actually, I got that together. I was working in connection with Kunle, who was running an art shop, kind of an artifacts shop called Liberty House on Bleecker Street. I was working there. I mean, he played Art Ensemble records, played all the AACM records, he had rugs, different little artifacts, incense — it was a beautiful shop. And all the musicians hung out there. I met a lot of musicians. Cecil Taylor came through there, Albert Ayler. I got a gig from Albert Ayler. He came in one time; he was looking for a violinist. He’d heard about me. My friend Moravia brought him in. So he said he’d like to hear me and find out. So we said, “Well, we’ve got a place upstairs . . .”

Albert Ayler had been using violins in his ensembles since the mid ‘60s.

Right. So we closed the shop, went upstairs and started playing. He said, “Okay.” So we had a gig. I did a gig with him in Springfield, Massachusetts. And I was going to work a little more with him, but as you know, he died around that time. I mean, he mysteriously died. It was kind of mysterious at the time. Very frightening, too, at the time, because I was new here, and when I heard that happened, I said, “Wow! Maybe I bit off a little too much coming up here to New York.”

Ornette Coleman was playing a lot of violin then, too, and the Artists House thing was very active.

Right. Ornette plays the violin backwards. He has the G-string . . . I mean, he plays it left-handed. He’s self-taught, so his style is completely unique. Completely unique. Whatever he does, you can believe it’s not happening nowhere else. He’s bad! I stayed in his house when I first got here, for about three months or so, and I played that violin. He had very good violins. He had very fine violins, in fact. And I played his violins while I was up there, practiced a lot when I was living in there. I was answering the phone for him when he got out of town, stuff like that. But not only that, it was a musical thing, but I was able to help a little — because he was besieged, of course. I didn’t realize he was so famous until I got here, really, to tell you the truth. I thought all the guys that were playing this kind of music were scuffling, you know. But when I came here, I saw he wasn’t. I mean, he said he was scuffling, but to me, on my level, he wasn’t scuffling. He had this great, beautiful loft . . . Oh, it was just a great period. We used to hang out up there. Dewey Redman, Braxton, Cherry, Blackwell, all those guys used to hang out with him. It was a very nice period.

Getting back to the Revolutionary Ensemble and the piece “Chicago,” which we’ll hear performed by your electric quintet, which you’ve been working with for ten years or so, on several recordings. Have you been able to function with this band a fair amount?

Well, not really. I think the reason why I haven’t is that I haven’t been in a position to really try as much as I could, because for the last four, five, six, seven years, I’ve been doing a lot of composition, and it’s kept me kind of busy and it got me out of the performing thing. However, over the years, I have been hitting three, four, five times a year with them. Of course, I do a lot of different formats. But whenever I do make a tour like this, where I can use the band, then I’ll use this instrumentation.

What is it about this instrumentation that appeals to you so much?

Well, the violin, I think, has to rely on electronics for the sound, as far as the volume, to compete with the drums. The guitar, too. The synthesizer just naturally has that sound. And then you have the electric bass. The sounds are very clear. You don’t have to do a lot of other things to make the sound come out. Actually, we do it just to kind of get the clarity, for the most part. I mean, when we get a good sound check, I think the electronic instrumentation does this well. It gives it a kind of balance without having to press for it. The violin that I’m using now is actually a solid state violin, like a guitar. It’s made out of the same kind of material as a guitar; it’s very shiny and everything, and it’s solid state. And the sound comes through the amplifier more than the violin.

Is this the violin you’re performing with in most situations now?

No, no. I still play acoustical.

So with the electric band you’re using it.

Yes. Or with a band where I have a lot of instruments that I have to sort of blend with, yes, I use that.

How long have violins like that been available? How did you get turned on to them?

Well, they haven’t been available that long. When I first came to New York, I didn’t have anything. I just thought I’d be able to play acoustical violin. But I soon found out that it wouldn’t be possible to do that and come through. So I started using a pick-up. So I did that with the Revolutionary Ensemble; I used an old pick-up that I kind of wrapped around my tail-piece in some precarious way. Sometimes it would fall off. Then after a while Barcus- Berry I think came up with one where it was in the bridge, it was more stable, and it had a pretty good sound. It was a little heavy on the lower strings and a kind of brittle. Then after a while, I guess ten years ago, maybe more than that, the violin company that I’m now using, Zeder(?) Violin, they’ve come up with this instrument . . .

Where is that made?

It’s made in Oakland, California. And a lot of violinists are using them. Even some classical players are using them, because it has a very good sound. It sounds like a violin, and you don’t have to press as hard, and it sounds very even from the top to the bottom.

Will this make Stradivariuses obsolete?

Oh, no way. Give me a Stradivarius any time. I think if I had a Stradivarius, I might be able to deal without amplification, because they’re so powerful, and I wouldn’t have to kind of worry . . . Well, I probably would maybe a little bit, because the decibel level of a Strad compared to what we’re doing nowadays, I don’t think it would stand a chance.

[Music: L. Jenkins Electric Quintet, “Chicago”]

A caller wanted to know to what degree your music is notated and to what degree improvised.

I have never really measured it as such. But since improvisation is my main point in music, I try to always employ it. I employ it in everything. When I write music even for the classical people, I put improvisation in there, and they usually scream like banshees.

Still?

Still.

How do you find the classical musicians now? I’d think they’d have some orientation towards it.

Well, the reason why they don’t have it is because when you say “improvisation,” that means to them jazz, so to speak, playing in 12-bar or 8-bar or something like that. That’s what they think. But with me it’s not that. I mean, with the knowledge they have of their instruments, they could improvise. But they just don’t have the concept. All they have to do is just try to play something that would match what’s going down in the music at a particular time. What I’ll always do, if I’m writing for classical people, I’ll have a strain running through the improvised part for them to kind of hang on to. I don’t know what it might be, but it will be something that they can hang onto and probably improvise off. Whereas if I write for a group that improvises, I don’t have to worry about that.

But answering that question, my string quartet, “Themes and Improvisation on The Blues” for the Kronos Quartet, they’re not into improvisation per se, but they were able to do it because I always laid down something that they could hang onto, that they could try to create some interest from that. The improvisation doesn’t have to be about bars or anything. It’s about feelings, about what you feel you can get out of what’s going on. That’s what improvisation is about, trying to get something across at a particular time, whether it be changes or non-changes. And it’s not free either. Because what I write is usually not free. It’s usually contained in a certain amount of bars or the idea that’s behind it ends at a certain point.

Q: The next piece comes from a forthcoming solo violin recital for Lovely Music. You recorded a solo violin concert for India Navigation back in 1978.

Yes, at Washington Square Church. I sponsored the concert and everything. It was one of the most successful ventures that I had gone into up to that time.

Solo recitals were another aspect of the AACM, on every instrument.

That’s right.

When did you first have to do one?

Well, I’ll tell you, I didn’t do any until after Braxton. Braxton did one. It was his idea at first to do this. You know that recording he did for Delmark? He did this solo album For Alto. I thought he was crazy when he did it, boy, but it turned out so beautifully. It’s a great idea. So as a result of that, I went into it.

Is this a pastiche of live performances, or was it taken from one concert performance?

This is taken from one concert performance. And this particular piece is called “Umm-Chop-Ta-Chum,” which is the rhythm behind what I’m doing here.

And this has the “Jehovah” theme which you’ve recorded in a number of situations.

Yes, that’s my theme. I like that.

“Through The Ages, Jehovah,” it used to be called.

That’s it. “Through The Ages, Jehovah,” that’s what it is. And I should have had that down on this current record, but I didn’t. But it’s the same.

Leave a comment

Filed under AACM, Chicago, Leroy Jenkins

My Lecture in Heidelberg, at the international symposium, “Lost in Diversity: A Transatlantic Dialogue on the Social Relevance of Jazz” – At the Heidelberg Center for American Studies, November 2012

 
 

Leave a comment

Filed under AACM, Muhal Richard Abrams, Wynton Marsalis

For guitar master Kevin Eubanks’ 68th birthday, a profile in Jazziz from 2010

No master of hardcore jazz expression — not Herbie Hancock, Chick Corea or Keith Jarrett, not Pat Metheny or John McLaughlin, not Wynton or Branford Marsalis, not Joshua Redman or Brad Mehldau, not even Harry Connick, Jr. — boasts a higher Q-score than Kevin Eubanks. This became evident last spring from the mainstream media dish that followed the guitarist’s announcement that he would leave The Tonight Show after an 18-year run, the last 14 spent as Jay Leno’s bandleader and sidekick.

Augmenting boilerplate coverage in the jazz trades and a New York Times overview of Eubanks’ oeuvre was an interview in the “Walter Scott” column in Parade, the 75-million circulation Sunday newspaper supplement. Speculation and snark on Eubanks’ motives and intentions ran in supermarket tabloids Entertainment Weekly and Us Weekly, showbiz insider pubs Variety, The Hollywood Reporter, and Hollywoodnews.com; and e-gossip sites Gawker and “Perez Hilton.” Celebritynetworth.com cited an annual $5 million salary and a $25 million personal net worth. Much coverage parsed the Leno-Eubanks relationship, codified in a five-minute “best-of” roast that aired on Eubanks’ final Tonight Show episode, including a middle-schoolish bit on which Eubanks was tricked into referencing his “tiny member,” a clip in which he denies ever masturbating in a tree, and a vignette that showed Eubanks, a vegetarian who occasionally eats fish, paying off a lost wager by eating a corn dog previously licked on camera by actor and former Los Angeles Laker Rick Fox.

Branford Marsalis, who hired his Berklee College classmate when he became the Tonight Show bandleader in 1992, had found it impossible to tolerate such antics, leaving in 1996 to concentrate full-time on jazz and classical music performance. On the other hand, Eubanks — whose political views can be inferred from a Twitter reference to “Republiklans” — was able to compartmentalize, and he fulfilled his middlebrow responsibilities with an unfailingly unflappable smile while devoting off-hours to maintaining the high level of artistic production that had characterized his activity before his celebrity years.

“It was a corporate job,” Eubanks explains patiently over the phone from his Malibu home. “A not-so-traditional corporate job, but still corporate. Nobody held a gun to my head — or anyone in the band — to do this. I had to learn how to get from Point A to Point B, and as I got smarter and more aware, things got easier and better. You don’t take things personally, because it’s just the way things are in a corporate situation. I had a job to do, and I knew the show’s demographic was basically a classic-rock audience. I like the Stones and Zeppelin. I like Sly and the Family Stone and Aretha Franklin. We played those songs great. All these delineations between one thing and another are false. I never impugned anything I was doing before.”

There would have been scant reason to do so. At the time he arrived in Los Angeles, Eubanks had carved a niche as an immediately identifiable guitar voice — he eschews a pick to allow him greater harmonic flexibility, without sacrificing precision of execution in his attack — within various dialects of jazz expression. As a GRP recording artist, he became best-known for well-crafted “smooth jazz” dates that sold in the high five figures, but he also played hardbop with Art Blakey, Slide Hampton and Roy Haynes; chamber jazz with New York piano professors like James Williams, Kirk Lightsey and Ronnie Matthews; free-form improv with Sam Rivers; audaciously contrapuntal, groove-rich songs in Dave Holland’s visionary quartet with alto saxophonist Steve Coleman and drummer Marvin “Smitty” Smith; and — with the latter two musicians, as well as Gary Thomas and trombonist Robin Eubanks, his older brother — hybrid projects under the aegis of Brooklyn’s post-funk M-Base scene, on which he skronked out and played unplugged with equal authority. Over the years, he honed a style that blended jazz vocabulary — he’s refracted, in a highly sophisticated way, the dialects of Charlie Christian, T-Bone Walker, Oscar Moore, Wes Montgomery, Jim Hall, John McLaughlin and Ralph Towner, among others — with Euro-classical, flamenco, blues, Indian and multiple African lexicons.

On three Blue Note studio dates recorded between 1992 and 1994, Eubanks coalesced these flavors into a mature compositional voice, steamy and contemplative, adding flute and trombone to the front line and deploying Holland and Smith or Charnett Moffett with either Gene Jackson or Mark Mondesir to propel the flow. For most of his fan base, the Blue Notes and the contemporaneously released World Trio [Intuition], an elegant session with Holland and percussionist Minu Cinelu, were the last sighting of the guitarist at his unmediated best.

That changed in November, when Mack Avenue released Zen Food, which features Bill Pierce on saxophone, Gerry Etkins on piano, Rene Camacho on bass and Smith on drums, Eubanks’ band-of-choice for weekend flyaway and vacation-time gigs at rooms like Yoshi’s and Blues Alley. Somewhat more swing-oriented than its ’90s predecessors, it’s an exceptionally accomplished, energetic date that reflects both the high-gloss professionalism and creative abilities of the first-call personnel. “Smitty and I have a heavy jazz background from when we moved to New York,” Eubanks says. “But we also intensely love electric music from the ‘70s when Fusion was something new, before people started turning it into a technical exercise, and playing loud and fast and furious. Fusion was in our present, we breathed the same air at the same time, and you can feel that pure fusion energy on Zen Food.”

BREAK

Most admirers for whom Eubanks was a nightly presence in their late-night rituals know nothing, and could care less, about his hardcore jazz bona fides.

Which perhaps is why, over the course of our conversation, Eubanks launched several unprompted soliloquies disputing the notion that Zen Food, which wears its erudition lightly, denotes some sort of radical break from his post Blue Note discography. “It’s not like I decided to dust off the guitar, start putting the band together, and record for Mack Avenue,” he states with beleaguered asperity. “There’s the insinuation that I’m somehow coming back to what I used to do, like a retro musical trend. I have no intention of going back to anything. We’ve been playing this music on the road for years, and Zen Food is the latest of several records I’ve made during my time here. If Mack Avenue hadn’t contacted me, I’d have put it out on iTunes.”

To be specific, Eubanks’ download-only imprint, Insoul, comprises six dates, all from the aughts, and recorded or post-produced in the fully equipped home studio that he built from Tonight Show earnings, Each explores a different facet of his interests. On Shrine, Eubanks, Pierce and the late pianist James Williams — cusp-of-the-’80s bandmates in the Jazz Messengers— join iconic drummer Billy Higgins in an informed, swinging session, while on Slow Freight Eubanks and his uncle, pianist Ray Bryant, offer a recital of blues- and soul-infused jazz. Genesis, which is all-acoustic, finds Eubanks and Pierce addressing modern hymns and spirituals from a harmonically advanced perspective. A similarly contemplative feeling comes forth on Angel, a suite for solo and overdubbed acoustic guitars that would not sound out of place on ECM; on Soweto Sun, Eubanks, Pierce and Smith, in trio, evoke quiet-storm intensity. Eubanks launched the label in 2001 with Live, an expansive location date with deep grooves, much melody and counterpoint, and abundant soloistic derring-do.

Asked why he didn’t publicize this strong, cohesive corpus, which, he acknowledges, “nobody has heard,” Eubanks responds: “I come from a school where you tour behind a record, which I couldn’t do while I was on The Tonight Show. Mack Avenue figured that I could now support Zen Food by going on the road, which is exactly what I want to do.”

He adds that non-jazz projects — among them, he cites collaborations with Nashville writers and five film scores — are a few of the “situations that probably will represent where the music goes in the future more than this record.” Again, Eubanks anticipates criticism and preempts it.

“It seems that the more interest you have in different things, the less seriously people take you, as though you can’t be excellent at any one of them,” he says. “The fact that people have heard me play jazz more than anything else may make it difficult for them to accept it when I explore other things. But The Tonight Show changed me. I’m way more into country music. And although I always liked bluegrass, now I like it way more, and I’d love to explore its connection with jazz. If I’m playing with a bluegrass artist, I’m representing the same work ethic, the same sensibility. I want to get greatat it. I would love to find a bluegrass player or a very progressive hip-hop musician who has been somewhat successful and create something together with the same sensibilities.”

Has Eubanks impacted the evolution of guitar language? “Maybe within a very small area,” he replies. “Maybe the guitar community would take me more seriously had I not been on TV for 18 years. That’s just how life is. But maybe it’s just in my mind. Maybe I’m paranoid about that.”

BREAK

During a two-hour conversation, Eubanks used different tenses of the verb “to learn” 35 separate times, as in, “I’m taking what I’ve learned at The Tonight Show and moving forward.” The lessons were wide-ranging.

One was to apply bandstand principles to his role in Leno’s nightly front-of-show monologue with Leno. “It was a comedic conversation between opposites,” he states. “But we trusted each other onstage. I was comping in support of his monologue, giving it energy without overtaking it, like when I play duets with Smitty or comp behind Bill Pierce.”

The imperative of enfolding individual skills within a collective context is key to his thought process. “Generally. my gig was to make everything better within my department and infuse that into the show — playing with other bands, choosing music, keeping the musicians mindful of professionalism and work ethic in a corporate situation,” Eubanks says. “The music is the web that connects everything, keeps the show moving. What will complement the comedy skit? If an audience member does something weird, can the music help turn it into comedy? Say Colin Powell was coming on. Can I find out from his aide what’s his favorite song? OK, it was a calypso. We found a tape, learned it, and surprised him by playing it when he came out.”

Others advised Eubanks on performance techniques. Arsenio Hall suggested he approach even the most familiar material as a first encounter; Regis Philbin reminded him to be intimate with the camera.

“I’ve met so many people who’ve embraced me, who feel they know me because I was in their living room every night,” Eubanks says. “On stage I try to convey that we’re company, so let’s be at ease and have a sense of humor about ourselves. That doesn’t conflict with making good music.” Such Tonight Show visitors as Willie Nelson, B.B. King and Buddy Guy, and various actor friends “don’t make a big deal of what they do on screen or stage; there’s a real person there.” He continues: “If people like you, they’ll generally be open to what you do.”

In March, the Thelonious Monk Institute appointed Eubanks Artistic Director for their Jazz in the Classroom program, with a mandate to work with aspirants in the public high schools of Los Angeles. (Eubanks reports that in 2011 he will visit Chicago and Philadelphia, his home town.)

“I stress sharing the workload, tutoring each other, working for people in your community, organizing fundraisers,” he says. “I want all the departments in the school to engage in this common purpose of putting together a song in an hour-and-a-half. I want dancers to make a dance for it. Lead vocalist, go to the horns, and learn the melody. Background singers, make up background horn parts. Artists, render everything that happens. At the end, everything coheres, and it’s become bigger than the sum of the parts, as I learned very well at The Tonight Show. You can take that work ethic anywhere, and prosper.”

He acknowledges that logistics make it difficult for Los Angeles jazzfolk to follow communital principles — jamming together, doing sessions, or walking, as is customary in New York, from one club to another. “That doesn’t mean that people aren’t just as serious,” Eubanks says. ALos Angeles is a production town filled with hard-working people who came here to be part of something bigger, professionals who network and do projects that go all over the world. After a while, your address book contains people other than musicians — a phone call could get you a jingle, it does well, and one thing leads to another. If you approach L.A. with preconceptions, you can talk yourself out of what’s really there.”

One aspiration is to conceptualize and shoot a pilot of a cooking show, perhaps pegging it to the Zen Food message by focusing on healthy eating for the over-45 set. But he isn’t in a rush. “People get this impression that in L.A. you snap your fingers and something happens,” he says. “But I’ve learned in Hollywood that it’s a big process from getting it off the drawing board to having someone look at it, buy it, and put it out. You need to market yourself, and it doesn’t happen overnight.

“The same thing applies to music. Don’t cater to a commercial audience, don’t change whatever you’re doing. But respect the fact that it’s not going to sell itself.”

1 Comment

Filed under Jazziz, Kevin Eubanks

RIP Jim McNeely (May 18th, 1949 – September 26th, 2025): An uncut Downbeat Blindfold Test from September 2015

Social media is chock-a-block with testimonies and appreciations for Jim McNeely, a great pianist, a brilliant composer and arranger whose ideas influenced several generations, but also a gifted educator and treasured mentor. Go to these thorough interviews by Ethan Iverson (https://ethaniverson.com/interviews/interview-with-jim-mcneely/) and Ronan Guilfoyle (https://ronanguil.blogspot.com/2009/09/jim-mcneely-on-composition-interview.html) for McNeely’s personal narrative. Iverson’s obituary appears on McNeely’s website. (https://jim-mcneely.com/)

I knew maestro McNeely professionally — he joined me several times on WKCR during the 1990s and 2000s, and I interviewed him in 2018 for Phil Woods’ autobiography, three years after he agreed to do the Downbeat Blindfold Test with me. Then 66, he opted to come to my place in Brooklyn from his New Jersey home via commuter bus and subway. I gave him contemporary material to listen to, and his remarks were trenchant and detailed in a way that could not be fully captured in a single page in DownBeat’s September 2015 issue. So I’m pleased to be able to offer a transcript of the complete proceedings below.

Nick Levinovsky, “In This World” (#9) (Special Opinion, Butman Music, 2013) (Levinovsky, Fender Rhodes, composer; Moscow State Jazz Orchestra: Igor Butman, Dmitry Mospan, Danny Walsh, Alexander Dovgopoly, saxophones; Pavel Zhlin, Denis Popov, Alexander Bernson, Alexander Sakharov, trumpets; Alevtina Polyakova, Oleg Borodin, Pavel Ovchinnikov, trombones, Nikolay Shevnin, bass trombone; Tom Kennedy, electric bass; Dave Weckl, drums)

That was well played. It impressed me as a really good, interesting arrangement of a tune that was a little predictable. We hear an awful lot of DAH-DUH-DAH, DAH-DUH-DAH in there. But the contrast in the tune with the middle section where it has more of a walking feel and eighth note thing was a nice contrast. I thought it got most interesting after the piano solo. The Fender Rhodes solo sounded fine. I’m curious as to whether the pianist is also the leader on the date. I thought either he was or the soprano sax player was, because the soprano was kind of hot in the mix. The mix I thought was a little artificial. I tend to like a mix that sounds like you’re recording the band in a room and not so much tweaking of the balance that they did here. But it’s a solid arrangement, and the band played really well. The lead player sounded really good. 4 stars. [After] Yeah, I know Nick. For this kind of thing, Dave is a great drummer to get. It was solid and played well. It was good. I got to know Nick a little bit when he was living in New York. He brought a few things in either to Mel’s band or the early days of the Vanguard Orchestra. There were one or two of his things in the book. I don’t know if we ever really played them, but I did get to know him a little bit back some time ago.

Lee Konitz-Ohad Talmor Big Band, “June ’05” (Portology, Omnitone, 2007) (Konitz, alto saxophone; Talmor, conductor, arranger; Orquestra Jazz de Matoshinos)

Is that Lee Konitz? Lee’s sound is so dark now, very rich and full. Of course, he has always been a very lyrical player. The piece wanders around, and almost feels like it ends about three different times, then it picks up again. So I’m not sure how successful the piece is. There are some really nice individual moments with the writing. One thing that struck me was the way it starts has some promise to it, but it doesn’t follow through all the way. It gets much more conventional in certain spots. Whoever wrote this I think was of two minds. He wanted to write a piece that expressed some of his compositional ideas, but he thought, “Well, I also have to make sure Lee can play on this.” I thought some of the background stuff was a little too much behind Lee, even though the brass were muted and it tends to be woodwinds and so forth. But I thought all the background stuff behind Lee could be thinned out by at least about half, just to let the darkness of his sound predominate a little more. Is that Oh…the guy who has written some things for him…I’m forgetting… [Ohad Talmor] Yes. He’s a good composer. [The composition comes from Lee’s playing. He practices, then transcribes it, and sends it to Ohad...] So those are some of Lee’s lines. Well, it’s a great idea. Was that recorded in New York, or was that the Portuguese orchestra, Matosinhos? [Yes.] I’ve worked with them, and they’re very good, and really good guys, and I admire what they’re doing. I’m not sure how successful this piece is just because it seemed like he was trying to get a lot of ideas in there, as many as he could, and the whole thing could have been thinned out and shortened, and it might work a little bit better. 3 stars. Lee’s… As with a lot of people… Dizzy once said it took him years to learn what not to play. I think of a guy like Cootie Williams; by the end of his career he had about 6 notes on the horn that he could use, and they were great, and he played the hell out of the trumpet. With Lee, it seems everything is slower, but more rich, more direct I guess is the word. I think with Lee now we hear somebody who has been doing it for God knows how many years… [70] Yeah. That’s how long he=s been playing, not alive but playing. And he’s finally figured out, “I’ve filtered out a lot of this stuff,” and every note has got this depth and meaning to it. I think it=s beautiful. At first, when the alto solo starts, about 4 or 5 people came to mind right away, and then I heard the lines he was playing, and I thought, “That’s Lee Konitz,” but it’s not the Lee Konitz that we’ve known 20-30-40 years ago, but it’s dark and rich like a really strong, roast cup of coffee. Lee sounds great. I think it’s so important when you’re writing for somebody, to create a setting where the solo is still a predominant voice. I thought here a lot of it, because of the rhythmic writing in the backgrounds…it was long and sustained, and tended to get in the way of Lee. One reason I’m saying this is this is stuff I used to do in my writing that I realized after a while doesn’t work, so I’ve tried to cut it out of my own stuff.

SFJAZZ Collective, “Spain” (The Music of Chick Corea and New Compositions, SFJAZZ, 2013) (Edward Simon, piano, arranger; Avishai Cohen, trumpet (solo); Robin Eubanks, trombone; Miguel Zenón, alto saxophone; David Sánchez, tenor saxophone; Stefon Harris, vibraphone; Matt Penman, bass; Obed Calvaire, drums)

That was good. “Spain “ when Chick first recorded it, and I was a lot younger, and so many of us at that time, it was our goal to learn the tune and play it as fast as we could, especially that big unison section. So when I heard the intro, I thought, “Ok, how are they going to treat this?” I liked the way the tempo in the beginning was very different. It was a nice surprise to hear it played that way, and then it got back to the slower thing at the end. The playing sounds really good. I wasn’t sure if that’s Chick on piano or not. When I first heard the vibes and the piano, it didn’t quite sound like Chick, and I thought, well, this is kind of like the hologram of the Gary Burton-Chick Corea duo — it’s them but it’s not them. It’s supposed to be that THING, but it wasn’t that. The piano player has a lot of Chick’s stuff, but the articulation didn’t quite sound like the way Chick plays. I thought the writing was good. I especially liked at the end of the trumpet solo the way the arranger took, DAH-DA-DAH-DUH, and kind of shoehorned it in at the appropriate places in the changes, and it kept coming back, and then added more stuff, and it got deconstructed there. I thought that was really effective. That was a nice move. Once I heard the whole thing I thought that maybe…

To me, how do you start off a piece of music? That’s a really big question I always struggle with. There are things I’ve written over the years that I’ve performed with the intro that I wrote, and then without, and just start on the tune, and some kind of variation in the middle. Here I thought maybe it should have just started with the vibes and the piano, because to have the horns in front seemed a little pointless given everything else that happens in the chart. But that said, I thought it was a really effective arrangement. The trumpet solo was great, where they covered the horn. It sounds like somebody I ought to know, but I can’t really say who it was. But all in all, I thought the performance was really good and the writing was good, especially considering… I think it was four horns, and so whoever did this used a lot of imagination. There were also times when he was using the piano as a force to reinforce some of the horn voicings. I liked the piano player. If it wasn’t Chick, there were a few obvious Chick things that we’ve all learned and tried to do. Maybe back off on that a little bit, but generally the piano solo was good. 4 stars. [after] I just did a project with the Frankfurt Radio Band for Anat Cohen, Avishai’s sister. To get ready for the thing she sent me a bunch of recordings of possible tunes to do, and both her brothers are playing on some of these things. Man, what a musical family.

Muhal Richard Abrams, “Blu Blu Blu” (ABlu Blu Blu@, Black Saint, 1990) (Abrams, piano; Jack Walrath, trumpet; Alfred Patterson, trombone; Mary Taylor, french horn; Joe Daley, tuba; John Purcell, Robert DeBellis, Eugene Ghee, Patience Higgins, saxophones and woodwinds; David Fiuczynski, guitar; Brad Jones, bass; Warren Smith, vibraphone; Thurman Barker, drums)

Well, they modulated. I like the tuba player. I hope the guitar player isn’t a friend of mine, because I liked about the first chorus of it, and then some of the most annoying accompaniment I’ve ever heard. It just got in the way of the soloists. It was ok. It sounded like they were having fun. Who was it? I should go on the record—I love Muhal. I think he’s great. I think it was the guitar playing that got to me the worst. The guitar got in the way of a number of things. The last 3 bars, all of a sudden there was something there that showed whoever wrote this knows what he’s doing and does stuff beyond what this is. But I just thought some of the execution was a little…

Ryan Truesdell: Gil Evans Project, “Concorde” (Lines of Color, ArtistShare, 2015) (Ryan Truesdell, conductor; Steve Wilson, alto flute; Dave Pietro, alto saxophone [solo]; Donny McCaslin, flute; Tom Christensen, oboe, English horn; Alden Banta, bassoon; Adam Unsworth, David Peel, French horn; Augie Haas, Greg Gisbert [solo], Mat Jodrell, trumpet; Marshall Gilkes, trombone; George Flynn, bass trombone; Marcus Rojas, tuba; Lois Martin viola [solo]; James Chirillo, guitar; Frank Kimbrough, piano; Jay Anderson, bass [solo]; Lewis Nash, drums)

[immediately] Oh, this is “Concorde.” Gil. Is this Ryan Truesdell’s version? First of all, my hat is off to Ryan for the incredible amount of work that he’s done with Gil’s music, and getting it out there and re-recording it. This piece especially I first heard on a reissue of The Individualism of Gil Evans. I didn’t know this, but on the original version of that LP, Gil didn’t allow “Concorde” to be on it. When they reissued it on CD some years later, they put it on there. This is a wild arrangement… It’s John Lewis’ tune. It’s a tremendous piece of writing on Gil’s part. But you can tell on the original recording…there’s a point where it just sounds like nobody quite knows where they are. So just to hear it played by these guys and really hearing the writing much more clearly, to me is terrific.

The one issue I have with… I guess two issues. First of all, I’m so used to hearing Thad and Phil Woods, and whoever was playing on this were fine. They are fine players. [Greg Gisbert and Dave Pietro] Well, both of them… Greg to me is one of the great trumpet players in the world, and Dave is a really good alto player. But I’m so used to hearing Thad and Phil, and associating those sounds with the tune, it’s hard for me to separate those guys from the arrangement. The other thing is… This is a general thing, not only when Ryan has reworked Gil ‘s writing but other people have, too. Some of Gil’s writing was so rhythmically tricky to play that the recordings that Gil did are full of these little mistakes that the players make, and when you hear it recorded later by other ensembles, where they’re nailing it, it sounds weird. To me, the most famous example is [sings refrain of ‘Gone’] On the original record, there’s guys coming in early and all kinds of stuff. But then, I think when Miles did the thing at Montreux and Quincy conducted, and Kenwood Dennard was playing drums, and they did that piece and it was perfect, it sounded strange, because you expect… The bass clarinet is supposed to come in early here. What is this? So there’s something… [It’s supposed to be like Sweet Basil on a Monday night.] On Gil’s own recordings, the word I keep thinking of is there’s a charm about those, because they weren’t played perfectly. A lot of the time, the writing was such that… Those were the days when you wrote the charts, you went in the studio, you read it down once, you rolled the tape and then you went to the next one. That ‘s one reason why so much of that stuff was lost. Because the date would end and everyone would leave, and Gil ‘s not thinking, “Oh, maybe 30 years from now someone is going to want to study this in a school.” Everyone walks away. The producer takes it and uses it for his cat-box or something. Who knows?

The music was never really rehearsed as much as it should have been. But that leads to this…there’s this human-ness of the rough edges on Gil’s original records that to me are just beautiful. As much as I love what Ryan has done here, I miss those little threads hanging off. On the other hand, especially with “Concorde,” where the original record is so unfocused, this is great. Especially at the end, there’s this unison trumpet line, and they’re playing, and it’s terrific. I’ve got to give it 5 stars. [You raised an interesting point. This isn’t quite repertory. He’s unearthing compositions, reconstructing complete arrangements, and so on. Separating it from your taste, is it a good thing to have Gil Evans the way it was supposed to sound, if we can say it was supposed to sound that way?] Yeah, I think so. It’s never going to sound… Even back in those days, if it was played more or less perfectly or as close to perfect as humanly possible, the tone that guys played with back then was a little different than the modern players. So I think even if they had played the stuff really rhythmically precisely and everything, it would still sound a little different, plus, those were the days of analog tape. “Concorde” was recorded out at Rudy’s with that Rudy piano sound, and the sound of the room. So the sound of Rudy’s studio and the piano and the analog recording is as much part of the sound of that original record as the screwups and the stuff that didn’t come together quite right. But I still think it’s valuable that we can hear Gil’s piece in this case just played well. You’re right, one reason it’s not repertory yet is that it’s not widely available for people to play. It would be nice if that changed. I’ve seen some of the things that Ryan has had to work with — very sketchy sketches. The scores sometimes weren’t available, so he reconstructed these pieces from very sketchy stuff. I think it’s a really valuable addition to the repertoire.

Vince Mendoza, “Poem of the Moon” (Nights On Earth, Horizontal, 2011) (John Abercrombie, guitar solo; Ambrose Akinmusire, trumpet solo; Kenny Werner, piano; Christian McBride, bass; Greg Hutchinson, drums; Jim Walker, flute; Maria Dickstein, harp; members of the Metropole Orkestra, strings)

I liked that a lot. Was that Abercrombie? It had a really nice arc. It didn’t pretend to be more than what it was. I loved the ending. Several things we=ve heard today seemed that they end, and then they keep going and end again. This was very to the point, and I really loved the shape. The trumpet player sounded really good; I couldn’t identify exactly who it was. If it’s Abercrombie with strings, it’s probably Vince Mendoza, who is one of my favorite composer-arrangers. I’ve learned a lot from Vince over the years. That was probably Peter Erskine on drums. Oh, it wasn’t? It was a very nice setting for the solos and for the tune. It wasn’t pretentious. It was nicely restrained in a beautiful way. I thought that was really great. 5 stars.

Darcy James Argue, “Missing Parts” (Brooklyn Babylon, New Amsterdam, 2013) (Erica von Kleist (solo), Rob Wilkerson, Sam Sadigursky, John Ellis, Josh Sinton (solo), saxophones and woodwinds; Seneca Black, Tom Goehring, Matt Holman, Ingrid Jenson, Nadje Noordhuis (solo), trumpet and flugelhorn, fluegelhorn; Ingrid Jensen: trumpet, fluegelhorn, electronics; Mike Fahie, euphonium, trombone; Ryan Keberle, trombone; James Hirschfeld, trombone (solo), tuba; Jennifer Wharton, tuba; Sebastian Noelle, electric guitar; Gordon Webster, keyboards; Matt Clohesy, bass; Jon Wikan, drumset, percussion; Darcy James Argue: composer, conductor.

In this piece, I had the feeling I could chop it up into 32nd bits, and each one would be really striking on its own, but it seems like the composer kind of put them in order, one after another, and I don’t know if it flows so well. When it breaks into that kind of acid rock baritone saxophone solo, that really grabbed me. I thought, “Wow, ok, now it=s taking off.” Then it stopped. To me, it’s a little unfocused, but again, individual moments are really striking. There’s the brass stuff in the beginning, where there’s the trumpets, then the trombones, little solis of each section playing. Those were nice, but it followed the way the piece begins with some kind of…I don’t know if it’ s a…not a tabla, but some kind of clay… All that pointillistic stuff happening, then the trombone solo, then all of a sudden that stops, then we had these little brass interludes and then that stops. Some of the individual moments are really good, and I’d like to have heard…let’s stay with one for a while, wallow in it for a while and see where we go with it before shifting to the next thing. It was very well played, and it was well-recorded. You said it was part of a longer suite; I’d be curious to hear the whole thing. But I’ve got mixed feelings about it. I’ve written things like this, where… I look at it as hanging towels on a line. You’ve done your laundry, and each individual towel is a different color, and you go from one to the next to the next. So in a way, I kind of like that, but it seemed that the shift of focus was so drastic every… Like I said, it seemed every 30 seconds. When I’d hear it change to something new, I’d say, “Well, I know it=s going to change in another few seconds, so I’m not going to get emotionally involved in this.” [like speed dating] So I’d say 3 stars. To parts of it, I’d give 8 for the imagination, and parts of it I’d give 1 for… So 3. [after] That is a big, long piece. Sorry, Darcy. In general, I like what he does a lot. I thought that this, as an isolated thing, was… Is there a dance that goes along with this? [Not a dance, but it proceeds synchronously with continuous animation and live painting] In a way, I like a lot of the individual moments. There are parts of the Rite of Spring, not many, but a couple of parts that are kind of boring because there’s stuff happening on stage. In context with the visual thing, I’d probably have a completely different response. Just listening to the thing as music was not so… As I said, I start to back off from it because I thought, “Well, it’s going to shift again here.” Who was the bari player? [Josh Sinton] Don’t know him.

At 66, I don’t want to fall into that trap of being the grumpy old guy, and some of them were good friends of mine, and mentors, and I saw it happen, where they just complained about everything, and nothing is the way it used to be back in the good old days and all that… A lot of the projects I’ve done with the Frankfurt Radio especially, with artists who I don’t normally work with, has exposed me to a lot of kinds of music that at first was a little odd, and I had to figure out how do I adapt this for big band. But it’s opened me up to a lot of things, like Ibrahim Malouf, the trumpet player, or Rabih Abou-Kahlil. Then I also got to work with people like Abercrombie and Liebman and Beirach. I just did a thing with Branford in April that was interesting. I put together a program of tunes written by great trumpet players, and Branford came in and played his butt off. Anat Cohen. I did a thing with Luciana Souza a couple of years ago, with a lot of Brazilian music. Unfortunately, though, those radio companies are really bad at the record business. They used to have an in-house label that kind of went belly-up. We’ve talked about somehow finding a way to release some of the Luciana stuff. [everyone wants a big band record] Well, the problem is, everyone wants a big band record and no one wants to pay for it. With these radio bands, the stuff is recorded, and the guys in the band don’t need to get any extra money. It’s part of their gig to do that. But sometimes the artist…I’m arranging music that they’ve already recorded, and so they don’t want to put it out again, or whatever the reasons are. We=re working on a getting a couple… They did a thing with Chris Potter last year that we’re trying to get out.

So I’m trying to keep an open mind. Also, the students I have expose me to certain kinds of indie or whatever stuff. I had a guy a couple of years ago telling me about Doom music, and there=s a subgenre called Funeral Doom where the metronome quarter-note equals 40, and they detune their guitars lower. It’s awful stuff, but I’m exposed to this stuff all the time, and I’m not just sitting there, wishing that… I try not to wallow in the past. At the same time, respecting the hell out of the past and where we all came from. Trying to keep an open mind about things. As George Burns said, the secret to success in show business is honesty, and if you can fake that, you’ve got it made.

Arturo O’Farrill and the Afro-Latin Jazz Orchestra, “On The Corner of Malecón and Bourbon” (The Offense of the Drum, Motéma, 2014) (Arturo O’Farrill, piano (solo), composer; Ivan Renta, Peter Brainin, tenor saxophone, Bobby Porcelli (solo), David DeJesus, alto saxophone, Jason Marshall (solo), saxophones; Seneca Black, Jim Seeley (solo), John Bailey, Jonathan Powell, trumpets; Tokunori Kajiwara, Rafi Malkiel, Frank Cohen, trombones; Earl McIntyre, bass trombone; Gregg August, bass (solo); Vince Cherico, drums; Roland Guerrero, congas; Joe Gonzalez, bongos)

That’s funny. I don’t know what to make of that. It starts out like Don Pullen meets the World Saxophone Quartet in a big band with a Mideastern Salsa band. It kind of jumps around in the beginning. When it finally settles into the groove, the last thing, it=s happening. Although that kind of trumpet playing is… I was struck by the fact… There’s two trumpets going back and forth, and one of them tries to quote “Anything You Can Do I Can Do Better” and he messes it up. Anything you can do, I can’t do better. In a way, it was fun to listen to. I just thought the beginning was really scattered. Even with that kind of faux ragtime feel with the baritone sax solo, when it finally settles in, it sounded pretty good. The last thing, I guess a merengue, a really up Latin thing, was burning—that sounded good. But the beginning to me takes away from the effect of the whole thing. 3 stars. Very programmatic. [after] I had the sense he was trying a musical tour of things. So I just thought, especially in the beginning, there were a few things that didn’t quite work. Once it settled into some things, I thought it worked better. But there was a New Orleans kind of influence in the very beginning, too, so I couldn’t quite figure out where… Arturo is very good. To me, it would have worked better if there was something connecting all those ideas. Each one was presented like in a box, and if there was a way to break down some of the separation between them so it flowed a little bit, it might be more effective.

Don Sebesky, “Bill, Not Gil” (I Remember Bill: A Tribute to Bill Evans, RCA Victor, 1998) (Eddie Daniels, clarinet; Bob Brookmeyer, valve trombone; Larry Coryell, guitar; Dave Samuels, vibraphone; Marc Johnson, bass; Joe LaBarbera, drums; Dennis Mackrel, additional drums; brass and woodwinds)

I’m stumped. If that’s not Bob Brookmeyer on valve trombone, it’s somebody who really admired him. What stumps me is that the recording sounds rather modern, and it doesn=t sound like the kind of music Bob was writing in the last 20 years or so. The clarinet player sounded very good. It was really well recorded, and had a really nice sound to it. It sounds like the way Bob was playing in the last 10 or 15 years. His earlier playing, he covered more of the horn, high register, low register, had this very gruff side to his playing, and he really mellowed things out and smoothed things out. So it sounds like his later period as a player. For me it’s a little strange because the writing is good, but it’s much more conventional than the kinds of things he was writing in the last 30 years or so. And the clarinet player was great. I’m a lapsed clarinetist myself, and this player was very good. For Bob, I’d give it 4 stars. [after] I thought it was Eddie Daniels. Don Sebesky makes sense. He’s great. But I kept thinking, if it’s Bob and it sounds fairly recent, it’s not his writing, so it was a little strange. [As someone operating during the ’70s when Sebesky was everywhere, were you taking him into account in your own development?] In a way. I played some of his arrangements when I was in college. Actually, I played on a recording he did, an Ellington tribute, and it was great to see his stuff up-close and hear his writing. To some extent… When I was coming up as a budding young big band arranger in the late ’60s and early ’70s, Thad was exerting such a strong influence. Somebody once said about Arnold Schoenberg that he had such a strong influence, you either had to write like him or you had to really try hard to write not like him. There was no in between. Thad was kind of like that, when I was, say, 18-19-20 years old. He was still the biggest influence on me at that time. [All those Solid State records came out one after another.] Yes. The first one was the studio one, and the next two were live at the Vanguard. Frankly, the first Live at the Vanguard record is what convinced me to come to New York. I heard not only the band and the writing, but the vibe in the club. I thought, ANew York seems like a pretty nice place to be.@ But it was Thad and then Bob’s writing, and Oliver Nelson, probably the three who had the biggest influence on me when I was younger. Then Don… There are other things I played that I don’t think I knew were written by Don Sebesky until later on. But the sound he got out of a band is really his sound, and I like it a lot.

J.C. Sanford, “Your Word Alone” (Views From The Inside, Whirlwind, 2014) (J.C. Sanford, composer, arranger, trombone; Taylor Haskins, Matt Holman, trumpet and flugelhorn; Dan Willis, soprano sax (solo); Ben Kono, Chris Bacas, Kenny Berger, reeds and winds; Mark Patterson: trombone (solo); Jeff Nelson, bass trombone; Chris Komer, French horn (solo); Jacob Garchik, accordion; Tom Beckham, vibraphone (solo); Meg Okura: violin (solo); Will Martina, cello; Aidan O’Donnell, bass; Satoshi Takeishi, percussion.

I liked that. It would have a texture going and interrupt it, but the interruptions made sense. They startled you, and then you went back to the quarter-note pulse. I thought the thing built nicely. The string players sound very good, and just to record strings with a group like that…a small group…it sounded like there were two or three…it’s tough for the balance, but I think they did a good job of balancing everything. The playing was good. I have no idea who it is, but 4 stars. [after] I know J.C. very well. That’s from his CD that I didn’t listen to the whole thing! Is that Meg Okura?

Wynton Marsalis and Lincoln Center Jazz Orchestra, “Saturday Night Slow Drag” (#2:3) (All Rise, Sony Classical, 2002) (Lincoln Center Jazz Orchestra and Los Angeles Philharmonic)

That’s some wild stuff. I loved the last two choruses, the brass tutti, and some of the things that they’ve… Whoever wrote this, what they have the orchestra doing in the beginning is really striking. I feel pretty strongly about this. My one reservation is that the spirit of what we heard in the written stuff disappears in the solo section. I’m wondering, would there be a way to use… All of a sudden when the solos start, it’s just rhythm section and soloist. Which is fine. That’s a time-tested texture. But we lose whatever the tension and the wackiness that the orchestra had in the beginning. Then after the solos, this wonderful little double-time brass thing happens, so we’re back into that vibe again. So there’s just a bit of a hole in the middle, in the solos. But a lot of what they’ve got the orchestra doing is great. 4 stars. [after] That’s Wynton’s piece? It’s very good. I haven’t listened much to them recently. I know that the Frankfurt Radio Band did that piece with either the Dresden or Leipzig Philharmonic last year. I’ve got to check, out what Wynton’s doing more. I heard some of the things back in the early days, and some of Blood In The Fields. There was some nice brass writing in there, the way he used mutes. But the orchestra was doing some wacky stuff. They sounded good.

Alan Broadbent and the NDR Big Band, “Sonata For Swee’Pea” (America the Beautiful, Jan Matthies Records, 2014)

This is really well-written. I’ve got to say my favorite part of the whole piece was the coda. Because then he or she took some ideas from the tune and started to really work with it, and built a really nice shape, and there are some really nice events in the head chorus. The tune itself is pretty straight-ahead and conventional. But I thought especially at the end of the whole thing, that coda lifted it up and took it home nicely. The piano playing was good, and I wonder if the pianist was the arranger. No idea who it was, but the solo sounded really nice. I thought the flutes could have been mixed a little bit in the back; they were a little forward for the background for the piano solo. 3 stars. [after] I thought it was Alan, but I wasn’t sure. There was a phrase he played toward the beginning of his solo that said Alan Broadbent to me. But there wasn’t enough else to go on.

[Do the different radio orchestra in Germany each have their own personality, their own sound? ] Yes. It’s a result of obviously the players in the band, number one, and who=s writing for the band, who=s conducting them. All the bands have their strengths and weaknesses, just like any other group of human beings. But part of what makes a band easy or a challenge to work with is the atmosphere in the studio. That’s a human chemistry thing. Some bands… I don’t want to get into all the stuff. But some bands are known for being more collections of individuals, and some are a little more into playing together. I like to think that the Frankfurt band, where I’m the chief conductor, is very welcoming to outside soloists coming in, even though the music may seem a little odd at first to the players. I’ve tried to create an atmosphere where we’re going to work on this and get it good. To me, a very important part of any band is the lead trumpet and the drums. I think the combination in Cologne is a very good combination. In Frankfurt it’s a little different because of the players. Each band has its own personal personality and musical personality. There aren’t too many left. That=s another thing about it. The ones that have survived have had to make an artistic reason to live. They can’t just do the old stuff they used to do back in the glory days of the radio big bands. But then, those glory days weren’t so glorious sometimes. Some of the players weren’t so good. Again, the bands that have survived now have really good players in them that want to work and want to play, and want to get challenged by doing a lot of different kinds of things.

[So you have a good pool of musicians to draw from.] Yeah. There are music schools now in northern Europe especially that are producing players who are really quite good. In fact, the projects that these radio bands have done in the last 20 years, maybe even more than that…a lot of the younger players know about these bands and they know about the kind of music they’re doing, and they aspire to play in bands like that. Since there’s usually 17 or 18 people in each band, that’s not a lot of slots to fill, so when one does open up, there’s a lot of people interested in it. [It must add an edge to the playing when people want to hold on to the gig.] In the old days there were lifetime contracts. I don’t know if they do that any longer. You still have to really screw up to get fired. But in general, people realize it’s a good job to have, and a number of the players use the job as a home base, but then they also are very active doing other things, so they keep the musical part of themselves alive, not just by showing up to the studio but going out and doing other things.

Maria Schneider, “Nimbus” (The Thompson Fields, ArtistShare, 2015) (Steve Wilson [alto solo], Dave Pietro, Rich Perry, Donny McCaslin, Scott Robinson, saxophones and woodwinds; Tony Kadleck, Greg Gisbert, Augie Haas, Mike Rodriguez, trumpets; Keith O’Quinn, Ryan Keberle, Marshall Gilkes, trombone; George Flynn, bass trombone; Gary Versace, accordion; Lage Lund, guitar; Frank Kimbrough, piano; Jay Anderson, bass; Clarence Penn, drums)

That=s some strong stuff. Great alto playing. Whoever wrote it sounds like they’ve got a bit of Gil Evans in them. If it’s the pianist, the piano playing also has some Gil-ish stuff happening. It really built well. My only reservation is that, as good as the alto player was, there was a time when I thought it was time for him to stop and let the ensemble take over, and then bring him back in. There’s something that happens, because the alto is playing over almost the whole piece, and after a while we start to say, “Oh, that alto is still playing; I want to hear what else is happening.” I use this analogy a lot where, when the ocean is beating against the shore, the wave comes in, and then it pulls back and disappears, and then comes in again. It’s got more impact that way, rather than just constantly hitting the shore. So if I have any reservation about the piece it’s just to have the alto drop out and then come back in. But whoever the alto player is did a great job of shaping the solo at the end and really coming down. It was a very effective piece. No idea who it was, or who composed it. 4 stars. [after] Steve Wilson is great. For a moment I thought it was him, but there was something about the alto sound that didn’t sound quite like Steve. At first I thought it was Maria, then I heard something and I thought, “Maria wouldn’t do that.” That’s why I cancelled her out. Then I thought, “If it was Maria, it would be Steve, but it doesn’t quite sound like Steve, so…” But Steve Wilson is great, and Maria is terrific. Is that Thompson Fields? This will get me to pay for a download and get the recording. But it/s funny. There was a doubling of a couple of instruments playing unisons in a voicing, and I thought, “I didn/t think Maria did that.” But it’s really effective.

I’m struck by the number of pieces that began with a piano chord. In general, I enjoyed what I heard. When people ask me what do I listen to, between September and May I spend a lot of time listening to stuff my students do. Like I said, except for “Concorde,” which I was familiar with, and I know “Spain,” the tune, but a lot of this music I hadn’t heard before. I’m impressed with the writing and the different things people are trying to do. I think some are more effective at creating a continuous whole storyline than others. That to me is… The older I get…as human beings… It goes back to when you’re a little kid. “Tell me a story, Daddy; Mommy, tell me a story.” We love to hear stories. I think if you really think about the arc of the piece and the storyline first, and how do you tell that story, that’s the most important thing. It has nothing to do with chord voicings and all that kind of thing. That said, I had a feeling some of the pieces were more successful at linking everything together to tell a story than others. But in general, I enjoyed what I heard a lot.

[I didn’t play you much stuff that references 20th century European music. How would you have responded to those sorts of things?] When I’m hearing music that’s composed, one thing that goes through my head is this image of a person sitting at a piano, making decisions about things. I want the music to do this; I’m shaping this. It’s almost like a potter with clay in their hands, making something physical, or a playwright creating stage directions and creating roles for the players and musical ideas. I imagine this person sitting there, making decisions about things. I imagine the human person making the decisions. I think in some of those people you=d mentioned, there are varying degrees of decision-making that happen before the fact. The great thing about especially large ensemble jazz composition is, it’s a combination of stuff that was made up beforehand and stuff being made up on the spot. To me, that’s one of the central tensions of jazz composition that goes back to Jelly Roll Morton. I like to get the sense at some point in a piece that somebody has directed the thing to go in a certain way. Now, there are certain bands that have incorporated a lot of free improvisation. I heard the Globe Unity Orchestra a couple of times back in the day, and sometimes you had the feeling they just went out there and went for it, and made up stuff. Or a guy like Butch Morris, with his conduction things, where people are playing, and he’d start pointing and encouraging, and he had his language of gestures. This is a personal thing on my part, but I like the sense that somehow there is someone directing the thing. Now, it could be done very specifically, with notation; it could be done in a more general way. But that’s what I like to hear in a large ensemble. Some of the stuff I’d respond pretty positively to. I remember hearing Sun Ra in the ’80s when I was with Mel Lewis’ band. We played a concert that we played first, and then Ra came out with his whole ensemble. It was “Space Is The Place,” and it was great. So different than what Mel was doing. But you had the feeling that these guys knew what they were doing. A lot of it sounded completely whacked-out, but it had a flow; the whole set had a flow to it. That’s just what I like to hear if there’s more than 8 or 9 people on the stage. I like to hear some sense of it being organized. [A guiding intelligence.] Right. Some kind of intelligent being. [God.] Yeah. God ought to start a big band. I wonder what that would sound like.

Leave a comment

Filed under Blindfold Test, Jim McNeely

For saxophone master George Garzone’s 75th birthday, a DownBeat profile from 2016

In 2016, DownBeat gave me the wonderful opportunity to spend almost a week in Xalapa, Mexico, covering a wonderful festival curated by the young saxophonist curated and organized by alto saxophonist Arturo Caraza Orozco, then 30, who taught locally at the University of Veracruz, populated by some 60,000 students. For the festival’s second edition, Caraza booked a distinguished cast of characters, including a quintet co-led by saxophonists Garzone and Marco Pignataro; the John Patitucci Trio with Chris Potter and Rudy Royston; the Miguel Zenón Quartet;  trombonist-singer-composer-arranger Pete McGuinness fronting a locally assembled big band; and Gonzalo Rubalcaba’s Volcan. During my stay, I had an opportunity to spend quality time with Garzone and his partners, towards putting together this profile.

George Garzone: The Renegade” (DownBeat, 2016):

On the morning of day one of the 2016 Xalapa International Jazz Festival, a quintet of distinguished jazz educators—saxophonists George Garzone and Marco Pignataro, pianist Teo Ciavarella, bassist John Lockwood and drummer Ron Savage—reminisced as their van deliberately threaded the narrow streets, through a downpour, to Xalapa Conservatory, where master classes would ensue.

             Pignataro—born in Bologna and a Bostonian since 2009—and Garzone—Boston-born to Calabrian immigrants—pinpointed how Italian heritage influenced their sound projection, their mutual aspiration to emulate the human voice through metal instruments. In response, Lockwood—Garzone’s steady Monday night partner in the Boston-based outcat trio the Fringe since 1985—recalled playing bass on a 1990 concert with the Boston Pops as Stan Getz unfurled a stream of melody, noting the irony that Getz, so insensitive in his treatment of others, could generate such sweetness in his tone. Garzone recalled meeting Getz at the shop of famed Boston sax doctor Emilio Lyon, who had played with Garzone in an Italian marching band in the North End when both were young. “Emilio said, ‘Georgie, take out your horn and play for Stan,’” Garzone said. “He liked my sound and said, ‘Kid, can I try your horn?’ He loved it and wanted me to swap it for his gold-plated tenor.” Garzone declined. Getz got mad. “My mother got it for me,” Garzone told us. “I thought that if I gave it up, she’d kill me.”                                                          

            In concert the following evening as the Marco Pignataro-George Garzone Quintet, the cohort’s musical conversation embodied cohesion and mutual intuition emblematic of a long-standing unit, not one that had prepared with a single set at a Cambridge club the previous week. Garzone channeled Getzian lyricism on Pignataro’s arrangement of the traditional Neapolitan song “Voce ‘e Notte,” on Antonio Carlos Jobim’s “Eu Sei Que Te Vou Amar,” and on his own “Tutti Italiani.” Soloing on Ciavarella’s “Grande Theodore” and “Panarea,” he code-switched into the post-Coltrane refractions for which he is most widely known, sound-painting wild shapes and swoops.

            Pignataro, who is Managing Director at Berklee’s Global Jazz Institute, brought Garzone there in 2009. He conceived the project after BGJI Artistic Director Danilo Pérez remarked “how much he liked the contrast between the ways we play,” and suggested that Pignataro pursue a formal collaboration. “I like hearing music from the Italian point of view, melodic and emotional, and George’s sound is so strong that I always need to be careful, because it’s easy for me to start drifting that way,” Pignataro said. “George asked if I thought he was playing too out, that the music was so lyrical he should maybe play that way. I told him, ‘George, do your thing.’”

            Doing his own thing has been Garzone’s default basis of operations during his forty-plus-year-career as an improviser and pedagogue. “George is one of three tenor players I most admire, along with Wayne Shorter and Joe Lovano,” Pignataro said. “He has worked out a system not based on patterns and cliches, but on the particular way he looks at harmony, which allows him to showcase his strong sense of rhythm. He’s creative and unpredictable; you never know what his next note will be.”

            At 66, Garzone’s sparse discography, numbering 10 leader albums and another 10 with the Fringe, belies his exalted stature among musicians. “He’s very underrated in the saxophone world,” said Chris Cheek, one Garzone’s many distinguished saxophonist alumni—others include Branford Marsalis, Joshua Redman, Mark Turner, Donny McCaslin, Seamus Blake and Rudresh Mahanthappa—who were touring Europe during July festival season. “Maybe he’s overlooked because he’s a Punk Rock version of saxophone, the underground anarchist, not so warm or fuzzy or cuddly. But he’s incredibly substantial and broad.”

            “George is a very free player, not limited to trying to play in a certain style,” said Joe Lovano, an old friend. “He has a natural feeling and it flows out of him, no matter what kind of song or tune. He’s a force of nature in the improvised world.”

            Garzone’s low Q-score stems partly from his decision to remain in Boston and devote much of his energy to teaching. In one-on-one sessions, Cheek says, he gives students “license to go off into the abyss and not look back,” but he is also an eminent clinician, preaching an increasingly influential method, by which, Garzone says, players “connect triadic structures through inversions by half steps, to come up with non-repetitive, non-predictable lines, so you can improvise fresh melodies over chord changes with confidence.”

            A few hours after the master classes, Garzone distilled the message that took him more than thirty years to develop in an hour-long public lecture-demonstration before several hundred attendees. Interested parties can absorb it granularly in various lectures on Youtube, or on the DVD, The Music of George Garzone and The Triadic Chromatic Approach (JodyJazz) for which Garzone recruited a group comprising Fringe partners Lockwood and drummer Bob Gullotti, vibraphonist Mike Mainieri, tenor saxophonist Frank Tiberi and guitarist Chris Crocco. But three core aesthetic principles emerged.

            One is that eighth notes should be phrased straight, not in triplets. Another is to avoid articulation. “When you come to me for your first lesson, I will cut out your tongue,” Garzone said. “The action is from the fingers.” A third principle is “to be random, not repeat yourself.”

            “George creates a way of thinking that addresses the extemporaneousness of the moment,” Pignataro said. “We all come from the perspective of using articulation to swing, using the triplet feel, using sequence to create a kind of harmonic soundpost. His way of playing completely breaks you out of patterns. George creates this dissonance. You don’t know where he’s going, but suddenly he resolves the tension and plays this beautiful Stan Getzish melody.”

            Garzone delivered other, more personal aphorisms: “I was a street saxophone player, and that’s why I can relate to young people.” “It’s ok to sound a little different; you need one person in your life who tells you it’s ok.” “I play best under pressure; if it’s too smooth, I start making mistakes.” “The discipline of growing up in an Italian family made me stronger.”

            These themes cropped up in our conversation the morning of the concert, when Garzone, who started playing at 9, discussed his own education. His first role model, his uncle, Rocco Spada, the oldest of his mother’s six siblings, a veteran of two decades in local dance bands, taught George as he prepared pies in the kitchen of his popular Dorchester pizzeria. “As a kid, Rocco started playing violin, but his father broke it over his head one day,” Garzone said. “Then he took up the saxophone. His son Richie also played saxophone. They were into Johnny Hodges and Ben Webster, and their sounds were like crystal; of the three of us, my sound is the least favorable.”

            By 13, Garzone was gigging, earning as much as $250 a week. He took lessons with woodwind guru Joe Viola, his uncle’s good friend, for $6 a half-hour. Viola arranged for him to study at Berklee while still in high school, and to matriculate there after graduation. “It was unheard of, but they were goombahs, so he let me in,” Garzone said. “It was a Godfather-ish thing. These people completely took care of me all the time. I realize now that I was under severe guidance.

            “Before I graduated, I was freaked out about playing my senior recital. I told my father, ‘I’m not doing it; there’s a lot of pressure.’ He said to me, ‘Well, here’s the deal. We put you through college. If you don’t finish this thing, I’m going to kill you.’ Literally. And I did it. The point was, they were middle class workers, and they put up all that money to pay for college. The last semester of Berklee (my mother still complains about it) was $900. You can’t even register for $900 now.”

            Meanwhile, Garzone met an African-American keyboardist named Rollins Ross, who recruited him into a James Brown cover band that achieved considerable local popularity. “Rollins introduced me to the real deal,” Garzone said. “He was into Ahmad Jamal, who I’d never heard of. He was into everything. We both entered Berklee in 1968, and I started to get hip to Coltrane and Sun Ra. I’d never really looked at that side. When I played weddings with my uncle and cousins, they played only the melody. No improv. As I was learning how to trip out, I’d start to bop a little. They would go apeshit. ‘But you were the ones who pushed me to go to music school; this is what you wanted me to do.’ They were right in one sense, but they also realized I was starting to depart, and it was tough letting go. But that’s what was supposed to happen.

            “Had I not gone to Berklee, my life would be completely different. I met a lot of people, but I also realized how little I knew and how much shit I had to get together.”

            Around 1970, while Garzone was practicing “Giant Steps” on clarinet in a Berklee practice room, the door swung open. Joe Lovano, who’d been practicing in the adjacent room, came in. “George was playing familiar things but working them out in his own way,” Lovano said. “We started practicing and playing together, and before we knew it, we were developing together, too. We realized how much we were brothers.”

            The day after graduation, Garzone took a six-night a week, $30 a night gig playing behind “exotic dancers” in Boston’s “combat zone,” often calling Lovano to sub when he was booked elsewhere. He played Monday nights with bassist Rich Appleman and drummer Bob Gullotti, both classmates, thereby launching the first edition of the Fringe. Then he went on the road with a big band backing Tom Jones on a year-long tour, bringing Lovano on board for the final six weeks. “It was great,” Garzone said. “Private jet, we’re flying all over. Elvis sits in with us. Then they dump me off in Boston. The end.”

            After returning, Garzone, who married in 1975, rejoined the Fringe and began to teach. “I needed to make money,” he said. “Rich was head of Berklee’s Bass Department, and he got me some hours there. That gave me a health plan, and I was doing three or four weddings a week, so it looked like the right thing to do. I could have moved to New York, but I think it was meant for me to keep the Fringe together.”

            “George was always looked on as a master player, but never had the career or presence he could have if he’d come to New York in the 1970s,” Lovano said. “But his presence looms large, because he created, with love, what he’s doing with the Fringe, as well as his Berklee experience. As a teacher, he doesn’t hold anything back. So many saxophone players studied with him, but George’s students have also been drummers, bass players, guitar players, singers and piano players. He’s playing with all the cats all the time.”

            Two of the aforementioned “cats,” Berklee alums Leo Genovese and Esperanza Spalding, join Garzone on the conversational 2015 date, Crescent (Jazz Hang), on which the leader morphs from inside to outside, from consonance to dissonance, with old master inevitability. The tenor-piano-bass trio addresses four standards recorded by John Coltrane during the ’50s, and Coltrane’s “Crescent,” which Garzone infuses with “Meditations”-like intensity. Two Garzone originals draw deeply upon the languages of Getz (“The Girl From Argentina”) and Coltrane (“Hey, Open Up”). A few weeks before the session, Genovese—who has joined Garzone on more than a few duo concerts and with the Fringe—played duo with him on an as-yet released followup to the earlier DVD, focusing on augmented and diminished triads.

            “My triadic approach comes from Coltrane,” Garzone said. “I devised my own way of doing it because you’ve got to be able to show the kids how these structures are formed. To me, true creative improvisation is not written down. It comes from your ear, from having the willingness and freedom to take chances. I worked out a lot of this with the Fringe. Without the piano, I figured out how to play freely and be stable with a melodic line, whether or not it’s connected to the harmony—pulling melodies out of thin air. When I see a chord, I don’t look at it as I-III-V-VII. I look at it as a melody. That’s what guys like Lovano and I were taught from our fathers and uncles who were playing. You don’t hear that with young kids today, and that’s what I’m trying to stress to my students. Don’t just learn a G-minor-VII chord and play the notes in the scale. Learn how to make that sound like a love song.”

            Garzone gifted Genovese with a saxophone after they met on a 2005 recording session by Francesco Mela, and conveyed the Triadic Chromatic system through years of lessons. “George can make the most intricate concepts sound like a simple tarantella,” Genovese said. “He’s the sound of Italy that travels into America; he’s the history of an African-American spiritualism through John Coltrane. He’s folkloric. He shares all his beliefs and practices and dedication for this music, which is why he’s changed so many lives. It’s a message of ancestral quality, of someone who is like a father. He helps close doors of fear, and open doors of thought and possibility. When you try his concept and find the power that lives inside it, you are getting ready to be a warrior. The more you practice and internalize, another reality of sound emerges that seems of a higher ground.

            “He told me about hearing Now He Sings, Now He Sobs, where Chick Corea plays staccato straight-8th notes over the swinging feel. It’s very hard to do, but when George does it, it’s so crazy swinging and nasty funky. When you add this rhythmic feel to his sound and this crazy harmonic thing that he has dreamed, imagined and created, you end up with a Molotov cocktail. I melt when I hear George blow. It’s something like hearing Martin Luther King or Mahatma Gandhi speak. If you are able to listen, he will give you something to take home and think about, and he will change you into a better man.”

            Facing the second half of his seventh decade, Garzone shows no sign of tamping his inner flame. “George keeps propelling himself forward, like an astronaut getting a one-way ticket,” Cheek said. “To see his intent, energy, drive and spirit at his age is what we aspire to as younger players.”

            “I’m an underground renegade saxophone player,” Garzone joked, aptly describing his activity during the first two weeks of July in Copenhagen, where he would guest with numerous bands. “I don’t know if I scare people when I play,” he said. “It’s like they bring me in for a while, I juice them up, and then I drift out. This thing with Marco is an Italian situation; I like to groove with that, too. How long we’ll play, how many gigs, I don’t know. I’m so consumed with the Fringe, doing my own shit, I can’t commit to anything else. Plus teaching.

            “The financial thing today is a monster. If you’re going to be a musician, you’ll need to teach. You’re not even recognized unless you have a Masters degree, minimum. Kids tell me, ‘I want to wait a year, and go to New York.’ ‘New York will be there when you get back. Get that Masters now.’ There’s no gigs. There’s no playing behind exotic dancers. There’s barely any weddings. What’s happening in the teaching world is amazing. I’m happy I stuck it out.”

[—30—]

Leave a comment

Filed under DownBeat, George Garzone

For Sonny Rollins’ 95th birthday, the unedited text of our Downbeat Blindfold Test in 2014

  1. Wayne Shorter-J.J. Johnson, “In Walked Wayne” (from Better Days, 1998, Verve) (Wayne Shorter, tenor saxophone; J.J. Johnson, trombone, composer; Dan Faulk, tenor saxophone; Renee Rosnes, piano; Rufus Reid, bass; Victor Lewis, drums)

My reaction? Well, it’s very interesting. Very fine musicians. A nice concept. Nice new concept, a way to move the music along from the way it was some years back. I like it. [Any idea who was playing the tenor?] No, I don’t. The tenor player was great. Great playing, and as I said, it was an idea of moving the music along, to stay in the tradition but still to have different concepts, I guess you could say more modern concepts of what people are thinking today and so on. Everybody was really good on it. [Any idea who the composer might have been?] No, I don’t. As a piece of music, I’d say it would deserve all the stars. But I’d really have to hear some other music to know what to compare it against. [I’d like to play back the beginning, where the trombone plays the opening refrain.] I still don’t recognize the trombone. But he’s got a nice tone.

[AFTER}

[Can you share your feelings about J.J. Johnson, who I know was very important to you? And you’ve known Wayne Shorter a long time.] Wayne sounded great on it. That’s top people. J.J. , as you said, goes back a long time with me. Very nice. [Is it challenging to go cold into a situation, pick up the piece of music, and create an improvisation on the spot?] Is that what he did? Well, I don’t think it’s that challenging. A person like Wayne, who is a superb musician, I don’t think it would be any problem for him at all. This shows what a great musician Wayne is. Nice writing by J.J., too. Very interesting. I never heard that approach from J.J. before. I never heard him write anything that was so sort of open-ended. It was a nice combination. Wayne would be the perfect guy to be able to bring it off. I’d give it top rating. With those people, how can you not give that top rating?

  1. Warne Marsh, “When You’re Smiling” (from Two Not One, Storyville, 1975/2009) (Marsh, tenor saxophone; Niels Henning-Ørsted Pederson, bass; Al Levitt, drums)

Very nice. I don’t know who it was. Was it just bass and saxophone? [The drummer was on brushes, I think.] Yeah, brushes. Maybe so, very lightly. I wonder if it could be Lew Tabackin. No? Very accomplished playing, because he was playing without a piano… A piano would sort of lock it in, so you would have to…it would be easier, in a way, to play. So the fact that he didn’t have a piano, and maybe the drums were there…so it’s very accomplished playing. Very good musicianship all the way around. [Did he remind you of anyone stylistically or in regard to his tone?] Well, for a moment I thought he… I don’t know when this was made. [1975] 1975? Wow. No. But I guess that playing was probably reminiscent of that period. But I would be loathe to say anybody that he reminded me of. As I said, the playing was really top-notch, and especially in that very sparse rhythm section, where he had to do many of the inflections and the time himself. So I would give it a high amount of stars. [Were you familiar with the song?] No, I wasn’t familiar with the song. [AFTER] I met Warne Marsh a couple of times. I never associated much, hung out with him, but I did meet him on a few occasions. I heard him with Tristano early on, and I always admired his playing. I like his work. [What were your thoughts about the Tristano school when you were a young guy?] Well, when I first heard Tristano, I was more attuned to the straight-ahead style playing. As years went by, I began to hear a little more in it than I did at first. [Could you be more concrete about what you became more attuned to?] The intervals. The horns especially… A style of playing the intervals on the saxophone which would imply certain chord progressions. Of course, you think about Lee Konitz, who was very prominent in that group also. It’s hard to think about that without thinking about Lee. But I heard Warne play on some of these records, and I like it. I think he was a very accomplished musician in that style of, as I said, just playing with the bass player and I guess the drummer on brushes… That’s high marks.

  1. Joe Lovano, “Ko-Ko” (from Bird Songs, Blue Note, 2010) (Lovano, tenor saxophone; James Weidman, piano; Esperanza Spaulding, bass; Francisco Mela, Otis Brown, drums)

I know that song. That’s “Ko-Ko.” I’m taking a guess here. Maybe Sam Rivers? No? [What made you think it was Sam Rivers?] I know Sam Rivers would have been conversant with that period when “Ko-Ko” came out. I haven’t heard Sam in a while. Of course, I was wrong. It wasn’t Sam. Very nice treatment of the song. I liked it a lot. It was the song, yet it wasn’t the song. He didn’t try to play it with the four-four pulse that was on the original “Ko-Ko.” He was able to extemporize and do a lot of things. Of course, the drummer had a lot to do with what was happening, because he sort of played straight all the way through. He must have had his Wheaties that morning. [There were two drummers.] Aha! Ok. That’s why. That’s why I thought it might have been Sam, because it was someone who would be conversant with “Ko-Ko.” When I first heard “Ko-Ko,” I had bought a record by my favorite, Don Byas, “How High the Moon.” I think it was a Savoy record. On the other side was “Ko-Ko” by Charlie Parker. I wasn’t familiar with Charlie Parker. I was listening to tenor players. So I got this side, and then I played the other side and there’s this alto player playing a little bit stuff that I wasn’t that familiar with, and then the more I heard it, the more I liked it. It grew on me. So I really got “Ko-Ko” for Don Byas doing “How High the Moon,” and a chance to hear Charlie Parker, too, for the first time. [This track is such a different way of approaching that material.] Yeah, it was very good. I mean, it wasn’t foreign at all. What they did was still very much in the spirit of “Ko-Ko,” and yet it was different. I think it was very good. I don’t know who the player was or who the drummers were, but top musicianship, and top concept.

[AFTER]

I heard that Joe did this record, but I’d never heard it.

  1. Jimmy Heath, “Forever Sonny” (Little Man, Big Band, Verve, 1992) (Heath, tenor saxophone solo; John Eckert, trumpet solo; Jerome Richardson, Ted Nash, Bill Easley, Loren Schoenberg, Danny Bank, reeds; Eckert, Lew Soloff, Bob Millikan, Virgil Jones, trumpets; John Mosca, Eddie Bert, Benny Powell, Jack Jeffers, trombones; Roland Hanna, piano; Tony Purrone, guitar; Ben Brown, bass; Lewis Nash, drums; Steve Kroon, percussion)

That’s very nice. The saxophone player was really out front and forceful, and I liked the percussion. It had a lively beat; the rhythm section and the percussion really moved it along. So it had a nice feeling to it, definitely. It had a rhythmic feeling to it. I don’t know who it was, but I give it high marks. [Did the tenor saxophonist ring a bell at all?] Somewhat, but I can’t put a name to it. Within what he was playing, of course, I heard a certain traditional saxophone playing, but I couldn’t identify him exactly. [That’s a piece called “Forever Sonny,” and it’s by Jimmy Heath.] “Forever Sonny.” I wonder who that’s about? How about Sonny Stitt? [The rhythm would indicate it’s about you.] Yeah, the Latin… Yeah. I guess I’m a Latino, but I can’t speak Spanish. I had it. I was going to say Jimmy because of the arrangement. I could tell it was a creative arranger and arrangement, and I thought about that, but I didn’t say it. Now it makes sense that it was Jimmy. [I think he did this record around the time he did brass arrangements for one of your records.] Yeah. [And you’ve known him for a very long time.] I knew Jimmy way, way, way back, when they used to call him “Little Bird,” when he was playing alto more than tenor. I know the family—Percy and Jimmy, and his little brother, little baby “Tootie.” [Tootie played with you for a while.] Tootie was with me for a while, right. And I played with Percy a lot, with people like Howard McGhee, and when he was with the MJQ, of course (we did a record together). I was thinking about Percy the other day, because it was one of those really cold days, and I remember we played in Utica… I was listening to the people talk about Utica, which is up here in New York State, and we were playing with Howard McGhee, I’m pretty sure. We were staying in a hotel that was so cold, I had to turn… At least the water was hot. In those days, the hotels had a little sink in the room. So I had to turn on the hot water, and get the heat vapor that was coming from the hot water to get warm. But I was young then, and it was all good. It was all a lot of fun. Playing with Howard McGhee and Percy… So I played a lot with Percy, and I know the family. I know Jimmy’s father and mother, his sister… [Sounds like an alternate family, extended family.] For me, yeah. Whenever I was in the Philadelphia area, I’d always go by the house. Well, that’s Jimmy. I’m glad. He sounded real good on that. [But you’re not familiar with the tune.] No. [You weren’t aware he’d written it?] No. It’s very nice. I appreciate it also. [Could you clear up a point of historical record? The date you made in 1953 with Bird on Miles, “The Serpent’s Tooth,” Jimmy says was his tune, and that Miles appropriated credit. Can you comment?] I think that is possible, because things like that happened all the time in those days. I don’t know whose tune it was. If Jimmy says it was his tune, then I’m sure it was. Jimmy wrote a lot of stuff for Miles, so it probably was.

  1. Branford Marsalis, “Laughin’ and Talkin’ With Higg” (from Romare Bearden Revisited, Marsalis Music, 2003) (Branford Marsalis, tenor saxophone; Wynton Marsalis, trumpet; Eric Revis, bass; Jeff Watts, drums)

Very interesting record. I don’t know who it is. I was trying to figure it out, but I don’t know the players. But they are very musical. The saxophonist is very musical. From the things that he did with the trumpet player, it’s obvious that they must have been playing together—they’re a team of some duration. It’s indicative of maybe the ‘60s. It might be indicative… [Do you think it was made in the ‘60s?] It wasn’t. But that type of playing was very prominent in the ‘60s; that’s what I mean. But at any rate, the saxophone player was inventive and did very interesting things. I like it. He got some nice passages together with the trumpet player, and showed that they were simpatico. I can’t identify the drummer or bassist. They were playing straight all the way through, I believe. There were no breaks in the tempo. And the tempo was there. The bassist was very good. When he played by himself, he played a few interesting lines. They’re all top-notch musicians. [AFTER] Wow. So they are a team! They sounded very simpatico. [You shared bandstands with both Branford and Wynton.] Yes. [You did a concert with Wynton at Town Hall that ended because you got ill part-way through the concert.] Oh yeah. [You did a follow-up at the Beacon, and I recall that on the first tune, you played very powerfully for 20 minutes before Wynton soloed.] Yes. And Branford was at Carnegie Hall. With Wynton, do you mean I was rude? [Didn’t seem rude from my perspective.] Well, I’d hope not from anybody’s perspective. The other concert never came out, so this was the makeup concert. [Any impressions you care to share about either musician?] I wouldn’t have recognized them. To me, Wynton is not playing exactly like that. Or maybe he is. But on this one, he’s playing a little more, to my ears, avant-garde. But I haven’t heard Wynton throughout the entirety of his career, so I’m probably not knowledgeable to say that. But I didn’t think about Wynton. I thought more, for a while, that it would be somebody like Don Cherry. Then I realized that he was playing a little different, he was playing more of the traditional trumpet playing, so it wasn’t Don Cherry. But his style on that was more reminiscent of Don Cherry to me than I would have thought from Wynton. And I did not recognize Branford’s playing on that. But now that you tell me it’s him, I can recognize it. I think I referred to the fact that he was very inventive and it was musical. In retrospect, it would figure that it would be Branford.

  1. Eastern Rebellion, “My Ideal” (Simple Pleasure, MusicMasters, 1992) (Ralph Moore, tenor saxophone; Cedar Walton, piano; David Williams, bass; Billy Higgins, drums)

I almost wanted to get out my horn and start playing when I heard that. That’s one of my favorite songs, “My Ideal.” I don’t know who the saxophone player was. I don’t know who the piano player was. But that’s one of my favorite tunes, so it was nice. The treatment was good. The saxophonist sounded very much like Coltrane at the beginning, before I realized it wasn’t Coltrane. But he had it down, the very, very nice high register playing that Coltrane did so magnificently. But I don’t know who it is, other than that. The piano player I thought was nice. The treatment was nice. I like the fact that everything doesn’t have to be straight rhythm, and they did it out of rhythm and then came in. So I liked the treatment. [Older player? Younger player?] I would say it must be a younger player, because he was playing Coltrane’s style to some extent. So it’s probably a younger player. But I wouldn’t know. There’s a lot of guys who try to play like Coltrane, as we know, so I don’t know who it could be.

[after]

I played with Cedar on a couple of occasions. One time I played with Cedar in a configuration with Milt Jackson, and another time, when I first met Cedar many years ago, we played at Sarah Lawrence College, with David Amram, as a matter of fact. So I am familiar with Cedar’s playing, but I didn’t know it was he on that. [What are your feelings about younger players dealing with influence? Any thoughts about addressing that aspect, dealing with all the information out there?] There’s a lot of information. I guess everybody knows that. There’s more information out there today than there may have been before. Maybe. I don’t know. I got my information… I managed to hear the people I needed to hear—Illinois Jacquet, Hawk, Lester Young, Eddie Davis. I got to hear the people that I needed to hear. I guess it’s no different today. Maybe there’s more… You can hear records from all over the place, and hear guys at different times maybe in their career. But I think it’s so much of a… The whole musical thing… It’s very difficult to pinpoint how much a person should take from somebody else and how much they should do on their own. It’s just the gift of certain people. Now, the information is now out there. It was before, as I said, but now it’s definitely out there. So these guys can hear Eddie Vinson, they can hear Earl Bostic, they can hear all these great players of yore. That doesn’t mean they’re going to sound as good as they are. I didn’t say “like them,” because nobody is going to sound exactly… But they are not going to sound as proficient or as musical as they are just because they can hear it. So it’s very difficult to say what information guys should get. It’s sort of simplistic, but it’s still a matter of the individual player having a certain amount of talent, God-given talent, and how he uses it is really immaterial. He’s either got that gift or he doesn’t have that gift. I think it’s wonderful that this information is readily available on mp3s, on Youtube. But it’s great to see a video of Benny Carter playing, or Ellington, or all this stuff. It’s great. But it’s still a matter of being touched by the musical gift. I don’t care how much you hear. I don’t care how many guys you hear. From Charlie Parker to Cannonball to Johnny Hodges to Tab Smith, it doesn’t matter. You have to put it together. And to put it together, you have to have a gift. There’s no getting around it. You can’t fool music. Music is like Mother Nature. You can’t fool Mother Nature. Either you have a gift and then people hear it, “yeah, wow,” and you’ll know. But other than that, sure, you can be a proficient musician, and there are many proficient musicians, maybe more so now because people are in the schools and everything. So that’s possible. But when you or I are listening, and to hear something that catches you, “Wow,” that’s a gift.

  1. Roscoe Mitchell, “The 4-50 Express” (Sound Songs, Delmark, 1997) (Roscoe Mitchell, tenor saxophone)

I heard a little bit of Eric Dolphy in there. I don’t know who the player is, though. But I heard something that reminded me of Eric Dolphy. But if it’s not Eric Dolphy, then I don’t know who it is. [Anything to say about playing solo?] Yes, that’s very interesting. [You included a solo cadenza on Road Shows, Vol. 3.] Did I? Ok, I’ll have to remember that one. I liked what this guy was doing. It was interesting, and he was able to sustain the narrative, so to speak. I think he was good. I really liked his solo playing. I thought it was good. It takes a certain… To play solo, you’ve got to do everything yourself, and I thought he set that up, and had a good set of lungs on him. So I liked it. I have to give this high, high stars. [Have you done more than one solo concert? There’s a solo recording from the garden at the Museum of Modern Art.] I did one when I was living in India, and I was playing for some students there. Also, the first time I did that was at the Greek Theater in Berkeley, where I played a solo concert in the late ‘50s. [Talk about your attitude towards that type of playing.] Well, Coleman Hawkins did a piece called “Picasso.” Of course, anything Coleman Hawkins does is supreme. The idea is fascinating. This fellow that we just heard was able to do what was inside of him. That was his expression. I would imagine that this guy plays like that all the time; whether it’s solo or not, that would be how he sounds. In my case, when I do solos, I probably try to make it more of a difference between when I was playing with the group. Maybe. I’m trying to recall really what I go after. But maybe not. Maybe not, because how much can you change? When I’m playing, I don’t think too much. I just want to play and not think. So I can’t say it’s that different, really, than when I’m playing with the group. But there are certain things that you have to be aware of. You have to make beginnings and endings and things like that, that you might not have to be so concerned about when you’re playing with a band, when you’re being accompanied. Or even that’s not exactly true. So it’s hard to say.

[When you did the solo concerts, what were the origin points? As I recall the Museum of Modern Art concert, it was quite extemporaneous.] Oh, yeah. Well, everything I do is extemporaneous. I think I had some motives written out, and I tried to get to them from time to time. But when I did my concert at the Greek Museum, I just went out and I played to the audience. I’d go over to a section of the audience, and I would sort of play to them. Then I’d walk over to another section of the audience, and I’d play to them. Then I’d walk over to another side of the stage and play to them. This was how… I didn’t really recall a lot about it, although I remember a guy said that it reminded him of a country preacher. A musician friend of mine, Ozzie McFadden, told me that. He said, “Man, it sounds like a country preacher, going over to each set of people, playing.” So that was probably part of it. Also, on the record you just played, maybe the guy was in the studio and didn’t have that possibility before him. I would imagine that he was just playing. But it’s very interesting.

I heard Coltrane years ago do that, and Coltrane reminded me of when I was in Japan. They had a style of singing… I think I heard some Japanese people say it originated in China. Anyway, they’d come to the stage, just one person, and they’d just start going through their thing. It was of a piece, of course. That’s what Coltrane reminded me of when he did that. I don’t know if he always did it that way. It’s different dynamics when you’re playing alone. You definitely have to take different things into consideration.

[after] That’s great. I like Roscoe Mitchell. I liked the piece.


  1. Chris Potter, “Small Wonder” (Ultrahang, ArtistShare, 2009) (Potter, tenor saxophone; Adam Rogers, electric guitar; Craig Taborn, Fender Rhodes; Nate Smith, drums)

That’s very interesting. I like the arrangement and the broken rhythm. People seem to be playing more broken rhythms today than straight-ahead rhythms, which is great. I’m all in favor of that. I like that. So I like this piece. I like the fact that they were trying to do some extemporization against something besides a 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4. So I like the composition, and the players were great. The saxophone was great. The guitar player was also great. He did some nice things in concert with what the composition called for. What he played wasn’t just him playing; it was part of what the composition called for, to my ears, and I like that. So I’d say it’s great. I liked it all very much. The saxophone player was great, and the piece was great, the broken rhythms they were playing was great. Everything. I liked it.

  1. Michael Brecker, “Loose Threads” (from Pilgrimage, Heads Up, 2007) (Brecker, tenor saxophone, composer; Pat Metheny, guitar; Herbie Hancock, piano; John Patitucci, bass; Jack DeJohnette, drums)

Great playing by everybody. Top-notch players. Great tenor player and everything, but there’s one thing that listening to this reminded me of. I personally prefer to play without a piano, because piano music is different than other music, to me. Not completely, of course. Nothing is completely. But to a great extent. Now, this was a good example of that. The pianist was great, and he was playing on what they were doing. But a piano has so many more tonalities, chord structures, volume…everything more than a horn has. So I favor playing… I love piano playing… This guy was great, and he was really into it. And the saxophone player before him was great, too. But it can be… I shouldn’t try to make it… [Are you saying that the pianist got in the tenor player’s way when the tenor player was playing, or that the efflorescence of the pianist’s solo took away the spotlight from the tenor player?] I’m saying the latter. [Not that he interfered with him.] No, I didn’t hear him interfering with the saxophone player when he was playing. And I’m assuming that this Blindfold Test is about the saxophone player. So that’s my only point. They’re both great. The saxophone player was superb. A great musician and a great composition. But listening to this reminded me that it’s hard to… Maybe you don’t have to have… Maybe it can be a piece like the Modern Jazz Quartet or something, where there’s no prominent. I came up in an era when it was a soloist and then the band accompanying them. So this would be the exact opposite from that nowadays. At least this piece would exemplify that. That would be my only comment. Other than that, the music was fine, the piece was nice, the saxophone player was great, the piano player was great—the whole thing was very enjoyable. [Any inklings of who they might have been?] What about this guy, Vijay Iyer? No? Ok. I heard Vijay Iyer one time, and I liked him. I don’t know his music very well, but I took a guess. Anyway, all of them were superb. [after]

This raises a question in regard to what you said about piano players. You had Herbie Hancock in your band for a quick minute, and before him, Paul Bley was in your band for a while. Before Paul Bley, it was no chordal instrument—just you, Don Cherry, bass and drums. Before that, it was the quartet with Jim Hall on guitar. So you worked in all of those configurations within a short timespan. Before you went on the bridge, you did all the famous trio things, but also recordings with great piano players like Tommy Flanagan and Monk and Wynton Kelly. This is more of a personal question. I’m curious, when you were working with Paul Bley and Herbie Hancock, what you were looking for, why you returned to a piano context.]

Well, this is not a hard-and-fast rule. For instance, playing with Paul Bley, he was almost like playing with another horn player. I didn’t find any sort of conflicting direction that the band was going in. Paul is great. I’m just saying in this case, the pianist, Herbie, was so strong, he’s such a great player that it takes away from the saxophone concept. That’s what I was sort of commenting on, talking about the saxophonist rather than the whole band.

[In Coltrane’s band, a lot of times he’d have McCoy Tyner build the intensity, an intense solo for 8 minutes, and then Coltrane would come in and just explode.] Right. [In Miles’ band with Herbie Hancock and Wayne Shorter or George Coleman, there would be almost like five equal voices. Very different approaches to an ensemble.] I agree. In Coltrane’s band, because of McCoy… McCoy is such a strong player and strong personality, and in many ways he was so simpatico with what Coltrane was doing, plus you had Elvin Jones, who was keeping the intensity going. So that they were ready for Coltrane; when Coltrane came in, the guys were right there. It’s not always going to be that case. Because by the time you listen to McCoy playing with other musicians, they’re going to be pooped by the time he’s through, so Coltrane is not going to get the backing that he needs. Coltrane’s group had that great Elvin Jones, so they were building. That is why that worked so beautifully. [Miles, it seems, wanted to absorb what everyone was doing so he could play off it in a certain sense.] Right. Miles always had to have a strong saxophone player. He always needed that in his groups. If you look back on his career, he always had to have a strong saxophone player to play off of, just like you say; the band does their thing, and then he comes in, sort of commenting on everything that’s been played—like that. I agree completely.


  1. Ivo Perelman, “Singing The Blues” (The Hour Of The Star, Leo, 2010) (Perelman, tenor saxophone; Matthew Shipp, piano; Joe Morris, bass; Gerald Cleaver, drums)

I have no idea who that is. But it is an excellent demonstration of the bountiful sounds of the saxophone. The saxophone is such a versatile instrument that it can almost recreate any sound, and I think that why the saxophone is still such a popular instrument. I don’t know who this gentleman was, but he’s very good, and he’s got his own thing going, very different from the other stuff that I’ve been hearing today. I’d give it high marks. The piece was done in a way that it wasn’t monotonous, that just one horn was playing all the way through. It just sounded like a piece of music. The arc of the piece was such that I didn’t realize it was as long as it was, and that he was playing, which is always a good sign.

  1. James Carter, “Gloria” (Gardenias For Lady Day, Columbia, 2003) (Carter, tenor saxophone; John Hicks, piano; Peter Washington, bass; Victor Lewis, drums; string camarata)

Very great saxophone playing. Wonderful. I’m sorry I don’t know who it is, but a great tenor player, and I like the strings with him. Very pleasant. [Were you familiar with the tune?] No. I thought I heard something I remembered, something by Duke Ellington, like “Don’t You Know I Care,” but it went somewhere else. [That was a tune by Don Byas that I think he recorded in Europe in 1948.] No kidding. [Does that give you a clue as to the player?] No, it doesn’t. It could have been several… I can’t say that, because each saxophonist sounds so different that it’s hard to say. Now, this guy played something different that I haven’t heard anyone else play—some of his inflections. I don’t know who it is, but he is a superb player. As I said, everybody has something different to express through the saxophone. It’s a marvelous horn. I don’t know who he is, but whoever he is, it’s really great.

[after]

I’ll be darned. I didn’t know that. But James certainly is a great player.

I am very happy that all these gentlemen you played for me today are all unique and all deserving of my highest praise—everybody.

[END OF BLINDFOLD TEST]

2 Comments

Filed under Blindfold Test, Sonny Rollins

R.I.P., Vocalist Nancy King (1940-2025), WKCR Interview, May 11, 2006

TP:  Nancy King is not too often heard in the NYC area.

KING:  No. It’s taken 40 years really for me to get here, and actually be doing…in a big… I’ve been in shows here. About four or five years ago, we Roy Nathanson’s Fire at Keaton’s Bar & Grill at St. Ann’s in Brooklyn. I just sang one song in that show. It was great.

            I’m just glad that thanks to Karrin Allyson and Fred…they brought me here to do these gigs, and then we were able to make a record… Richard McDonnell and his son Clayton heard the tape. See, Fred didn’t tell me we were recording last October when we made this record. I didn’t know we were making it.

TP:  Does that give a different quality to your performance if you know there’s a microphone on?

KING:  Oh my God, yes. This particular gig – I arrived in town about 3 o’clock, we were on at 7, and we didn’t have time to rehearse or anything. We just went to the gig. I said, “Hi, Fred,” and we went to the soundcheck, and Fred said, “Do you know these tunes?” and he held up a list, and I looked at them, and I said, “Yeah, I know them all.” He said, “Good. I’ll pick the tunes and away we go.” That’s what happened. But he didn’t tell me that Martin was going to be recording.  It was just one night, but it was a Saturday night, and there were three sets, and he’d recorded all three of them. At the end of the gig I said, “Darn! Fred, we should have recorded this; this was really cool.” That’s when he told me that… He said, “Heh-heh-heh…”

TP:  Gotcha.

KING: “We gotcha, baby.” We played it for Richard, who wasn’t able to be at the gig, who wanted to hear me. He said, “How did that gig go with that Nancy King?” Fred goes, “Want to hear it?” “You recorded it?” He gave it to him to listen to, and Richard listened to a couple of tunes and said, “Oh my gosh. Is she signed with anybody?” I wasn’t. I’m not. He said, “Could we put this out?” So it’s out.

TP:  So when the credits say “all arrangements by Fred Hersch,” that’s a way of saying he played piano and…

KING:  He chose the tunes. And we just went for it. I’m maybe one of the few people he’d feel comfortable doing that with.

TP:  Not so many people would feel comfortable doing that, period, particularly in this time…

KING:  Everything is so kind of set and perfect and… Look at me! I don’t wear any makeup. I’m about the music more than anything else. That’s what my main thrust has always been.

TP:  I’d like to speak a bit about your background in music, for the New York crowd who might want to know something about you. You’re from the West Coast and moved to San Francisco in the early ’60s?

KING: It was 1960. I was a year out of the University of Oregon, where I had gone, and was still playing drums with Ralph Towner and Glen Moore. I played drums professionally for twelve years. Didn’t do much singing. Just played the gig. When I was young, I wanted to play drums, because I didn’t want to play piano or anything. I didn’t know I was going to do this for my life until Ella came to Eugene, where I was born…

TP:  Eugene, Oregon?

KING: Yeah. In 1940. Ella came there when I was 14, and played a concert at McArthur Court there, up on the university campus. I was the first one in the door. I had waited all night to be the first one in, because it was general admission. I get in the front row, and I’m 14, and I’m like, “oh, gonna see Ella for real.” She came out and she sang, and I was just, “Oh-my-god, that’s what I’m going to do.” Because she didn’t do too much improv at that time on the records. She had signed with Norman Granz, and I didn’t get to hear her scat. But when she was live, she just scatted every tune. I was just like, “Yes! Yes! I’m going to try to do THAT.” Because I was already bored. I had sung with my Dad’s little band… Both my parents were musicians. My mother was a classical concert pianist, and she had given up her career to marry my Dad and move to Oregon from Michigan. My Dad was an old stride player. He’d learned to play… He was like me. I can’t read music, I’ve never had any lessons. I’m self-taught.  I just listen to the tunes. I’ve trained my ear to hear everything. So I don’t have any real musical background, except I’ve been able to play with some of the greatest people in the world because I’m doing what I’m supposed to be doing. And God always took care of me somehow.

TP:  Let’s step back to the ’50s. You heard Ella Fitzgerald…

KING:  I heard Ella when I was 14. It was 1954.

TP:   You’d been singing with your father’s band, so you’d already been on a stage and knew what that meant.

KING:  Kind of. I’d go to the Moose Hall dance, and sing, “Let’s take a boat to Bermuda.” They’d point to me, and the guys were… Already I noticed that the musicians were having all the fun. They’d point to me and take the tune out, and it was the same thing. “Let’s take a boat to…” I was going, “Wait a minute. What’s wrong with this? I’m not having as much fun as…” Not being able to play any instruments. I tried. I tried trumpet and saxophone, and I didn’t have any embouchure for anything. So I said, “Well, I guess I’ll have to use my voice.” Since then I’ve just been on it. Because I love this music.

TP:  So since 14, you’ve been working…

KING:  I’ve been on it. I’m trying to do this.

TP:  Ella Fitzgerald inspired you. Did you ever try to emulate her sound or her phrasing or her approach, or that of any of the other great singers of the day?

KING:  Just for the purpose of learning how… I loved her syllables for her scatting. They were the most comfortable to me. That’s what I wanted. So just for the sake of learning to be comfortable with those syllables, I did memorize her… I didn’t try to sing it like her. I’ve never tried to sing like anybody. I loved all the great singers, and learned from them about phrasing and tone and all those things that you would want, but I never learned to sing like any of them. And I’m a mimic. I’m a Gemini. I make sounds… If I wasn’t doing this, I would have gotten into voiceovers. Because I can do voices like crazy. I can do, [DEEP VOICE] “I am your FA-ther.” Since mental-pause, I’ve gotten a whole octave down here…

TP:  It’s augmented your career, has it.

KING:  Yes. Every now and then I’ll be singing away at the club and go, “la-la-la-la, AGGH,” and people just… But I have it, so I’m going to use it. Anyway, my background was just my two little parents. I’m the youngest in the family.

TP:  So between 14 and 20, when you got to San Francisco…

KING:  How I got to San Francisco was my roommate in college, Sandy Forrest, had dropped out after the first semester there, and disappeared. I hadn’t been able to talk to her or find out anything. She called me in January 1960. I graduated from high school in 1958, and then in 1959 went to the University of Oregon. In January 1960, a brand-new year, I get a phone call from her from San Francisco. She goes, “Hi, Nancy.” I go, “Well, Sandy, how are you? How have you been?” She goes, “Oh, I’ve been living in San Francisco, and I’ve married a saxophone player named Norwood Poindexter.” I went, “Norwood Poindexter. I hope he can play.” She goes, “Oh, he can play. He’s playing in the Ike Isaacs Trio, backing up Lambert, Hendricks & Ross.” I went, “WHAT?!” She said, “But he just lost his singer. And he has a band of his own, playing at the Stereo Club in San Francisco…” This was Pony Poindexter, not Norwood. So she said, “I want you…” He had just lost his singer, Bev Kelly, who had run off with some bass player or something. She said, “He doesn’t believe that you can sing jazz with any authority, when you milk two cows every morning before you even start the day.”

TP:  Is that how you lived your life in those days?

KING:  Oh, yes. I was born on a ranch. A farm.

TP:  You hadn’t mentioned that little detail.

KING:  Well, we jumped from being born to 14, when I saw Ella. So you missed out on some…

TP:  True. So between that, you were playing drums, milking cows…

KING:  Yes. I had to ride my horse over to my friend’s house (it took half a day to get there) to play these drums and for us to practice. I’d been doing that since I was 8.

TP:  The wide-open spaces leads to an independent spirit.

KING:  I think so. That’s me. So I’ve never wanted to sound like anybody else. I always wanted just to do my thing, and it’s persisted through the years that I’ve acquired my own sound.

TP:  So you come down to San Francisco to prove that someone who milks cows…

KING:  …can actually sing. So when Pony actually heard me, I went to work… When I arrived at his house, do you know who was sitting in his house? The infamous Lord Buckley. They were great friends. So I’m meeting Pony Poindexter, and here’s Atlee Chapman, who was in his band, who was a great trombone player, and there’s Lord Buckley. I was more concerned to see Lord Buckley. I didn’t even know who Pony was. “Lord Buckley, oh my God…” I was freaked out. “Oh, the Nazz!” I was, like, gone. So I got the gig. I go to the gig the next night with Pony, and he hears me, and he realizes that I can sing. He goes, “Yes, but we’re going to do all the Lambert, Hendricks & Ross things, because I sing and Attlee sings, and you’re going to be Annie Ross.” He gave me The Hottest New Group in Jazz record and said, “Learn all these tunes.”

TP:  By tonight.

KING:  Well, soon. That’s what I do. I’ve trained my ear to do that. I don’t have anything to read. Actually, the hardest part for me was learning all the lyrics, like “Four,” “Now’s The Time” and all those things. But I learned everything on that record, and I learned everybody’s part, too. So I could cover Dave Lambert, if he needed a break, or I could cover Annie, and… I almost got to do a gig with them. Annie was ill, and she was going to go back to England, and they were playing at the Fairmont in San Francisco. They were supposed to be playing there. She was getting ready to go home to England because she wasn’t feeling well. Dave wanted to do the gig. Dave Lambert and Jon both knew that I could cut the mustard. But the guy at the Fairmont…

TP:  You weren’t a name. She was a name…

KING:  “Nancy. Who?!” I wasn’t even Nancy King then. I was still Nancy Whalley. I hadn’t even met Sonny yet, and become Nancy King. “Nancy Whalley. Huh? What?” It didn’t hurt me, though, because I learned all those tunes, and Pony and I and Atlee were singing them every night on his gig. So that was my first gig in San Francisco, was because my roommate married Pony Poindexter.

TP:  Well, you were well-connected, and you took good advantage of those connections.

KING:  I mean, she could have married some plumber or something. But she married Pony Poindexter. That’s how I got to San Francisco, and that was the beginning of everything. I’ve lived in Montana, and I had a piano player there who was like Bill Evans, for God’s sake. He lived in Helena. My sister lived there. I’d gone there to visit her, and I decided to stay, because I’d just had my son, Joel, and I was home nursing, and my Dad… Something happened to our irrigation system. I’d driven over with him to visit my sister to take her children back; they’d spend every summer at the farm. So I just went to say, “Hi.” But I liked it there, and I thought, “Gosh, I think I’ll just stay a while.” So I had to get a gig. I auditioned all the piano players in town, and it was like every church lady came down there, ROOTIE-TOOTIE-TUTTI, and I’d go, “Oh, thank you very much, but that’s not what I’m looking for — thank you.” So the end of the day came and I hadn’t found anybody, and then this guy runs in, and he’s all funky, and his hair is sticking out, and he’s got a glass eye, and one is over here and one is over there — I didn’t know which one to look at. He goes, “Is the audition over?” I go, “Oh my God. If this guy looks… What’s he going to be like?” so I go, “Yes, but come on in.” He said, “I’m sorry I’m so dirty; I work for the Highway Department; I’m an engineer and I didn’t have time to change; I was afraid I was going to miss it. Listen, I haven’t played for ten years…” I go, “Oh, great. Well, whatever. It’s all right.” He said, “But I just love jazz, and I know a lot of tunes.” I go, “So what tune do you want to do?” He goes, “Gee, let me think… Do you know ‘Lush Life’?” I said, “Do you mean Billy Strayhorn? You mean ‘Lush Life’.” He goes, “Yeah.” I go, “Yes.” He said, “Do you do the verse?” I go, “Thank you, God! Thank you.” I didn’t even care how he played. [LAUGHS] But he was fabulous!

TP:  So where did you play in Helena, Montana?

KING:  I played at the Bank Club until it burned down. We got the gig there.

TP:  This is what year?

KING:  This is ’62 or ’63. Sonny came up there and we started living there, and we worked… You know Charley Pride, the great country singer. He was living there, in the town, just working at the smelter there, and on his way home from work he’d come in and have a beer, and he was all funky and beat up from the smelter. “Canadian Sunset” was the only song he knew – he played his own music and sang his own stuff. He’d go, “ONCE ah-hi was a-LONE, SO low-ne-ly and then…” “Canadian Sunset” was the only popular tune that he knew. So we’d play that every time he’d come in. Well, we had a benefit for him. There was a disk jockey who was like you. His name was Tiny Stokes. He was a HUGE man, he was like Mister Five-by-Five, a big fat guy…

TP:  Let the record state that I am not Mister Five-by-Five…

KING:  No, Ted. You’re lookin’ good. He is not heavy, folks. Anyway, this guy was huge. But he loved him, and Sonny and I did a benefit for Charlie… But Tiny Stokes knew Chet Atkins, and we were instigational in getting Charley to Nashville to become famous. Years later, he came and played at our country fair in Eugene, and he flew in in his jet, and…

            The point is: It didn’t matter where I’ve gone in this world. I’ve been provided with someone wonderful to play for me. This Walter Nelson… His name was Blackie Nelson. They called him Blackie because his hair was jet-black, and it stuck up like Woody Woodpecker. So the whole time I was in Helena, I had this fabulous person to play with. I was still playing drums then, so we had a duo, and he had a great left hand… He was just perfect.

TP:  Has playing drums had an impact on the way you sing?

KING:  Well, I think so. Especially my time. My time is kind of out. Time to me is…you know, we can stretch it and do whatever we want with it. And Fred… You know how Fred is. Whoo-hoo.

TP:  Fred Hersch is the specialist in duos.

KING:  He’s a duo specialist. He is. And that’s my specialty. I’ve sung with big bands, the Metropole Orchestra of Holland, and Ray Brown Quintet, and I’ve been with some of the greatest big aggregations of musicians ever.

TP:  Not to mention shows and studio things. You’re all-around professional musician.

KING:  Absolutely. I did a thing for Tim Weston, who is Paul Weston and Jo Stafford’s son, down in Los Angeles. He’s a wonderful writer and composer. He’s putting out an album of Rodgers & Hammerstein songs. There was this one song, and the thing had already been played, and nobody could sing it. It was written by Van Dyke Parks. He was the arranger for this song. It was called “Everybody’s Got a Home But Me.” It was an obscure song from one of their hits that never made it. But it’s a great song with this arrangement; it was like “Holy…” I had to have him sing it — and he’s a bad singer. He said, “Nancy, I can’t sing it.” I said, “I don’t care. I have to know where to come in. I can do this, but I have to know where one is. I can’t find it.” For me not to find one, that’s kind of weird. So he sent me the vocal, I learned it in a day, he flew me to L.A. The orchestra has already recorded it. I had to make it sound like I was there, recording with the orchestra. I did the first take. He said, “You want to do it in sections?” I said, “Tim, I’ll come and do this with you if you’ll take me up to meet your mother.” Because Jo Stafford is one of my greatest idols. He said, “Okay.” So that was the deal. I was getting paid to do this, but my pay was to go meet Jo Stafford. This was four years ago, maybe three.

TP:  How did the meeting turn out?

KING:  Oh, she’s so wonderful. And she’s right there. There was no, “Eh, who are you?” She was having a drink, it was the afternoon, and we finished the session… I cut the tune in the first take. I want you to know that. He said, “Do you want to do this in sections?” I said, “Well, let me see if I can get all the way through it once.” That was the take. I look in the booth, and he and his engineer are jumping up and down. They couldn’t believe it! But it was easy. Once I knew where one was, that’s what I do! My ears heard it, and away I went.

[MUSIC: “Little Suede Shoes” & “Day By Day”, NANCY KING-FRED HERSCH]

TP:  Spontaneously conceived, “Little Suede Shoes” and “Day by Day”…

KING:  We call that a two-fer.

TP:  You’ll be flying back to Portland, your home, tomorrow. Do you work steadily in Portland?

KING:  I do. We have a club where we play every Friday, when I’m in town. My regular pianist is Steve Christofferson; he’s been with me for 28 years. We were here last year. We played at the Duplex.

TP:  He’s your duo partner. Is that what you like doing the most?

KING:  Yes. I think it’s the most exciting. I mean, I love to sing with orchestras and big bands.

TP:  There’s no safety net in a duo, is there.

KING:  I won’t mention the famous person’s name. But I’ve been offered a few contracts for large amounts of money…but money, I’ve liked it very much…obviously, that’s why I don’t have any. But even when I was a little kid, people would give me money, and I would run and put it in my piggybank, and then I’d go wash my hands. I was like Howard Hughes when I was like 5! But there was something about money. It stunk, it made my hands smell, and I just thought it was dirty. Money was dirty to me. When you think about it, especially these days… But we have to have money to live and pay our rent and things like that. So it’s a means to an end to me. It’s always been. But when people offer me contracts, they know I’m starving to death, and they’re dangling this $300,000 in my face, and saying… I’m going, “Well, what do you want? All you have to do is fix my teeth and my knees, and I’m good for another 20 years.” They’re going, “Well, do you scat on everything?” They turn to each other and go, “She even scats on ballads.” “Yes, I know.” “Well, we want you to not scat. Just save that for special stuff. And we want you to not play duos any more.” I said, “Well, just take me out in the hall and shoot me in the head then. Right now.”

TP:  So those are the non-negotiable points?

KING:  Uh-huh. I’ve never been able to stand anyone telling me what to do, especially with my music. Because it’s mine. And I’ve refused them. Even though I would have loved to have had that money. I could have maybe bought a new car or something…had a house or something.

TP:  Do you write any of your songs?

KING:  I’ve only written two songs in my life, because I don’t have a piano in my house. I think of stuff all the time, but I don’t have any way to put it down. I’m an interpreter. I like to sing your song. I like to sing the beautiful songs of the day. New songs. People write stuff and send them to me all the time, and sometimes they’re wonderful. I give them to Steve, because I can’t read, you know. I don’t know G-minor from… He’ll play it for me, and we decide if we like it, and then we’ll do it. But I’m really not concerned with trying to write music. But I’ve got great arrangement ideas in my head. I hope some day soon… Maria Schneider is one of my friends, and I…

TP:  Also from the wide-open spaces.

KING:  We really are going to try to do a project together sometime soon.

TP:  Are you primarily a devotee of what’s known as the Songbook? Also, who are the lyricists you feel most connected to?

KING:  Well, I love Duke. I grew up with Fats Waller and Duke, and they were my Dad’s favorite. All those wonderful records. See, I learned everything I know from listening. My Dad had some Ella, and he had Sarah Vaughan, and of course, I was listening to Rachmaninoff and Schubert over here with my mother’s music.

TP:  But lyricists?

KING:  I like to find tunes that nobody does any more. Beautiful songs. Meredith D’Ambrosio is like that. She finds tunes that are obscure…

TP:  Undeservedly obscure.

KING:  That’s the word. “Undeservedly.” I’ve got a new three-fer that Steve and I just recorded, which is “When The World Was Young,” which is a beautiful song that nobody does any more, “Young and Foolish,” another song that nobody does any more, and “This Couldn’t Happen Again.” Oh, it’s so beautiful.

            That’s what I’m about at this point. I did my homework. Really, I did. I learned as many tunes… I was lucky enough, in the year-and-a-half that I did go to the U. of Oregon…. There was a wonderful man there named Sam Reynolds. We called him “the deacon,” because his glasses would always… He was a piano player, and he was there doing postgraduate work. But he had those three fake books, those original fake books. Horrible. Most of the changes were all wrong, and half the tune was missing, and all this stuff. In that first year, we’d meet at 4 o’clock up in the same building where they had the food fight in Animal House… Upstairs there were practice rooms, and we would go up there from 4 o’clock til dinner time, going through this book and playing every tune. He took me from, “A, you’re adorable, B, you’re so beautiful…”  “Why are we learning this? I’m never going to sing this. Oh, well, what the hell?” So we’d learn it anyway. And we went to, “Zing, went the strings of my heart.” We went through those three volumes. I went through every tune in there, because he could play them, and he’d go, “Oh, that’s not the right change. Let’s see here. That sounds better, yeah.” So I think learning the music first, and then the lyrics were second to me also. The music was the first thing I learned.  I could sing something back off the radio. And my harmonic ear is about twice as good as my regular ear.

TP:  Do you need time to form a point of view on a lyric before you sing it?

KING:  Well, I have to like it. Usually, it’s something I’ve heard and I like…

TP:  But do you study the text of the lyric, as it were?

KING:  No. I just sing it. And I try to put the feeling in it that I have for the song, and present it to you, or whomever, as my interpretation of this song, why I love this song. Because I don’t sing songs I don’t like. I’m sorry, I haven’t learned so many songs that were popular. People say, “Do you do…?” Unh-uh. I never learned it. Not because I didn’t like it. After I heard what’s-her-mug do it, I just went, “I’m not going to learn that. I couldn’t improve on that.”

TP:  In your repertoire, how many songs have been written within the last thirty years, and how many were written before 1970, say?

KING:  Most of my stuff is…

TP:  Pre-1970?

KING:  I mean, my parents… That’s what I grew up listening to, were the masters of the music. But my dad had great taste.

TP:  What’s his name?

KING:  John Whalley, Sr.

TP:  How about your mom?

KING:  Helen Marion Watson. She was on the road playing professionally, and she’d play at night… Her concert-master, when she married my dad, he sent her for a wedding present the Steinway that she learned to play on. I was supposed to get that piano, and I was supposed to get the farm, too, but my brother and sister made it so that I didn’t get it. My brother is the piano player in the family, so the day my dad I think took his last breath, he drove the truck out there and loaded the piano up, and took it back to California, where they live. But anyway… Whoopie-doo!

TP: Is there going to be a memoir?

KING:  I hope so.

[MUSIC: “There’s A Small Hotel”]

1 Comment

Filed under Nancy King, Singers, Uncategorized, WKCR

For guitarist-vocalist Lionel Loueke’s 52nd birthday; a 2018 profile in Jazz Times, a 2008 interview for www.jazz.com; a 2017 Downbeat profile with Chick Corea; a 2009 Downbeat Blindfold Test; and a 2005 short profile for Downbeat

Out of Africa

For his latest album, Lionel Loueke takes on the subject of 21st-century migration and reckons with his own winding artistic path

By Ted Panken

“You don’t just choose to get on a boat because you want to live in Europe. It’s because you have nothing else to lose. Many people in the West don’t get that point.”

“If you don’t take risks, you don’t get anything back. If you don’t believe it, you can’t expect anyone else to believe it.”

In early October, just after concluding two concerts in Kuwait City with Herbie Hancock and two weeks before embarking on a month of European one-nighters with Dave Holland’s Aziza quartet, Lionel Loueke was on the phone from Switzerland. The subject was his 2018 release, The Journey (Aparté), which contains 15 of the guitarist/singer’s compositions. Some are instrumental, but on most Loueke applies his lilting tenor to lyrics in Fon, French, Mina, and Yoruba, all languages spoken in his homeland, Benin, on the Atlantic coast of equatorial Africa.

“I was thinking about this project for a long time,” said Loueke, who’d spent the day teaching at the Jazz Campus of Musik Akademie Basel. “I wanted to do an acoustic, melody-oriented project that mixed all my influences from the beginning to where I am today, combining classical musicians and instruments with traditional instruments from Africa and jazz musicians in the most organic possible way.”

The album’s title is as multi-layered as its contents. On one level, it’s about why so many Africans have decided to leave their homes and take the perilous journey to Europe—and the stark conditions they face upon arrival. Loueke frames this story of modern migration within a succession of lovely melodies, orchestrated by Robert Sadin, a favored collaborator of Herbie Hancock (Gershwin’s World) and Wayne Shorter (Alegría), and interpreted by a cohort of virtuosos from the U.S., Europe, Brazil, the Caribbean, and West Africa.

On another level, The Journey also traces Loueke’s path as an artist, which began in Cotonou, Benin’s capital, where he spent much of his teens as a dancer and percussionist, as referenced in the opening track, “Bouriyan.” (The song is named for an Afro-Brazilian carnival rhythm in Ouidah, the hometown of his mother, a schoolteacher and the descendant of emancipated slaves who settled there after leaving Brazil at the turn of the 19th century.) At 17, already familiar with traditional music through his grandfather, a village singer, Loueke began playing his older brother’s guitar, using bicycle cable for strings.

“I was thinking about how to get the sound of the kora or kalimba or djembe, which are not chromatic, on the guitar, but I also got involved in Occidental music playing rock and blues,” Loueke recalled. “At first, I thought everything was just part of the song, because in Africa you sing, then you play, and then you have the verse. When I discovered they were improvising, I became curious. The first time I heard B.B. King, the way he bent the notes reminded me of a three-string instrument in the north of Benin. I could hear where it came from.”

In 1990, Loueke—whose parents were advocating a career as a mathematician or doctor—left Cotonou to study harmony and ethnomusicology at the National Institute of Arts in Ivory Coast, where he first connected to Bach and Stravinsky. In 1994, he moved to Paris for four years of jazz studies; he then matriculated to Berklee on a scholarship, remaining in Boston for another three years. In 2001, a panel including Hancock, Shorter, Terence Blanchard, and Charlie Haden—each a future Loueke employer—admitted the guitarist to the Thelonious Monk Institute in Los Angeles. And in 2003, after more than a decade of formal education, Loueke finally felt prepared to enter the fray as a professional.

Fifteen years on, Loueke, now 45, is a singular figure in jazz and world music circles. Peers and elders deeply respect his individualism; his rhythmic capabilities and exhaustive harmonic knowledge; his ability to sing in one meter and play in another; the way he transforms the guitar into a virtual Afro-Western orchestra through techniques that evoke instruments like the kalimba (by muting his strings with crepe paper) and the talking drum (with help from his DigiTech Whammy pedal). He’s written several popular compositions, most famously “Benny’s Tune,” which Blanchard debuted in 2003. And his improvisations evoke a global array of associations: King Sunny Adé and Tabu Ley Rochereau, George Benson and Wes Montgomery, Derek Bailey and Bill Frisell.

You can get a sense of Loueke’s imagination at its most rampant on Close Your Eyes (Newville), last year’s freewheeling run through eight standards with bassist Reuben Rogers and drummer Eric Harland. It’s an apropos successor to his final two albums for Blue Note, which signed him in 2008: Heritage (2012), an Afrofolkloric hardcore/jazz hybrid featuring keyboardist/co-producer Robert Glasper, bassist Derrick Hodge, and drummer Mark Guiliana; and Gaia (2015), a rock-oriented recital with longstanding trio partners Massimo Biolcati on bass and Ferenc Nemeth on a uniquely configured drumkit made up of West African percussion instruments.

Even before those Blue Note dates, Loueke and Robert Sadin had been discussing a song-oriented project. They didn’t pull the trigger until 2015, when Loueke, in New York for a Carnegie Hall concert with Benin-born singer and frequent collaborator Angélique Kidjo, invited Sadin to hear some demos. The first song was “Bawo,” with a lyric in Yoruba that translates: “How have we come to this? / Modern-day slavery / And climate disruption push / Humanity to the roads of exile.” As recorded on The Journey, Loueke accompanies himself with keening blues lines, propelled by Beninese percussionist Christi Joza Orisha’s talking drums, Pino Palladino’s dancing bassline, and Sadin’s painterly keyboards.

“Robert loved ‘Bawo’ and asked me to send more, so I kept writing and composing,” Loueke said. “We had enough music for a double album, but we chose tunes that best fit the project. Then he came up with the greatest idea—I’d play by myself in the studio for three days. I’d never done anything like that. I had thoughts, but not a clear conception of what I wanted to do. He just let me record, and I came up with ideas that we developed.”

“The key was starting every single song with Lionel playing alone,” said Sadin, who previously produced Loueke’s 2008 album Virgin Forest. “Lionel is so sensitive to other musicians, the nuance in his timing is so great, that he will intuitively adjust himself to and harmonize with the sensibilities and timing of whoever he plays with. It’s like breathing for him. He can’t not do it. I wanted this to be pure, unadorned, with no thought except himself, and we would work everything else around it, including some overdubs from him.”

Loueke had the option to record a fifth album for Blue Note, but Sadin steered him to Aparté, a purist classical label whose roster includes clarinetist Patrick Messina, who’d first performed with Loueke in a Sadin-led septet at the Savannah Music Festival in 2011. That septet also featured percussionist Cyro Baptista, violinist Mark Feldman, and cellist Vincent Ségal, who all contribute to The Journey. According to Sadin, “Aparté wanted to start doing non-classical music that harmonized with their catalog, and they asked me for several names. I told them to start with Lionel. So did Patrick. I sent the owner a demo of ‘Vi Gnin,’ and he said, ‘Fine, that’s our guy—fantastic.’”

Asked why he advocated for Loueke, Sadin gathered his thoughts. “It was a subterranean, global response,” he said. “Leaving aside the giants of the older generation, Lionel is perhaps the single most compelling musician I know. He plays jazz—jazz is a large part of his life—but he’s not a jazz artist; he’s himself.”

Midway through the 2010s, in response to television news images from Africa, Europe, and the waters between—images of shattered vessels, drowned corpses, and squalid refugee camps—Loueke began writing songs like “Bawo” and “Vi Gnin” (“My child, do not cry / War has taken your mother away / Like the wind carries off the roses / Do not worry, she is watching over you”). “I wanted to present a strong musical statement,” he said, “something quieter and gentler than Gaia but delivering the same intense message about how we as humans are taking care of the planet. The idea is a wake-up call to anybody who listens.”

For Loueke, whose move to Europe 25 years ago transpired under very different circumstances, the subject of migration is personal. “I was lucky I didn’t have to take a ship to get to the West,” he said. “It takes courage to jump in a ship, knowing you might die in the ocean. To take such an action means you have no more hope where you’re living. Many people in the West don’t get that point. You don’t just choose to get on a boat because you want to live in Europe. It’s because there’s a war, or there is no more food, or there is modern slavery where you’re living—and you have to get out. You have nothing else to lose. You’d rather die in the ocean than be killed by somebody.”

In the face of such desperation, choosing optimism is difficult, but “Vi Gnin,” “Bawo,” “The Healing,” and—reimagined from Heritage—“Hope (Espoir)” are optimistic nonetheless. “If there’s no more hope, there’s no more life,” Loueke said. “So you keep going because you have a hope, and that’s how you can see a better living situation in the future.”

The guitarist was “in a classical state of mind” when conceiving The Journey’s rubato version of “Hope,” on which Messina’s clarinet and Ségal’s cello interact with his haunting vocal. Similarly, on “Vi Gnin” (where Baptista and Orisha gently complement his acoustic guitar) and “Reflections on Vi Gnin” (a pensive solo instrumental distinguished by spacious volume-pedal swells), he uses “just open triads that you hear a lot in classical music; I’m not playing jazz chords.” He also ascribes classical roots to “Gbêdetemin,” played with Baptista and Orisha, and the kinetic “Molika,” with John Ellis on soprano sax and Baptista on berimbau.

“For me, it’s a great idea to embrace classical music with what I do,” Loueke said. “It opens up my music, and gives classical listeners a different approach. I don’t want to be in a box. I never wanted to play the same thing twice or stay in the same zone.”

Massimo Biolcati and Ferenc Nemeth met Loueke soon after his arrival at Berklee. “Lionel already had something nobody had heard before,” Biolcati recalled. “He was mixing his traditional African guitar style with jazz, and his sense of rhythm was so far beyond anybody in his age group that people were always blown away. He could hear all the West African polyrhythms simultaneously—one day, he’d come in with a tune and count it off in three, the next day he’d do it in four or six.”

“I heard a lot of George Benson influence,” Nemeth said. “He’d learned all of Benson’s solos by heart, because nobody told him it was a solo. In Africa, it’s part of the culture to learn everything in the song. Of course, he already had the African thing, and I played him a lot of music from Hungary and Eastern Europe, things in seven, nine and 11, and classical music by Bartók and Kodály. One time in Hungary he played a concert with Herbie before thousands of people, and in the middle of a solo he played a folk song that my mom taught him before the concert. He’s like a sponge; he hears something, and he can pick it up and incorporate it into his playing.”

The three entered the Monk Institute together, and practiced incessantly. “That’s when he bloomed and created the whole entity of Lionel Loueke,” Nemeth said.

Initially at Berklee, Loueke remarked, “I was trying to learn the jazz tradition, and understand it—to sound like them. Then I started listening to myself, and it was my first hint that I had a different way of playing. We’re all influenced by somebody else, but at some point you have to be yourself.”

While in Los Angeles, Loueke accelerated the process by eschewing guitar picks for a four-finger approach. “I took classical guitar lessons for a year with a great teacher, just to get the right hand technique and sound, though I was playing a jazz guitar,” he said. “Then I bought a classical guitar and focused on that for a year. It was like relearning the instrument. With the pick I had technique, but now I had none. I did it because I saw what I would gain by playing with fingers and nails: being able to play rhythms and counterpoint, and not always playing one or two notes at a time.

“Of course, playing with Herbie for so many years helped me to visualize the instrument differently. He explores new territory every moment. This is the only person I know who plays soundcheck exactly like he’s at the gig, sometimes for several hours. I’ve learned not to be afraid to try new things.

“I’m a risk-taking person,” Loueke added. “A mistake is just for the moment—make it the best mistake it can be, and that’s it. Sometimes a mistake speaks to me strongly, so the first thing I do after the gig is pick up my guitar and revisit it, develop it, make it something I might use. If you don’t take risks, you don’t get anything back. If you don’t believe it, you can’t expect anyone else to believe it.”

Nemeth cosigned Loueke’s self-assessment. “Any time I play something different, he looks at me like, ‘Wow, that’s a new thing I didn’t hear—let’s go for it.’ He’s fearless. That’s what took him out of Benin. That’s what took him on this journey.”

****************

Lionel Loueke (Orvieto, Dec. 31, 2008):

TP:   Three years ago, you said that if you could only take six months off…

LIONEL:   [LAUGHS]

TP:   …you could work on this thing you were hearing, and the next stage. I have a feeling that hasn’t happened.

LIONEL:   It hasn’t happened, and I’m still looking for it. Now I’m not looking for six months. Now I’m looking for like a month to stop with.

TP:   It seems to have been endless work, a lot of it with Herbie Hancock and developing this trio… Let me ask this. Is the trio you’re working with this week Gilfema, or is Gilfema a different entity than the Lionel Loueke Trio. Talk about how the two are different and similar.

LIONEL:   We use Gilfema when we play music from everyone. We have a CD out under Gilfema. When we play the Lionel Loueke Trio, it’s only my music, or I just call it… Maybe I play their tunes, but I’m the one calling the tunes, pretty much. That’s the main difference. But otherwise, it’s the same guys.

TP:   I know Gilfema has a new record. But has it been playing?

LIONEL:   No, not really. We only did one gig in Paris at the end of my tour with Herbie, and then we have one gig in Boston. So we don’t play that much.

TP:   Next year, you’re going to be doing more of your own projects, you were telling me.

LIONEL:   Yes. Next year, I think Herbie is not keeping me busy, so I have more free time to do my own thing. So basically, from March to May, we’ll be touring—all of March in Europe, the Lionel Loueke Trio.

TP:   Let’s talk about the new Blue Note record. Did it take you a long time to put together? It can’t pinpoint this assertion, but it seems more layered than your previous recording. Of course, having Herbie Hancock and Wayne Shorter on it doesn’t hurt, but it’s not just them.

LIONEL:   I always like to take different directions. It all depends on the moment, what I’m working on or how I feel connected to the music. Karibu definitely is different than Virgin Forest. Virgin Forest was a more produced record. We did some overdubs…I recorded some tracks with musicians in Africa, and even overdubbed some of the stuff. But Karibu is all played in a live context. So the idea for me was, the way I play on stage is pretty much the way I wanted my CD to sound. Just the organic part of it. It’s not perfect. It’s just what it is.

TP:   Did you write new compositions for it? There are two standards, of course.

LIONEL:   Yes, because the Blue Note people asked me to do it. The title, “Karibu,” was new. “Xala” was new. I don’t remember what else was new… But also, I wanted to play standards, because I like standards. I did “Skylark” and “Naima” with Wayne.

TP:   When did you go into the studio to record it?

LIONEL:   Karibu I recorded in September. I remember that because my son was born the same week, the first week of September 2007, and it came out at the end of March.

TP:    A lot of your work over the prior two years had been in the context of Herbie Hancock’s various bands. You met him in 2001, but you started playing with him in 2004?

LIONEL:   Yes.

TP:   And you’ve worked with him in what, five different contexts?

LIONEL:   Oh, yes, always different. From the summer, we did a tour in the fall which was a completely different band. He always likes to change. And he’s Herbie Hancock! He can do whatever he wants or with whom he wants.

TP:   Can you speak to how playing with him has affected your attitude, whether towards presentation, towards musical content. During the summer, I heard you doing your solo feature on “Seventeen” before 10,000 people, and you were playing before these large audiences constantly. I don’t think Terence Blanchard was playing in those kind of venues.

LIONEL:   No.

TP:   Talk about doing what you do in these less intimate contexts.

LIONEL:   Basically, I’m still learning with Herbie, because obviously he knows how to manage those big rooms. For me it’s a big challenge. Every gig he always gives me space to play a solo piece. So to play a solo in front of 20,000 or 2,000 or 3,000 is a big difference, and especially when the audience is far back. I like to feel the vibe from the audience. I learned with Herbie that once you’re out there, you just have to focus and do the best you can, whether there’s two people or 15,000. Musically, I’m learning so much, and that’s the reason I don’t want to stop playing with Herbie, because not only is he giving me so much space, but also the way he carries the whole band and the way he plays differently night to night to me is a real lesson. Besides that, just who he is as a human being and what he’s been doing, all those things affect my playing and my writing as well.

TP:   Give me an example.

LIONEL:   My writing lately has been very different. Especially on the last tour, we played music by Wayne Shorter, and Herbie also did a new arrangement of “Speak Like A Child,” on which he did an introduction, and playing that every night opened my ears to different… For all of us. We all did writing on the road. Everybody, Terence, Kendrick, everybody was doing writing. It’s so inspiring to see how Herbie developed that introduction every single night. Basically, what I’m trying to do now is, what you compose is pretty much a delay of what you play on live. I’m really trying to get that same kind of vibe when I compose, and not think too much, but at the same time get that freshness.

TP:   When you were a young guy, assimilating influences, were you listening to Herbie Hancock’s music, or did that not come until later?

LIONEL:   The only thing… I heard something when I started music, but I had no idea it was Herbie Hancock. I was doing the break dance thing. But I didn’t even know it was him. So I was definitely not familiar with his music. I was playing “Cantaloupe Island” or “Watermelon Man,” but I had no clue who wrote them.

TP:    Were you playing those songs with African bands.

LIONEL:   Exactly. My older brother was playing. They had a band, and they were playing those songs. So when I started learning, they taught me those songs, so I was playing without knowing who wrote them.

TP:   When did you start to get familiar with his…

LIONEL:    When I moved to Paris, when I went to the American school, then I started to get familiar with him, Wayne, Miles, Coltrane, all those people.

TP:   I didn’t see the fall tour, only heard it, but I heard the summer tour, which was almost like an arena show. You have a lot of different roles apart from solo feature. Can you speak about your interplay?

LIONEL:   As I said, we’re always playing something different. The summer was more a tour for his record, The River, and pretty much what I did on the CD was more like color, just playing my way, not always playing, but always trying to find the right moment to interact. But the last tour was different, because we had no singer, so it was more playing-oriented, so my function was still doing the same thing, but more open compared to what I was doing in the summer. But playing with him is the greatest thing. When I finish playing with Herbie, either listening to a piano player or playing with a piano player is always hard, because I start hearing some stuff naturally, and then I realize it’s not him. Because with him, it’s always challenging. When I finish a tour with Herbie and start listening to other piano players, it’s always hard. I don’t know how to describe it. But there’s something… The only person for me that I listen to after Herbie that makes me feel the same is Brad Mehldau. I listen to Mehldau, he’s very strong, he has his own thing, but after Mehldau or McCoy or people like that, it’s very hard.

TP:   You were playing solo concerts opening for Mehldau and for Roy Haynes a few years ago, in 2005, and you also played trio with Herbie and Wayne…

LIONEL:   Yes, in Japan.

TP: Which must have factored into your concept for Karibu .

LIONEL:   Yes, that helped me a lot. Because when he asked me for the record, I wasn’t nervous because of that trio thing that we did, so I had some ideas already of where this can go, and for my own thing, music I wrote… Like, “Lights Dark,” which features both of them. I wrote it definitely having both of them in mind. Very open.

TP:   Did the title denote in any way your sense of the way they play, the contrasts…

LIONEL:   Exactly. Wayne Shorter is one of my favorite composers of all time, and if you listen to Wayne’s melodies, you can sing them all day long. The harmony may be complex, but supporting the melody in the right way. For me, that’s exactly what I tried to get on that tune. The melody was very simple and the harmony can go anywhere.

TP:   Last night it was my impression that you only prepared the strings once. You took out paper, covered it, and got a kalimba sort of sound. But other than that, all the sounds were extracted from the pedals and your hands. Are you preparing the guitar less now? Was that just last night?

LIONEL:   I just feel like people start thinking about me in one context, but I don’t want to lock myself into one thing. Most people think about the way I play the African thing and the paper—which is great. That’s what I do. That’s who I am. But I don’t want to lock myself in just that one direction. I still want to play standards, still want to do everything, but still be me.

TP:   But it seemed you were getting those sounds without preparing the guitar.

LIONEL:   Oh, yes.

TP:   Have you been working on that?

LIONEL:   Yes, that’s something I’ve definitely been trying to do, without the paper. The paper thing gives me one sound. I want to be able to switch between the normal sound and the mute sound, so I started working on how to mute without the paper, where the sound won’t be the same, but it will be close.

TP:   You were pointing to your palm. Apart from being interdependent with both hands, do you have interdependence between the muscles in each hand?

LIONEL:   Exactly. That’s where I’m getting now. I can come from legato, I can go to staccato and mute, everything, without putting paper in. If I need the paper, like I did yesterday for one tune, I do it. But the rest, I can do it in a different way.

TP:   When you say that you need time off to work on your concept, it would seem that when you’re on the road with Herbie, you do have a lot of time?

LIONEL:   Oh, no! Because Herbie’s tour… Well, the fall tour, the last one was a little easier, but most of the tours we play five, six, sometimes nine gigs in a row in different cities, so there’s no break, meaning you have to wake up at 5. There’s no time to practice. But when I have a day off… We had a day in Turkey, in Istanbul, and some people went out. I preferred just to lock myself in and write music, because that’s the only time I have, really. But even if I go out, I always find time to write music.

TP:   If you had that ever-elusive month off, how would you practice? How much is physical? How much is thinking?

LIONEL:   I think definitely it would be more physical. I am thinking constantly anyway. The way I am hearing my playing, the way I want it to be is… I am getting close to the piano context, where my playing is getting harmonically supported by myself at the same time, and have the righ technique to play melody and harmony, and make them very clear sometimes, make them very confused sometimes. But that for me requires a lot of practicing. Because I have a different tuning, there’s a lot I have to learn for my own tuning, and I need time… I can hear those things in my head, but they’re not in my fingers. I need to put them in my fingers.

TP:   What struck me the most when I talked to you three years ago is your patience, your ability not to do something before its time. You studied thirteen years before hitting the scene. The temptations must have been great. I’m sure there were times you were just eating noodles because you weren’t working.

LIONEL:   Oh, yeah.

TP:   It’s hard for people to talk about their character. But tell me a little bit. Have you always been this patient?

LIONEL:   Yeah. There are two things. First, I always want to push my limit. I always want to get to something else. Even if I take a month off, even if I take six months off, I still want to find something else. The second thing is, I am always looking for new things for myself, because somehow on standards I get a little bored. I always try to find a new direction harmonically, melodically, technically, on the instrument. Now I’m less patient than I used to be. Before I knew that this is my goal, and I take whatever time it takes, I’m going to get it. Now I have more pressure, doing gigs on my own, I have two kids—so I have less time to accomplish those things. So I feel more like I don’t want to waste my time.

TP:   You could eat noodles, but you can’t make them do that.

LIONEL:   Exactly. But at the same time… For example, I’m here for a week. Normally I would come by myself, and that’s the perfect time for me to do something. But I haven’t seen my family for three months. So I am less patient than I used to be.

TP:   But also, you’re playing with someone who is a great virtuoso, but seems not to unduly sweat over the things you worry about.

LIONEL:   Yes, definitely.

TP:   I wonder if that’s had an effect on you.

LIONEL:   Definitely. I’ve asked him many times how he does it, and he always tells me he used to practice a lot. He told me, “I practiced for hours and hours. Of course, now I don’t practice, but I practice a lot in my head.” I practice in my head, too. But he is able to just put it out, because he has practiced for many hours and has it in his fingers. I don’t.

TP:   Well, your concept is also about extended techniques. Trying to be interdependent with your thumb and fingers involves muscle memory. Herbie Hancock’s muscle memory has been there since 6. He’s not playing like Cecil Taylor.

LIONEL:   Yes. He’s thinking more harmonically and melodically and different type of colors. I’m thinking of that less, but I’m thinking more about the technique, how I can divide the whole instrument like mutes, be able to make the bass strings, the four lower strings, and open the higher strings—or vice-versa—so that when you hear my playing you hear some very legato and mute at the same time. I know it’s possible. Even if I haven’t heard anybody do it, I know it is possible, because when I try, sometimes it comes out. But it doesn’t come out every time. [23 – 23:40]

TP:   What music are you listening to lately?

LIONEL:   Lately, mostly classical. If I go to jazz, I will listen to Wayne most of the time. But I’m listening a lot to classical lately—Ravel, Debussy, Stravinsky, all the contemporary composers. When I listen again to my heroes, Wayne and Herbie, I start hearing those elements, and lately, if I listen to Wayne, what he’s been doing to classical music and classical instruments, complete with the quartet, it’s very inspired.

TP:   Do you ever go back and listen to African music, or is it something that’s just there because it was so much of your early…

LIONEL:   I can’t say that I listen to it that much. But I do sometimes on my IPod… I know pretty much everything on my Ipod, but if somebody gives me some CDs or stuff, I’ll put them on. I have some tapes from back home that, when I feel like, I listen to, but it’s mostly pure traditional, just percussionists and voice or just percussion. I listen to those things. The last six months, I haven’t.

TP:   You did the concert with Richard Bona, which was a very interesting concert.

LIONEL:   The first time I played with him was with Jeff Tain Watts, trio, at the Jazz Gallery. Then he invited me to the Montreal Jazz Festival, where he was the guest for a week. From that, we said, “Well, maybe we should play a duo concert.”

TP:   It was interesting, because your personalities are so different.

LIONEL:   Oh yeah. We’re very different. But it works because the African element is very strong, we both know the rules… That concert for me, I had fun, because it was two different musicians with their own thing but at the same time have something in common. We didn’t have to explain. Usually, when you play that type of music, you have to explain to people, “This is one.” But with him… [LAUGHS] We have the same one! Usually when I play with people, they have their one, I have my one, and it doesn’t matter—it works. But with him, the one is the same, because we feel it the same way.

TP:   One thing you were doing three years ago that you don’t do so much now, because of time constraints, was playing a lot more on the New York scene. You were playing with Avishai Cohen’s African project, Yosvany, so many people.

LIONEL:   I miss that, I have to say. The main reason I moved to New York was to do that, and I knew that if I started getting busy it would be hard to do it, and plus, once you start playing the clubs, playing a gig at the Jazz Standard under your name, they don’t want you to go back and play at the Jazz Gallery under your name. Those little things. I didn’t really think about it before, but now everything is contract. You have to wait six weeks to play. So it makes it hard. That’s one thing. The second thing is I’m not there any more like I used to be. Between Herbie’s tour and this I was home for a week, and after here I go home for not even a week, and then I’m out again to play in Boston with the Gilfema project. Then I’m going home, taking ten days, to see my parents in Cotonou. But when I’m in New York, I would love to do it. But also, when I’m there for 3 or 4 days and I haven’t seen the family for three months, it is hard to tell your wife, “Ok, I am going into the city to play.”

TP:   Then also, you miss so much with your kids.

LIONEL:   Exactly. I miss that, definitely. So I try to stay home when I’m home.

TP:   But in 2009, you won’t be out so much with Herbie. You’ll be touring Europe in March and April with the Lionel Loueke Trio.

LIONEL:   Yes. In February we go to New Orleans for some dates for ten days or two weeks, and all of March we’ll be in Europe—Spain, Greece, U.K. Then back in the States touring in April as well. So we start getting busy. Miles Winston, my agent, is keeping me busy.

TP:   Is Gilfema going to do things in 2009?

LIONEL:   No. We started with Gilfema, and now Gilfema is kind of dying. The last CD is very much because we owed an optional CD to Obliq Sound. We had to do it. We don’t have any more projects.

TP:   Is that because people are more interested in your name and less in your name, or because they’re doing other things?

LIONEL:   Everybody is busy. When they are not working with me, Massimo is working with Ravi Coltrane or Paquito. So they’re all busy doing their thing, and they all have their own CDs, so that they have their own projects. In May we’re going on the road under Ferenc’s name with other people. So they have their own projects as well.

TP:   You don’t need to be so collective because everybody…

LIONEL:   Everybody is busy. And the thing is, if I cannot keep them busy, they have to work. One thing about those guys is we really love each other besides the music. Even if I’m on the road, we call each other. It’s a real family.

TP:   I can see that at the dinner table. Your daughter was hanging onto Ferenc with spaghetti sauce on her.

LIONEL:   Exactly! We hang a lot together. That’s the thing, and I always see it on stage. That comes out in the music every time we play.

TP:   You’re someone who thinks in the long term. Probably ten years ago, you half-envisioned what you’re doing now, maybe not that you’d be on the road with Herbie Hancock…

LIONEL:   Hoping.

TP:   Where do you see yourself five years from now, when you’re in your forties?

LIONEL:   There are a lot of different projects I would love to do. I don’t want to lock myself in one…

TP:   You had a string project a few years ago. I haven’t seen that yet.

LIONEL:   That’s coming, and it will definitely be the result of all of the classical things I’m listening to now. Something I want to write for string quartet, plus the trio. That project definitely will come out.

TP:   On the model of Wayne and Imani Winds.

LIONEL:   Yes. I want to find guys who can at the same time improvise in a way that there’s a real interaction between the trio, or duo, or whatever it is going to be, with the quartet. Because what I hear most of the time when people do that project, they write something specially for the quartet, and then hear the quartet comping. I don’t want that. I want it to be no one is comping for anyone.

I’m also thinking to do another African project, but with the same context. It won’t be classical instruments, but it would be African instruments.

TP:   You’d orchestrate the African instruments.

LIONEL:   Yeah. It would be kora, kalimba, djembe… I want to do that project just with the acoustic guitar.

TP:   You’ve become very accustomed to chromatic playing, and African instruments aren’t chromatic, so the orchestration would be the challenge.

LIONEL:   Exactly. My job will be to find a way. Because one thing I don’t want to do when I use those instruments (that’s why I don’t use them that much) is to have just one scale and one sound that everybody recognizes. That’s one thing. But I’ve started hearing some young African musicians, especially in Paris, who start having like a chromatic kora. That’s something I’ve been looking for a long time, somebody trying to play those instruments in a different way… A friend of mine now is playing chromatic balafon.

TP:   So it’s a new instrument.

LIONEL:   It’s a new instrument, because it’s against the tradition, basically. He cannot play that in the village! But that’s the way I’m seeing African instruments anyway. One thing is to keep what’s already done, what’s there. But now I think it’s time for the young musicians to take it to a different level.

TP:   You’ve led me to the last question I want to ask, which is a complex question, because it has to do with the way you construct your identity as a musician. Which is to say: you were born in Benin, you have ancestors in the village, and your parents are urban intellectuals from the post-colonial period.

LIONEL:   Yes.

TP:   One thing I want to know is the response that your music receives in Africa, if people in Benin are hearing Karibu or your other records, what they think of it, and so on. Then also, how you address the different attitudes or mentalities that are expressed in African cultures and Western cultures, which operate on very different suppositions, have different core aesthetics behind them.

LIONEL:   People in Africa start hearing my music. Every time I go to Benin, I always play a concert, so they start getting familiar with it. But there is always a new element for them. I did a tour last year, I think, in 15 countries in Eastern Africa, just solo guitar. I went to Kenya, Tanzania, and down. But the reaction of people, they see the African element in my playing, but then they see the element they are not familiar with. So just like when I play in Europe or in the United States, you hear something that’s familiar, it’s the same thing going on in Africa when they listen to it. They are not that familiar with it, but they can find their way to what I’m doing with some of their limits—it’s new for them. I like it that way, because my interest is to bring something different as well. I don’t want to do something that is already done for both worlds.

The second element: The way we play in Africa, I never lost that. How the music is related to everyday life and the context, and what you play is definitely to your heart, first of all. When I studied, I almost… In my life, when I was a student… I mean, I’m still a student. But when I was in music school, at one point I almost lost that, started becoming very intellectual in everything I’m playing, because I didn’t understand them, I wanted to understand them, and my heart was not speaking like it should be. But the good thing is, I found the right moment to say, “Wait a minute, I don’t want to lose this natural thing I have from the beginning without understanding anything about harmony.” So I found my way to go back and.. Anyway, I’m never going to be able at this point to be the musician I was before, even if I was the most organic musician ever at that time. But now I can’t be that organic even, because I have some new elements.

TP:   You opened the box.

LIONEL:   Exactly. I just don’t want to lose that. Anything I’m doing has to come from inside, deeply inside.

TP: As a young person, what were the first things you learned in the intellectual history of Western culture. Your father is a mathematician, your mother is a schoolteacher, they grew up under colonialism. What are some of the core principles that were fundamental to you.

LIONEL:   For me, it definitely was Communism. I grew up seeing my mom making…I don’t know how they call it in English… They call it defilés, when you see the military walking, like a march, and you see all the teachers, every… I was a kid, I was doing that, too. If I go to the movie theater, I have to stand up and sing the revolutionary…

TP:   The Internationale.

LIONEL:   Exactly. The funny thing, sometimes Ferenc and I make a joke and we sing. He sings it in Hungarian and I sing it in French. The same melodies. We both grew up under Communism. So those were my first…

TP:   I didn’t know Benin had a Communist government.

LIONEL:   Oh yeah. So those are the first things I learned about Western culture.

TP:   Interesting. You seem more like a son of the Enlightenment than…

LIONEL:   I found my way out quick. I think Communism definitely has a good point, but there’s a lot of things that didn’t work with my…

TP:   Well, you have to conform to the program, among other things.

LIONEL:   Yes. It wasn’t easy. That’s actually how I started music. When I was in high school, we had a band, and at the same time we had two hours per week, every Friday to play music, or, if you choose, to do painting—different activities. But  they all related to Communism. Before you studied, you had to sing and do the military march and everything. Every day. So if I go to the classroom, before I get in the classroom, you have to be in line, sing, do the military march, take your seat…

TP:   Were they Maoist?

LIONEL:   Yeah, it was Maoist.

TP:   So when you got to Paris and saw the French intellectuals who’d been Maoist in the ‘60s, you might have had some thoughts about that.

LIONEL:   Yes, exactly. I don’t want to get into that. But once I got to Paris, Communism was already… It was a different story. I went to Paris in ‘94. So it was gone!

TP:   Was the regime interested in retaining traditional culture or were they trying to eliminate traditional culture?

LIONEL:   Well, they were confused. For the traditional singers and musicians, the government was asking them to compose using those lyrics. So all they were singing was revolutionary words…

TP:   But with the same rhythms and melodies.

LIONEL:   Yeah, it still was traditional. But then we had the other side where we start learning all the revolutionary songs from Eastern Europe, and I know many of those and play them. I could do a record! I still remember. It’s amazing. [LAUGHS]

TP:   Do you have a contract for more recordings with Blue Note?

LIONEL:   Yes. I think I have four.

TP:   So one hopefully will be the string project you described.

LIONEL:   Yes. One hopefully will be a string project. One will be the same project with African instruments. I’d also love to do a record just playing standards, the way I hear them, but swinging. Even if it’s swinging in 7 or 9 or whatever, it will be swinging.

[END OF CONVERSATION]

************

Chick Corea-Lionel Loueke, Blue Note (Sept. 26, 2017) – (Third Edit):

It may well be that no jazz musician has ever conceived, composed music for, led, and performed with more top-notch bands than Chick Corea. Corea’s latest, a co-led septet with drummer Steve Gadd that is presented on Chinese Butterfly (Stretch/Concord), lives up to his high standard. Last February, before the group had ever played before an audience, he convened the personnel—Lionel Loueke, guitar and vocals; Steve Wilson, alto and soprano saxophones and flute; Carlitos Del Puerto, acoustic and upright bass; and Luisito Quintero on an array of percussion instruments—to record the album. They reassembled in late August for a brief tour of Japan, then entered Manhattan’s Blue Note on September 19th for a two-week residence before embarking on a two-month sojourn that traversed the U.S., South America and Europe.

For the first set on September 20th, patrons packed the Blue Note’s 200 seats at $85 a pop. Many looked old enough to have tracked Corea, 76, and Gadd, 71, since the early 1970s, when Gadd propelled the first electric edition of Return To Forever, then such signpost Corea albums as My Spanish Heart, The Leprechaun, The Mad Hatter, Friends, and Three Quartets. They remained fully engaged through a 90-minute performance in which the members—inspired by, as Wilson enthused, Corea’s “bottomless well of imagination” and timbrally expansive, ever-morphing percussion discussion between Gadd and Quintero—fulfilled their collective and soloistic functions with panache, cogency and imagination.

“Chick’s music sort of plays you,” Gadd said the following day. “His stuff brings lots of musical ideas to mind. We didn’t sit down and write the things together, but we’re always trying to come to an agreement musically, and when we do, it feels my input is making sense. It’s amazing to listen to him every night. He’s constantly trying to raise the bar. I’m still as excited to play with him now as I was when we did it years ago. It’s Chick Corea!”

Not least among the evening’s pleasures was the opportunity to witness Loueke interact with Corea in real time, and to springboard off his melodies. “Lionel has that African triplet feel, which I call the ‘source triplet’,” Wilson said. “It’s very different than what we deal with here, and Chick plays off it a lot. It brings a whole other layer of rhythm to Steve’s groove and pocket.”

On September 26th, before the first show, Corea and Loueke joined Downbeat in the Blue Note’s top-floor offices to discuss their evolving relationship.

* * *

DB:   Lionel is the newest member of your musical family.

Corea: We are newly acquainted in the past year. I’d heard Lionel with Herbie, then started listening to his solo records. I was attracted to his wide range, so he immediately came to mind when I was thinking about this band,. Then I thought we should make sure we groove together. I have an interesting relationship with guitar players. Both keyboard and guitar are chordal and comping instruments. I lead the band around with my comping, so the guitarist and I have to coordinate. And this is a bit of a commitment—we’re going to make a record, we’re touring. Lionel came to my place—one day we jammed together; the second day we did my online music workshop. That’s when I wrote the basic tune to “Serenity”—we played those changes and did it that first time, just reading the chart. After that duet, I thought, “This is going to work great.” And it has. The parts seem to fall into place naturally.

I am going to assume, Lionel, that you’ve listened to a lot of Chick Corea during your lifetime.

Loueke:   Yes. [LAUGHS]

Describe your experience at that initial meeting.

.

Loueke:  I was nervous. At the same time, I told myself this is about having fun—be myself, don’t get stressed. And once I got to the maestro’s place, he made me feel so comfortable. When it’s like that, I can deliver and we can have fun. As he said, there’s a natural chemistry. He listens so well, and makes whatever I’m doing sound better, which is the quality of any great musician.

Chick, Isn’t “Wake-Up Call” your arrangement of an improvisation of Lionel’s at the workshop?

Corea:  I think I started an improvisation, so then we did one, and then I said, “Why don’t you start something?” So Lionel began this line, and we improvised with that idea. It stuck in my mind. I asked Bernie Kirsch, my sound engineer, to give me a copy of what we’d just recorded, and it seemed like a great tune. So I put a little structure on it. I didn’t do much to it…

Loueke:   You did magic to it.

Corea:   When we recorded it in the studio, we went over the two or three little sections I wrote, and then we threw it down once. We didn’t get to the end. Then we regrouped and threw it down a second time, and improvised without instructions for 18 minutes. It came out really nice.

Lionel, you’ve been expanding out from your trio with different bands. Apart from your work with Herbie Hancock, there’s a new duo recording with Kevin Hays on piano; another new recording with an Australian band, The Vampires; and another new recording with the Blue Note All Stars. How do these experiences filter into what you do in this band?

Loueke:   Every time I play with different musicians, I try to keep it fresh and learn something. As I move from project to project, from concert to concert, there’s no boundaries, no preconception about what I’m going to play. Then the magic happens—or not. When I’m playing, I’m super happy. By the time I put down my guitar, either I’m happy or not, but at least I gave myself that freedom of trying to discover new things every time.

Corea:   I have a question for Lionel. You’ve developed a guitar technique, make a bunch of different sounds on the guitar, and you’ve developed a rig. What’s your history with the instrument? How did you come to that sound?

Loueke:   Actually, from 9 to 17, when I lived in Benin, I played stick percussion and hand percussion. I was a dancer. I played a lot of traditional music. When I started playing guitar, I put all that African heritage on the side because I was so interested to learn jazz. I’d listen to you guys and think, “What are they doing? What is this?” But even so, when I went to Berklee, my peers, my teachers were telling me I already had my thing, but I wasn’t hearing it because I was trying to play like them. At some point, I decided to listen, and I realized I’d learned something from all those years playing percussion—that it comes out on the guitar. I’m like a frustrated percussion player.

Corea:   So am I. I’m a frustrated drummer.

Loueke:  I used to play the talking drum. I was looking for a way to make the guitar sound like a talking drum. I found a whammy pedal that would let me play one note and use to my foot to bend it, to change the pitch. Back then, I was playing with a pick, and I thought playing with fingers would give me more polyrhythm.

Corea:   How many fingers do you use to pick?

Loueke:   I use four.

Corea:   So you have four picks instead of one. The range of stuff that Lionel gets is one of the amazing things about his performance.

This is a drum-oriented band, incorporating Brazilian, Afro-Cuban, West African and Spanish elements. Chick has a long history playing in Afro-diasporic contexts, going back to your time with Mongo Santamaria in 1960. Lionel is from West Africa, and, as he said, he was “trying to play like them.” It’s as if you’re arriving at a similar spot from opposite directions.

Corea:   Absolutely. The Cubans around Mongo in ’60 or ’61 kept their African heritage very deeply. I felt Cuban. I was learning about Mongo’s religion, about his way in the music. But we were all in New York. I lived here from 1959 to 1976. I connected musically and spiritually with all the different musicians. Every time I come back I’m amazed by the city as a microcosm of the Planet Earth. All the cultures come here and mix. The city sort of represents what we like to do in the band, which is draw from all these different cultures and influences.

In my mind, jazz is a spirit of creativity. As communication has gotten quicker and tighter with the internet and airplane travel, it doesn’t take a century to learn about Bach’s music, or whoever’s music. It’s all available right there. [points to his iPhone.] Creative music happens in every culture. What happened in this phenomenon called America is that Africans and Cubans and Europeans came, it got mixed up, and people like Louis Armstrong and Duke Ellington come around, and then it coalesced into something we call “jazz.”

Lionel, you spent something like 11 years of formal study before entering the fray as a well-prepared professional musician. How did arriving in New York affect you?

Loueke:   Well, I thought I was prepared. In New York, the range is huge. There’s so much to learn, new ideas, new talent, so much going on that people don’t even point their eyes or ears into. Sometimes I’m like, “Man, is nobody hearing what I’m hearing? Come on. This is so fresh.”

Corea:   I think it’s about a 10- or 20-year lag in understanding. Something new comes out, and then the public starts to hear it. At first they think it’s weird. The critics pan it. Then the artist keeps going, and after a while nobody goes, “That’s weird.” Stravinsky’s music, Stockhausen’s music, Monk’s music, Cecil Taylor’s music, Trane’s music—they’re all classic now.

Loueke:  Everything is here. For music, there’s no place like New York. It’s so cosmopolitan. There’s a healthy process of learning from each other that you don’t get elsewhere. My first weekend in New York, I met Tain. I met Roy Hargrove. There’s only one place that can happen.

Corea:   I think you ought to name the issue, “New York is the world.”  I started listening to my dad’s 78 recordings of Miles Davis playing with Bird in 1947, when I was 6. My dad played trumpet, and he tried to play like Miles. Then, in 1951, me and my one jazz friend bought Dig, Miles’ album with Jackie McLean. Following Miles’  records after ’51, with Horace Silver, or with Monk and Milt Jackson, I saw that he was sort of the New York of musicians. If New York collects all the musicians of the world, Miles collected all these special musicians. So from early in high school, I had my sights set on New York. In my senior year, I went to one-third of the classes. My parents had bought their first car, a used red Mercury Cougar convertible, and on weekends I’d drive it to New York and go to clubs.

Lionel, did you listen to a lot of records as a young guy in Benin?

Loueke:   Few records, because it was hard to get them. But I was really into guitar players. Somebody would make a cassette, and I’d transcribe by ear whatever I was hearing. You’ve got to put it into context. I had no connection about harmony. I couldn’t explain to you what II-V-I is. I could hear it, but I couldn’t name it.

Corea:   Who were you listening to?

Loueke: Wes [Montgomery]. Tal Farlow. Kenny Burrell. Barney Kessel, Johnny Smith. I found out about most of those guys after I moved to Paris. I’d get the notes, but I had no idea who was playing or what the tunes were. The first concert I played was just my cassette player, and I played exactly the transcriptions.

Corea:   I did the same thing. I had a trio in Boston with this drummer, Joe Locatelli, and a bass player. I’d transcribed a bunch of Horace Silver tunes—not only the tunes, but some of Blue Mitchell’s trumpet solos and all of Horace’s piano solos. I got gigs, and I would play those solos on the piano—and then play my own stuff.

Loueke:   I couldn’t do my own stuff, because I had no clue. I just played back.

Your 2017 CD, The Musician, documents a 2011 residence at the Blue Note when you played with 10 different bands. In 2016, you did 8 weeks there with 15 different bands, including one called Experiments in Electronica, in which you improvised tabula rasa with Marcus Gilmore, Taylor McFerrin and Yosvany Terry.

Corea:  I like that way of making music, having no theme, no preset plan—just go up and see what happens. It’s an adventure. The more people involved, the trickier it gets. You can do it with a duet not so bad. Well, that’s what Lionel and I did. We were just fooling around. I have in mind to do more improvisation like that.

Loueke:  The true magic happens in the unknown. Maestro Chick has written things that will stay with people forever. While we’ve been talking, a saxophonist on the street, downstairs, has been playing “Spain.” We sometimes play “Spain” as an encore, and as soon as we start the melody the whole crowd goes, “Whoo!” That’s what it’s about—composition, and then the development of the composition, which is the unknown. Every day is different.

Corea:   Unless you’re copying something, the unknown is where the composition comes from. What is the imagination? It’s the unknown. You remember a certain line, or a certain sound or melody, or whatever gets said—so now that’s your song. That came from a free improvisation. Fortunately or unfortunately, when an audience hears a group freely improvise without set melodies, they have to be savvy to the interaction of the musicians, because they don’t hear anything familiar. We try to balance our improvisation with the songs, because we don’t like to leave the audience wondering what we’re doing.

The Experiments in Electronica group also addressed the intersection of technology and music, just as Lionel has done in emulating the sound of a talking drum with a whammy pedal.

Corea:   A lot of musicians use MIDI protocol where, with a drumstick or a key or a guitar pluck, you can trigger a sound and its volume and duration to a synthesizer or another instrument. That’s part of what we call technology. But to me, a wider definition is the instrumental technique used to produce the effect. There’s a way you bend notes, a way you move your hands, there’s posture, the kind of instrument you choose—all kinds of technology and “science” goes into that. You train yourself to press a button here, a pedal there, your hand goes like this, and this sound comes out.

Loueke:   Music is sound. Sounds develop through the years. But the key is: How do you choose this one at this moment? If you have only one sound, no problem. That’s what you get. But when you have many sounds, yeah, you can use them, but you’ve got to find them. Which is very hard. When you hear them, it’s now. Then it’s gone.

Corea: It’s a lot of triggers. Do you know the old joke about Johann Sebastian Bach?

Loueke:   No.

Corea:   Someone asked him, “How do you do it?” He said, “I press the right key at the right time.”

You’ve mentioned that every interviewer asks you about Miles Davis, and that perhaps your most consequential lesson from that experience was his insistence to “play yourself.” It’s no cliche to say that you apply that principle to the max with this band.

Corea:  I try to apply that in life. I see that great art is made when the artist is free to try whatever techniques he wants, and combine things any way he wants. That makes life interesting and a joy. I try to live that way as best I can. I don’t always succeed. I would like others to acknowledge my freedom to be myself and try new things any time I want to, and I try to treat other people that way. Then there’s fairness and balance in life.

Loueke:   The way you live comes out through the music somehow. It took me a while personally to learn that and say: Maybe I should look into MY life. That represents who I am, and music is just part of who I am. That’s what I try to do. Like the Maestro said, if I can live better, I’m sure whatever I do will be better. It could be music. It could be anything.

***********************

Lionel Loueke Blindfold Test – 2009:

  1. Mike Moreno, “I Have A Dream” (from THIRD WISH, Criss-Cross, 2008) (Moreno, electric guitar; Kevin Hays, piano; Doug Weiss, bass; Kendrick Scott, drums; Herbie Hancock, composer)

I think somebody definitely from my generation, and has his sound. I can hear, of course, a little Kurt Rosenwinkel influence. But if I’m right, I think it’s Mike Moreno. He has his sound; it’s a really lyrical, warm sound. I love it. Actuallym, the drummer was the first one who caught my attention, not only in the feel, but the way he tunes his drum set is very unique. But the sound of each tone and the feel was so familiar—and now I can see it’s Kendrick. That’s my boy! I love his sound. I love the tune, too, but I don’t know it. I don’t think it’s his original. Mike is definitely one of the great players of this generation. He’s been working with different musicians, especially here in New York. There are only a few guitar players who I heard a lot about, and he’s definitely one of them. 4 stars.

  1. Russell Malone, “Little Darlin’” (from Ray Brown, SOME OF MY BEST FRIENDS ARE…GUITARISTS, Telarc, 2002) (Malone, acoustic guitar; Brown, bass; Geoff Keezer, piano; Kareem Riggins, drums)

I can hear a huge influence of Russell Malone in this player, because of the vibrato at the end of each note. But I don’t think it’s Russell, because I don’t hear the depth, the personality, unless it’s Russell when he was younger. The vibrato of each note, especially at the end of the phrase, makes me feel that there’s also a huge influence from Django The sound reminds me a lot of Jim Hall—he’s placed the mike in front of the guitar. Jim Hall is the master of that. The bass sounds great. That’s a hard tempo to play on! Those medium tempos are the hardest. Also the space between the phrasing is great. 3 stars.

  1. Pat Metheny, “Let’s Move” (from DAY TRIP, Nonesuch, 2007) (Metheny, electric guitar; Christian McBride, bass; Antonio Sanchez, drums)

I can tell right away that this is Pat Metheny. He has definitely his own sound. Whoo! That’s a hard tune—just the head is hard to play! I know Pat not only has a great sense of melody, but also has great chops, but I didn’t know his chops were this huge! That exceeds even his standards. That bass player has crazy technique that I don’t hear that often, especially from acoustic bassists. I think it’s someone I recorded with not too long ago with Angelique Kidjo, Christian McBride, just from that ability to play so fast and so precisely. I could also recognize Antonio Sanchez from his sound; the sound of his drumset is unique, and his playing is clear and precise. 5 stars.

  1. Romero Lubambo, “Loro” (from Trio de Paz, SOMEWHERE, Blue Toucan, 2005) (Romero Lubambo, acoustic guitar; Nilson Matta, bass; Duduka DaFonseca, drums)

I think that’s Romero Lubambo. No, it’s not him. Romero doesn’t play with that kind of aggressive attack. Well, he’s playing on a steel string, so maybe that’s why he’s playing so aggressive. It doesn’t sound like someone who’s used to playing on that instrument. The personality isn’t strong, like someone I’d recognize by one phrase or two phrases. 3 stars.

  1. Mark Ribot, “Fiesta en El Solar” (from Y LOS CUBANOS POSTIZOS, Atlantic, 1998) (Ribot, guitar; Anthony Coleman, keyboards; Brad Jones, bass; Roberto Rodriguez, drums; E.J. Rodriguez, percussion; Arsenio Rodriguez, composer)

That sounds like an African guitar player, like from Congo or Zaire. Oh, the way the rhythm section is playing, those are not Africans.  Is it Santana? No, it’s not Santana’s sound. It’s not Ali Farka Toure. No. What makes me think it’s African is the sound of the guitar. But it doesn’t make sense that an African would play with that rhythm section, and then, it’s a tres. I don’t know any Africans who play tres. The guitar player is probably Cuban. In Africa there’s a few old guitar players who have that tres sound with 12-string guitar or another guitar with different effects. Nothing sticks to me, telling me a strong personality is playing. A lot of different cats from Cuba could play that. 3 stars.

  1. Julian Lage, “Clarity” (from SOUNDING POINT, EmArcy, 2009) (Lage, acoustic guitar; Ben Roseth, saxophone; Aristedes Rivas, cello; Jorge Roeder, bass; Tupac Mantilla, percussion)

This piece is beautiful. It sounds like something I’ve heard before; I’m not sure if it’s an original composition. But the arrangement is outstanding.  The guitar player has a big influence from Pat Metheny, but not a cliched influence, not doing Pat Metheny’s licks. I hear some influences, but he’s being himself. He’s not trying to play like somebody. I can hear the sense of melody. He also gets close to that Jim Hall sound with the mike in front of the hollow-body guitar. The only person I can think of is the young guitar player who played with Gary Burton. I don’t remember his name… Julian Lage. 5 stars just for the arrangement; 4 stars for the whole thing.

  1. John Abercrombie, “How’s Never” (from Gateway Trio, HOMECOMING, ECM, 1994) (Abercrombie, guitar, composer; Dave Holland, bass; Jack DeJohnette, drums)

That’s Dave Holland playing that bassline; not many other bass players can do that kind of odd-metered bassline. That’s John Abercrombie. He’s easily recognizable because of how much he uses the chorus pedal—I can recognize him from that sound. Because he uses the chorus and the way he phrases, he has a long sustain sound. He plays very legato, but at the same time, every time he picks a note, it’s very percussive. Of course, Jack DeJohnette is the drummer. 5 stars. I love the tune.

  1. Lage Lund, “Quiet Now” (from EARLY SONGS, Criss Cross, 2008) (Lund, guitar; Danny Grissett, piano; Orlando LeFleming, bass; Kendrick Scott, drums; Denny Zeitlin, composer)

I have a few names in mind. First, I like the tone of the instrument. The tone of the guitar really touched me. I love the sound of it. It reminds me a little bit of Bireli Lagrene, but at the same time I have some doubts. The other person it reminds me of is Adam Rogers, who plays with Chris Potter and used to play with Michael Brecker. It’s neither of them? I like the tune, and I love the player. There’s a lot of medium range in the sound, and I like it, and I can hear… At the beginning of the tune, I could hear…I still don’t know… it feels like he was playing with fingers, so I heard those notes very close to the piano. Later on, I hear, of course, he was playing the pick. Great technique. Great sound. Great feel. But it’s not Bireli Lagrene, it’s not George Benson either—I don’t know. 4 stars. [AFTER] Actually, I did think about Lage for a second, but then I said no.

  1. Bela Fleck-Djelmady Tounkara, “Mariam,” (from THROW DOWN YOUR HEART: TALES FROM THE ACOUSTIC PLANET, VOL. 3, AFRICA SESSIONS, Rounder, 2009) (Fleck, banjo; Tounkara, guitar; Alou Coulibazy, calabash)

That sounds African for sure. I can’t even tell…that’s from… Are most of the musicians from Mali? I hear the calabash sound. The guitar player, I don’t know if he’s African. Could it be Leni Stern? Not Leni? I don’t know. It’s a beautiful piece. That’s definitely Mali for me. That style of guitar playing…almost everyone plays like that in Mali for me. The other string instrument reminds me of…if I’m thinking of an African instrument, I think of n’goni. But even though it reminds of n’goni, it sounds more like a banjo. 3 stars.

  1. Bireli Lagrene, “Sur La Croisette” (from SOLO: TO BI OR NOT TO BI, Dreyfuss, 2006) (Lagrene, acoustic guitar, composer)

Whoa! Whoo! Man. Again, somebody with a big influence of Django Reinhardt. At the beginning, I was thinking of one of the Latinos, that guy from Venezuela, but the chops… I’m probably wrong, but the person I know who plays with that energy and freedom is Bireli Lagrene. Bireli is one of the cats who has not only the great technique, but the ideas. It definitely reminds me of him. The flowing of the ideas. There’s always something coming. Especially for what I just heard, what I like is the spontaneity. I don’t hear the phrase coming, if it’s going to be short or long. And I like the sound from the fingers on the strings. It’s very, very intense. 5 stars. [AFTER] Whoo! Bireli… Everything I said makes sense, especially the Django influence. People don’t know too much about Bireli, especially when he goes out of the Django playing. The Django influence obviously is there, but this is one of the guitar players that can carry so much different territory, and just go, like I said, from one place to the other. I don’t hear any… There’s no barrier. He can just go from scratch to anywhere he wants, without having something holding up technically or harmonically. He’s a real genius.

  1. Nguyen Lê-Paolo Fresu, “Stranieri” (from HOMESCAPE, ACT, 2006) (Lê, electric guitar; Fresu, trumpet)

That’s a hard one for me. It sounds like a band from Europe—the trumpet, the effects on it and the groove reminds me a little bit of Erik Truffaz. The guitar playing at the beginning…I can hear a little bit of some Indian sound, or, so I was thinking about John McLaughlin. But then I said, “no, it can’t be John.” It sounded like three musicians. I like it. I like the groove and I like the ambiance. The guitarist reminds me of a cat in Paris named Louis Winsberg, but I don’t think it’s him. 3 stars. [AFTER] Yeah, it had something European. The effects on the trumpet and the groove. I don’t hear that a lot here in the United States. You may hear some groove, but then when you hear the trumpet, maybe they put some effects, but not that much. The guitar, I thought this guy is Indian or some… That’s what brought me to Louis Winsberg, who is in Paris. Nguyen Lê is in Paris, too. They have a similar sound, but not the phrasing.

  1. Pat Martino, “Full House” (from REMEMBER, Blue Note, 2006) (Martino, electric guitar; David Kikoski, piano; John Patitucci, bass; Scott Allan Robinson, drums; Daniel Sadownick, percussion; Wes Montgomery, composer)

I’m 90% sure that that’s Pat Martino, just by the phrasing, the articulation, and the sound. At the beginning, anyway, that was a Wes Montgomery song, “Full House.” I was thinking, man, this could be one…from the groove, it sounded like it was going to a funk kind of thing. So I started thinking about people like Ronny Jordan, but then I realized it’s not going there. It’s not the same technique either. So yeah, it’s Pat Martino. 5 stars. Pat Martino is one of the greatest guitar players I have ever heard in my life. Most of us learned from him at some point. I remember transcribing his solos. When most people think about Pat Martino, they think about a lot of notes. But when I hear him, I don’t hear just notes. I think he has a unique approach to combine the notes and the technique—the technique is always amazing.

************

Lionel Loueke (DB Article):

“I wish I could find time to go away for six months and work,” says Lionel Loueke. “Things weren’t clear before, but now I know exactly what I want to work on. I just need the time.”

Time was in short supply for Loueke in 2005. The Benin–born, Brooklyn-based guitarist, 32, toured with Terence Blanchard and Herbie Hancock, opened for Brad Mehldau and Roy Haynes in Europe with solo recitals, and sidemanned at workshop-oriented New York venues like the Jazz Gallery, 55 Bar, and Fat Cat with emerging artists like Gretchen Parlato, Yosvany Terry, Jeff Ballard, Jason Lindner, Robert Glasper, and Avishai (trumpeter) Cohen, and established stars like Jeff Watts and Richard Bona. He also worked increasingly with a collective trio, which recorded the eponymous Gilfema (Obliqsound).

This disk and the more abstract solo recording In A Trance might cause an outsider to wonder exactly what Loueke finds lacking, for each document reveals his singular ability to transform his nylon-string, hollow-bodied, electrified acoustic guitar into a sort of virtual, real-time Afro-Western orchestra. He writes songs in Fon and Mina dialects, sings them with a resonant tenor voice, and improvises on the melodies, scales and rhythms with cat-like, off-the-grid phrasing and up-to-the-second harmonic progressions. He articulates his lines with self-invented fingering techniques, preparing the strings to elicit the timbres of such indigenous homeland instruments as the kalimba, kora, and djembe, and conjures phantasmagoric orchestrations with real-time looping, executing it all with enough virtuoso authority to bliss out the most demanding guitar-head. King Sunny Ade meets Pat Metheny meets Derek Bailey might be the Hollywood pitch.

The son of a mathematics professor and a schoolteacher, Loueke learned traditional rhythmic patterns orally in the village of his grandfather, a singer. As a teenager in Cotonou, Benin’s port and largest city, he emulated his guitarist older brother. “We were repeating phrases by people like Sunny Ade and Fela,” he recalls. “But at the same time I was thinking about how to get the sound of the kora or kalimba, which are not chromatic, on the guitar. I got involved in Occidental music playing Rock and Blues. At first, I thought everything was just part of the song, because in Africa you sing, then you play, and then you have the verse. When I discovered they were improvising, I became curious. The first time I heard B.B. King, the way he bent the notes reminded me of a three-string instrument in the north of Benin. I could hear where it came from.”

Eager to expand his horizons, Loueke matriculated at the National Institute of Arts in Ivory Coast, where he studied classical guitar and ethnomusicology. “I wanted to write music and I wanted to study jazz,” he says of his systematic path. “I didn’t want to go from Ivory Coast to the States because I had the language barrier.” There followed four years of jazz studies in Paris, another three at Berklee, and two years at the Thelonious Monk Institute. In 2003, after 13 years of formal education, Loueke felt sufficiently prepared to enter the fray.

“All those young, well-known guys have their own way to play and don’t sound like anybody else,” Loueke says of his New York cohort. “That’s probably what Herbie and Terence and Wayne like about my playing. It doesn’t sound like Wes Montgomery or Pat Metheny or John Scofield. You may like it or not, but it’s different. They’re looking for people who are not afraid to try different things and be themselves.”

Though he continues to find stimulation in New York’s multicultural, group-hopping scene, Loueke intends to focus on Gilfema, comprised of Swedish-Italian bassist Massimo Biolcata and Hungarian drummer Ferenc Nemeth, his classmates at Berklee and the Monk Institute. “I’m at a point where I can call any well-known musician for a gig,” he says. “But there aren’t that many band sounds in New York, and I’m hoping to play more with the same guys. I believe you create a concept by playing with people every day, and not always different musicians.”

To make it happen, he’s prepared to take his time. “I’m pulling together my harmony and the rhythms I want to develop,” Loueke says. “I’m doing it naturally, but it’s slow. If I can have a break, I’ll work on organizing the concept.”

Leave a comment

Filed under Blindfold Test, Chick Corea, Lionel Loueke

Design a site like this with WordPress.com
Get started